Bulletin  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington 

No.  I 


A SKETCH 


OF  THE 

NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  THE 
DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA 

TOGETHER  WITH 

AN  INDEXED  EDITION 

OF  THE 

U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY^S  1917  MAP 
OF  WASHINGTON  AND  VICINITY 


BY 

W.  L.  McATEE 


WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 
MAY,  1918 


Bulletin  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington 

No.  I 


A SKETCH 


OF  THE 

NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  THE 
DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA 

TOGETHER  WITH 

AN  INDEXED  EDITION 

OF  THE 

U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY’S  1917  MAP 
OF  WASHINGTON  AND  VICINITY 


BY 

W.  L.  McATEE 


WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 
MAY,  1918 


H.  L.  & J.  B.  MCQUEEN,  Inc. 
Washington,  D.  C. 


CONTENTS. 


sS'  lo.  S 3 

Al(^  ' 


a 

\ 

ai 

oO 

•T 

\ 

<r 


PAGE 


Historical  sketch 5 

Introduction 5 

Botany 14 

Insects 24 

Other  invertebrates 42 

Fishes 43 

Batrachians  and  reptiles 44 

Birds 46 

Mammals  52 

Early  History  of  Man  in  the  District 54 

Distribution  of  life  in  the  District  of  Columbia  region  . . 57 
The  Piedmont  Plateau  and  Coastal  Plain  as  faunal  and 

floral  provinces 57 

Magnolia  bogs  near  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  their 

relation  to  the  pine  barrens 74 

Other  types  of  collecting  grounds  in  the  District  of 
Columbia  region 90 


a 

4 


Index  to  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey’s  1917  Map  of  Wash- 


ington and  vicinity 110 

Introduction 110 

Bibliography 112 

List  of  maps  used  115 

Index 119 


MAPS 

The  Piedmont  Plateau  and  the  Coastal  Plain  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  District  of  Columbia.  Page  61,  also  in  pocket  inside 
back  cover. 

Washington  and  Vicinity.  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  1917. 
Quartered  and  with  index  ruling.  In  pocket  inside  back 
cover. 


[31 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2016 


https://archive.org/details/sketchofnaturalh00mcat_0 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH.! 


INTRODUCTION. 

From  its  proximity  to  Virginia,  one  of  the  first  settled 
regions  of  the  United  States,  the  land  from  which  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia  was  formed  would  be  expected  to  have 
received  some  attention  from  the  early  explorers.  Not  only 
was  the  vicinity  of  the  present  District  explored,  but  fortu- 
nately observations  were  made  upon  certain  features  of  the 
natural  history.  Romantic  expectation  is  further  satisfied 
by  the  fact  that  none  other  than  the  redoubtable  Captain 
John  Smith  made  and  recorded  the  first  observations  2 upon 
the  fauna  of  this  neighborhood.  We  read  in  ‘‘The  Third 
Book  of  the  Proceedings  and  Accidents  of  the  English  Colony 
in  Virginia”^  that  on  “the  lb  of  June  [1608]  we  fell  with 
the  river  Patowomek.  * * * Having  gone  so  high  as  we 

could  with  the  bote  [this  of  course  means  to  Little  Falls] 
we  met  diners  Saluages  in  Canowes,  well  loaden  with  the 
flesh  of  Beares,  Deere,  and  other  beasts,  whereof  we  had 
part.”  Necessarily^  these  “Beares”  and  “Deere”  came  from 
no  great  distance  and  must  be  regarded  as  part  of  the  Dis- 
trict fauna  of  three  hundred  years  ago.  In  the  narrative  of 
the  return  voyage.  Captain  Smith  mentions  “a  few  Beuers, 
Otters,  Beares,  Martins  and  Minks  we  found”  (op.  cit.,  p. 
418). 

Thus  bears  were  recorded  along  the  Potomac  both  above 
and  below  the  present  site  of  Washington,  and  there  is  no 
doubt  that  they  once  roamed  over  all  the  territory  now 

iRead  at  the  556th  meeting  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington, 
May  6,  1916. 

2 Such  books  as  “A  briefe  and  true  report  of  the  new  found  land  of 
Virginia  * * by  Thomas  Harriot,  1588;  “The  historic  of  travaile 

into  Virginia  Brittania  * * written  by  William  Strachey,  1611,  pub- 
lished 1849 ; * * An  account  of  several  observables  in  Vir- 
ginia • * written  by  John  Clayton,  1688,  published  1694-6  ; "Notes 

on  the  State  of  Virginia  ♦ * written  by  Thomas  Jefferson,  1781-2, 

published  1782,  and  others  while  containing  information  on  the  natural 
history  of  Virginia  do  not  relate  in  any  way  to  the  region  of  the  District 
of  Columbia. 

2 Works.  Edited  by  Edward  Arber,  1884,  p.  417. 


[5] 


6 Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

included  in  the  District.  The  j^ine  marten  is  not  usually 
recognized  as  a member  of  the  District  Fauna,  but  accord- 
ing to  Wni.  Palmer,  there  is  a fairly  certain  record  as  late 
as  about  1880;  Smith’s  statement  therefore  probably  is 
correct. 

Larger  game  is  mentioned  by  the  next  contributor  to  the 
natural  history  of  the  District,  an  account  of  whose  expe- 
rience is  quoted  from  Wm.  T.  Hornaday: 

‘The  earliest  discovery  of  the  bison  in  Eastern  North 
America,  or  indeed  anywhere  north  of  Coronado’s  route,  was 
made  somewhere  near  Washington,  District  of  Columbia,  in 
1612,  by  an  English  navigator  named  Samuell  Argoll,'^  and 
narrated  as  follows : ‘As  soon  as  I had  unladen  this  come,  I 
set  my  men  to  the  felling  of  Timber,  for  the  building  of  a 
Frigat,  which  I had  left  half  finished  at  Point  Comfort,  the 
19.  of  March : and  returned  myself  with  the  ship  into  Pern- 
brook  [Potomac]  River,  and  so  discovered  to  the  head  of  it, 
which  is  about  65.  leagues  into  the  Land,  and  navigable  for 
any  ship.  And  then  marching  into  the  Countrie,  I found 
great  store  of  Cattle  as  big  as  Kine,  of  which  the  Indians 
that  were  my  guides  killed  a couple,  which  we  found  to  be 
very  good  and  wholesome  meate,  and  are  very  easie  to  be 
killed,  in  regard  they  are  heavy,  slow,  and  not  so  wild  as 
other  beasts  of  the  wildernesse.’ 

“It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  narrative  of  the  explorer 
affords  no  clew  to  the  precise  locality  of  this  interesting  dis- 
covery, but  since  it  is  doubtful  that  the  mariner  journeyed 
very  far  on  foot  from  the  head  of  navigation  of  the  Potomac, 
it  seems  highly  probable  that  the  first  American  bison  seen 
by  Europeans,  other  than  the  Spaniards,  was  found  within 
15  miles,  or  even  less,  of  the  capital  of  the  United  States, 
and  possibly  within  the  District  of  Columbia  itself.”  ® 

An  inducement  for  the  early  explorers  to  visit  our  region 
was  the  considerable  Indian  population.  The  country  about 
the  juncture  of  the  Potomac  and  Anacostia  rivers,  especially, 

^ Purchas : His  Pilgrimes.  (1625),  Vol.  IV,  p.  1765.  “A  letter  of  Sir 
Samuel  Argoll  touching  his  Voyage  to  Virginia,  and  actions  there.  Writ- 
ten to  Master  Nicholas  Hawes,  June,  1613.” 

® Hornaday,  Wm.  T.  The  Extermination  of  the  American  Bison.  Rep. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Museum.  1886-7,  (1889),  p.  375. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  7 

was  thickly  settled  and  the  waters  there  were  favorite  fishing 
resorts.  The  Indian  village  Nacostines  (Anacostia)  is  spe- 
cifically mentioned  by  Henry  Fleet  who  visited  it  in  June, 
1632,  and  obtained  “800  weight  of  beaver.’’  This  is  good 
evidence  of  the  abundance  at  that  time  of  these  animals  in 
country  easily  reached  from  Anacostia.  Collateral  evidence 
is  afforded  by  the  name  Beaver  Dam  Branch  still  applied  to 
a stream  fiowing  into  Eastern  Branch  through  the  town  of 
Benning. 

Fleet,  like  the  travellers  previously  mentioned,  also 
ascended  to  Little  Falls.  He  describes  ® the  trip  as  follows ; 
“On  Monday  the  25th  of  June,  we  set  sail  for  the  town  of 
Tohoga,  when  we  came  to  anchor  two  leagues  short  of  the 
falls,  being  in  latitude  of  41,  on  the  26th  of  June  [1632]. 
This  place  without  all  question  is  the  most  pleasant  and 
healthful  place  in  all  this  country,  and  most  convenient  for 
habitation,  the  air  temperate  in  summer  and  not  violent  in 
winter.  It  aboundeth  with  all  manner  of  fish.  The  Indians 
in  one  night  commonly  will  catch  thirty  sturgeons  in  a 
place  where  the  river  is  not  above  twelve  fathoms  broad. 
And  as  for  deer,  buffaloes,  bears,  turkeys,  the  woods  do 
swarm  with  them,  and  the  soil  is  exceedingly  fertile,  but 
above  this  place  the  country  is  rocky  and  mountainous  like 
Cannida.”  (p.  228.) 

Apparently  none  of  the  other  early  travellers  recorded 
anything  on  the  natural  history  of  this  region  until  Andrew 
Burnaby,  whose  visit  was  in  1759  but  whose  account  of  it 
was  not  published  until  1775.  He  visited  Mount  Vernon 
in  October,  1759,  and  in  his  reference  to  the  event  describes 
fish  hawks  capturing  their  prey  and  being  robbed  of  it  by 
the  bald  eagle.  Shortly  after  describing  the  Potomac  River, 
he  says,'  evidently  speaking  of  Virginia  in  general: 

“The  forests  abound  with  plenty  of  game  of  various  kinds ; 
hares,  turkies,  pheasants,  woodcocks  and  partridges,  are  in 
(p.  9)  the  greatest  abundance.  In  the  mashes  are  found 

« Fleet,  Henry.  A brief  journal  of  a voyage  made  in  the  bark  “War- 
wick” to  Virginia  and  other  parts  of  the  continent  of  America. 

Printed  in  Neill,  E.  D.  The  English  Colonization  of  America  during  the 
Seventeenth  Century.  London,  1871,  pp.  221-237. 

Burnaby,  Andrew.  Travels  through  the  Middle  Settlements  in  North 
America  in  the  years  1759  and  1760.  London,  1775,  106  pp. 


8 Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

soriises,  a particular  species  of  bird,  more  exquisitely  deli- 
cious than  the  ortolan,  snipes  also  and  ducks  of  various 
kinds.  The  American  shell  drake  and  bluewing  exceed  all 
of  the  duck  kind  whatsoever;  and  these  are  in  prodigious 
Tiuinbers.  In  the  woods  there  are  variety  of  birds  remark- 
able both  for  singing  and  for  beauty;  of  which  are  the 
mocking-bird,  the  red-bird  or  nightingale,  the  blue  bird,  the 
yellow-bird,  the  humming-bird,  the  Baltimore-bird,  the  sum- 
mer-duck, the  turtle,  and  several  other  sorts. 

^^Reptiles  and  insects  are  almost  innumerable;  some  of 
them,  indeed  are  harmless  and  beautiful,  such  as  the  black- 
snake,  the  head-snake,  the  garter-snake,  the  fire-fly,  and  sev- 
eral sorts  of  butterflies ; but  the  rattle  snake  and  viper,  and 
many  others  are  exceedingly  venemous  and  deadly.”  [A 
footnote  mentions  the  bull  frog  and  a small  green  frog  which 
sits  upon  the  boughs  of  trees.]  “Of  quadrupeds  there  are 
various  kinds;  squirrels  of  four  or  five  different  species” 
(p.  10)  [a  footnote,  pp.  10-11,  mentions  the  ground  and  fly- 
ing-squirrels, and  the  polecat  or  skunk],  “opposums,  racoons, 
foxes,  beavers,  and  deer;  and  in  the  desorts  and  uninhabited 
parts,  wolves,  bears,  panthers,  elks  or  moose-deer,  buffaloes, 
mountain-cats,  and  various  other  sorts.”  (p.  11.) 

Many  definite  observations  on  the  natural  history  of  the 
District  are  recorded  in  a charming  little  book  published  in 
Paris  in  1816.  It  has  the  rather  forbidding  title  of  “A 
chorographical  and  statistical  description  of  the  District  of 
Columbia,”  ® but  the  contents  are  enlivened  by  shrewd  com- 
ment on  social  customs  of  that  day  and  enriched  by  informing 
references  to  many  plants  and  animals.  The  author  is  David 
Baillie  Warden  who  was  upon  consular  duty  in  Washington. 
He  dedicated  his  book  to  Mrs.  Custis,  who  we  are  informed 
in  the  introduction  accompanied  him  on  some  of  his  excur- 
sions. He  regrets  “that  the  diflSculty  of  communication  has 
prevented  me  from  procuring  other  specimens  of  the  birds 
and  insects  of  this  District,  which  would  have  enabled  me 
to  complete  the  nomenclature  of  objects  of  natural  history. 

8 Interesting  additions  to  this  account  by  the  same  author  are  contained 
in  chapter  34,  “Columbia  Territory,  and  the  City  of  Washington,”  in  Vol, 
3,  of  “A  Statistical,  Political  and  Historical  Account  of  the  United  States 
of  North  America,”  1819,  pp.  182-219. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhla — McAtee  9 

It  will  give  me  pleasure,”  he  continues,  “to  see  this  deficiency 
supplied  by  another,  and  the  errors,  into  which  I may  have 
fallen,  corrected  with  the  same  spirit  which  guided  my 
researches.”  (p.  vii.) 

Some  of  Mr.  Warden’s  pages  are  exceedingly  interesting. 
His  account  of  Great  Falls  is  as  follows: 

“The  distance  from  Washington  to  the  falls  of  the  Potomac 
'U  the  Virginia  side  is  about  twenty  miles.  By  the  bridge, 
above  Georgetown,  near  the  Little-Falls,  it  was  five  miles 
shorter;  but  some  years  ago  this  bridge  was  destroyed  by 
the  pressure  of  accumulated  ice  and  water  after  a sudden 
thaw,  and  has  not  been  since  repaired.  The  wild  and 
romantic  scenery  of  the  Great  Falls,  which  are  seen  most 
to  advantage  from  the  Virginia  (p.  11)  side  is  scarcely  to 
be  equalled.  There  is  a stupendous  projecting  rock  covered 
with  cedar,  where  one  may  sit  and  gaze  at  the  waters  dash- 
ing with  impetuosity  over  the  rugged  surface.  At  the  close 
of  winter  vast  masses  of  ice,  rolling  over  the  rocks  with 
hideous  crash,  present  a scene  truly  sublime. 

“*  * * Several  delicious  springs  issue  from  a neighbor- 
ing hill,  which  commands  an  enchanting  prospect.  The 
trees  which  abound  here  most  are  willow,  birch,  cedar,  and 
oaks,  of  different  species.  The  yellow  jessamine  ® is  of  a 
prodigious  size.  The  prickly  pear  grows  on  the  banks  of 
the  canal.  White  hore-hound  and  sweet-fennel,^^  of  which 
there  is  great  plenty,  are  employed  by  the  inhabitants  for 
medicinal  drinks.  The  odour  (p.  12)  of  aromatic  plants 
seems  to  be  much  stronger  here  than  in  the  Low-Lands.  Of 
wild  cherries  and  strawberries  there  is  great  abundance. 
The  banks  of  the  river  are  infested  by  different  species  of 
snakes,  particularly  of  black,^^  rattle,^^  and  copper-head 
snakes.”  (p.  13.) 

Mr.  Warden  evidently  spent  some  time  upon  Analostan 
Island,  and  his  notes  form  a fairly  complete  sketch  of  its 
natural  history.  At  any  rate  they  are  far  more  than  has 


® Bignonia  radicans. 
Cactus  Opuntia. 
Marrubium  vulgare. 
Faeniculum  dulce. 


“ Coluber  constrictor. 

“ Crotalus  horridus. 
Coluber  erythogaster. 


10  BuUethi  /,  Biolocfical  Hodetij  of  Wnshlnffton,  1918. 

since  been  written  on  the  place.  The  comment  upon  animals 
is  quoted: 

^^This  island  is  the  resort  of  various  reptiles.  found 
the  nest  of  the  terrapin  {Testudo  concentrica,  or  concentric 
tortoise),  or  fresh  water  turtle,  in  the  garden  at  the  distance 
of  about  thirty  feet  from  the  water,  containing  nineteen 
eggs,  laid  close  to  each  other,  and  the  interstices  filled  with 
earth.  The  greater  circumference  of  the  egg  was  four  inches 
and  half;  the  lesser,  three.  The  nest,  or  hole,  was  of  an  oval 
form,  and  four  inches  in  depth.  The  eggs  of  this  species  are 
deposited  from  the  first  of  June  to  the  middle  of  July. 
Before  the  turtle  commences  the  formation  of  the  hole  for 
her  eggs,  she  urines  on  the  spot,  then  scrapes  out  a little 
earth,  again  urines,  and  thus  continues  until  the  operation 
is  finished.  I saw  another  nest,  from  Avhich  the  turtle  was 
taken  at  the  moment  when  she  had  placed  herself  in  an 
almost  erect  position  to  deposit  her  eggs,  which  she  always 
performs  during  the  day,  and  it  is  said,  never  returns  to 
the  spot.  The  young  ones  are  hatched  by  the  heat  of  the 
sun,  and  are  (p.  144)  supposed  to  remain  in  the  nest  till 
spring.  Several  persons,  whom  I consulted  on  this  subject, 
assured  me  that  they  have  turned  them  up  with  the  plough 
at  this  season.  The  turtle,  when  shaken  before  she  lays  her 
eggs,  makes  a hollow  noise,  as  if  she  contained  water.  One 
■n  this  state  weighed  six  pounds,  which,  it  appears,  is  the 
common  size.  The  species  known  by  the  name  of  the  terrapin 
is  very  shy,  and  ceases  to  walk  as  soon  as  it  sees  a person 
approach  near  it.  When  endeavoring  to  escape,  it  runs 
nearly  as  fast  as  a duck.  The  blacks  make  soup  and  eat 
the  eggs  of  this  species,  of  which  they  are  very  fond. 

‘‘The  snapping  turtle  {Testudo  ferox)  is  also  seen  in  the 
waters  of  this  river,  some  of  which  weigh  from  forty  to  fifty 
pounds,  and  lay  forty  or  fifty  eggs.  General  Mason,  some 
years  ago,  caught  one  of  a huge  size  which  he  threw  into 
his  canoe,  and  it  attacked  him  so  furiously  therein  that  he 
was  obliged  to  leap  into  the  water.  The  reptile  followed, 
and  thus  made  its  escape.  Its  bite  is  severe  and  dangerous. 
Two  species  of  fresh-water  tortoise  inhabit  (p.  145)  the 
island;  namely,  the  painted  tortoise,  Emys  picta  or  Testudo 
picta,  and  the  streaked  tortoise,  Emys  virgulata.  ♦ * * 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Golumhia — McAtee  11 

‘‘The  head  of  the  painted  turtle  manifested  symptoms  of 
life  two  hours  after  decapitation.  Three  cherry  stones  were 
found  in  the  stomach.  It  is  said  that  small  snails  are  its 
daily  food.  This  species  is  not  eaten.  The  musk-rat  {Castor 
zihethicus)  inhabits  the  banks  of  this  island.  The  surface 
being  now  cleared,  there  is  no  place  for  its  habitation,  which 
was  formerly  constructed  of  vegetable  substances,  in  the 
midst  of  the  reeds  of  a marsh,  and  was  generally  five  or  six 
feet  in  height,  and  as  many  in  breadth.  The  family  reposed 
in  a dry  and  neat  apartment  above  the  surface  of  the  water, 
into  which  they  descended  when  attacked,  and  retreated  by 
a subterraneous  passage  to  a neighbouring  stream.  If  the 
family  were  numerous,  there  were  three  such  passages;  if 
otherwise,  one  or  two  only.  A method  of  taking  them,  prac- 
ticed by  the  savages,  was  to  discover  and  intercept  this  com- 
munication, by  means  of  knots  of  twisted  grass.  The  animal 
then  returned  to  the  water  under  its  abode,  where  forced  to 
seek  air,  it  showed  its  head,  and  was  struck  dead  with  a 
stick  or  club.  The  muskrat  abounds  in  the  swamp  (p.  147) 
adjoining  the  Potomac  bridge,  and  is  killed  by  the  blacks  in 
a curious  manner.  A square  board,  bearing  a considerable 
weight  of  stones  or  mud,  is  placed  in  an  inclined  position, 
and  is  supported  by  three  sticks  in  a particular  manner. 
Parsnips  are  put  underneath,  of  which  the  rats  are  very 
fond;  while  devouring  them,  they  necessarily  move  one  of 
these  sticks,  by  which  the  board  suddenly  falls,  and  crushes 
them  to  death.  The  skin  sells  at  twenty-five  cents. 

“The  deer,  wild  turkey,  canvas  back  duck  (supposed  to  be 
the  Anas  ferina  of  Linnaeus,  or  mildorin  of  Buffon),  the 
wild  goose,  which  inhabited  this  place  about  fifty  years  ago, 
have  all  disappeared.  This  species  of  duck,  so  delicious  to 
the  taste,  was  then  sold  for  sixpence. 

“The  following  method  was  formerly  employed  to  kill  the 
wild  goose  (Anser  canadensis).  This  bird,  shy  and  cunning, 
feeds  in  the  midst  of  a plain  or  open  field,  and  forms  a 
regular  line,  at  the  extremity  of  which  is  placed  a centinel, 
to  give  warning  in  case  of  danger,  which,  if  remote,  is  indi- 
cated by  a certain  position  of  (p.  148)  the  head,  and  if 
imminent,  by  a certain  cry.  The  sportsman,  by  means  of  a 


12  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

docile  horse,  which  concealed  him  from  the  view,  approached 
slowly,  until  he  brought  them  within  the  reach  of  his  gun. 

'^By  an  act  of  1730,  the  shooting  of  deer  was  prohibited 
from  the  first  of  January  to  the  first  of  August.  The  pen- 
alty was  four  hundred  pounds  of  tobacco.  By  other  acts  of 
1728,  any  master,  mistress,  owner  of  a family,  or  single  tax- 
able person,  was  obliged  to  produce  yearly,  to  the  justice  of 
the  county,  three  squirrel-scalps,  or  crows’  heads.  The  pen- 
alty in  this  case  was  three  pounds  of  tobacco.  A premium 
of  two  pounds  was  given  for  every  scalp  more  than  three. 
The  reward  for  a wolf’s  head  was  two  hundred  pounds. 

‘^\nnalostan  Island  abounds  with  birds  of  various  kinds. 
The  catbird  (Musicapa  vertice  nigra — Catesby)  is  almost 
tame.  When  its  nest  is  in  danger,  it  makes  a loud  noise, 
and  seems  as  if  it  would  tear  the  face  of  the  person  who 
approached  it.  We  saw  in  the  garden  a partridge  nest, 
containing  nineteen  eggs.  The  humming-bird  (Trochilus 
coluhris)  frequents  (p.  149)  this  place.  When  caught,  it 
feigns  death,  like  the  opossum  (Didelphis  opossum),  and, 
by  this  means,  escapes  from  the  hand.  We  saw  one  thus 
escape  from  the  pretty  hand  of  Mrs.  B — e. 

^‘The  mocking-bird  (Turdus  polyglottus)  does  not  frequent 
this  island,  though  it  is  seen  on  the  adjacent  borders  of  the 
river.  Perhaps  it  has  been  expelled  by  the  crow  black  bird 
( Gracula  quiscula),  its  natural  enemy,  which  swarms  in  this 
place.  It  is  a pity  that  so  enchanting  a spot  is  deprived  of 
the  notes  of  this  inimitable  songster.”  (p.  150.) 

Mr.  Warden’s  observations  on  the  method  used  by  the 
terrapin  to  soften  the  earth  before  digging,  and  on  the  hum- 
ming bird  feigning  death  are  highly  original  and  his  mention 
of  food  found  in  the  stomach  of  the  painted  terrapin 
undoubtedly  is  the  first  record  of  the  food  of  this  reptile 
based  on  scientific  investigation.  Besides  the  scattering 
natural  history  notes  in  Mr.  Warden’s  book,  the  volume 
contains  also  the  first  formal  lists  of  plants  (142  species) 
of  the  District  of  Columbia,  of  birds  (32  species),  and  of  a 
group  of  insects  (5  species  of  butterflies)  that  ever  were 
published.  Mr.  Warden’s  book  thus  marks  the  beginning  of 
scientific  description  of  our  natural  history. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  13 

Some  of  the  forerunners  of  what  is  now  called  the  Wash- 
ington Guide  contained  interesting  comment  on  the  natural 
history  of  the  District.  This  is  especially  true  of  two  which 
will  be  briefly  reviewed.  The  first,  published  by  Jonathan 
Elliot  in  1830,  is  entitled  ‘‘Historical  Sketches  of  the  Ten 
Miles  Square  forming  the  District  of  Columbia  * » * 

also  a description  of  the  River  Potomac — its  fish  and  wild 
fowl,  etc.’’  “The  waters  of  the  Potomac,”  this  writer  says, 
“are  frequented  by  a great  variety  of  the  finest  wild  fowl. 
Among  the  most  rare  and  valuable  are  the  canvass  back 
duck,  by  some  called  white-backs.  Myriads  of  them  during 
the  winter  literally  darken  the  stream  of  the  river.”  * * * 
He  adds  comment  astonishing  to  the  present  day  epicure: 
“The  average  price  of  canvas  backs  in  Washington  is  about 
75  cents,  but  they  are  frequently  sold  at  50  cents  per  pair.” 
(p.  GO.)  Other  interesting  comment  on  the  prices  of  that 
time  relate  to  the  shad.  “In  the  height  of  the  season  a 
single  shad  weighing  from  6 to  8 pounds  is  sold  in  the  market 
of  the  District  for  6 cents,  and  by  the  hundred  for  from  3 
to  4 dollars”  (p.  428). 

Mr.  Elliot  gives  many  details  relating  to  birds  and  fishes, 
of  which  we  will  cite  only  one  anecdote  relating  to  a fish. 
He  comments  upon  the  leaping  habits  of  sturgeon,  some  of 
which  he  says  weigh  150  pounds.  One  of  these  large  stur- 
geon leaped  into  a ferry  boat  at  Georgetown  during  the 
Revolutionary  War,  coming  down  on  the  lap  of  an  American 
officer  with  such  violence  as  to  break  his  thigh,  the  injury 
later  resulting  in  death. 

In  1861  was  published  “Philp’s  Washington  Described,” 
edited  by  William  D.  Haley,  in  which  are  annotated  skeleton 
lists  of  the  vertebrates  and  molluscs  of  the  District  with 
interesting  comment  on  the  insects  and  plants.  The  editor 
states  his  obligations  to  Baron  Osten  Sacken,  Professors 

From  the  Bulletin  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  National  Institution  for 
the  Promotion  of  Science  we  learn  that  at  the  meeting  of  August  10,  1840, 
“the  Department  of  Natural  History  was  requested  to  prepare  catalogrues 
of  the  Animals  and  Vegetables  of  the  District  of  Columbia”  (Bui.  I,  No. 
1,  June-December  1840  (1841),  p.  7).  At  the  meeting  of  November  9,  the 
same  year,  a manuscript  entitled  “Fauna  Columbiana,”  by  Dr.  T.  B.  J. 
Frye,  was  presented  (ibid.  p.  10),  but  it  was  never  published  and  it 
cannot  now  be  found. 


14  Bulletin  /,  Bioloffical  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

Henry,  Baird,  Ford,  Gill,  Ulke,  and  Jillson  and  Doctors 
Gale,  Force  and  Foreman,  and  it  is  evident  that  his  remarks 
on  natural  history  were  gathered  from  authentic  sources. 
The  scientific  names  are  used  with  such  precision  that  it  is 
probable  the  proof  was  read  by  someone  of  scientific  ability. 
Coues  and  Prentiss  refer  to  the  work  in  the  following  lan- 
guage: “A  little  book  entitled  AVashington  Described,^ 
* * * contained  cursory  notices  of  the  natural  history  of 
the  District,  prepared  anonymously  by  several  of  the  resi- 
dent naturalists;  and  among  these  was  a slight  sketch  of  the 
Ornithology  by  one  of  the  present  writers.” 

It  seems  probable,  therefore,  that  we  can  accept  the 
natural  history  statements  at  their  face  value.  The  fol- 
lowing species  not  recorded  from  the  District  in  subsequent 
publications  are  mentioned  by  Haley : Among  mammals, 
Peromyscus  nuttallii,  a species  at  present  known  from  no 
nearer  locality  than  Dismal  Swamp,  Va. ; among  birds  the 
white  ibis,  a notorious  wanderer  like  others  of  the  heron 
tribe;  and  among  reptiles  Lampropeltis  doliata  clerica,  add- 
ing a fourth  to  the  varieties  of  this  species  of  snake  known 
to  inhabit  the  District.  With  these  interesting  records  is 
closed  the  introduction  of  the  sketch  of  the  natural  history 
of  the  District  of  Columbia.  We  will  now  review  what  has 
been  accomplished  in  the  various  branches  of  the  subject, 
and  first  of  all  in  botany. 

BOTANY. 

The  first  scientific  paper  thus  far  brought  to  light  which 
mentions  a plant  possibly  obtained  within  the  limits  of  the 
District  of  Columbia  flora  is  entitled  ^‘Remarks  by  Mr. 
James  Petiver,  Apothecary  and  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society, 
on  some  Animals,  Plants,  etc.,  sent  to  him  from  Maryland, 
by  the  Reverend  Mr.  Hugh  Jones,”  and  it  was  published  in 
the  Philosophical  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Lon- 
don in  November,  1698. 

Under  the  heading  ^^Aconitum  baccis  niveis  et  rubris. 

” Avifauna  Columbiana.  Bui.  26,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1883,  p.  8. 

Philosophical  transactions.  Roy.  Soc.  of  London,  Vol.  XX,  No.  246, 
Nov.,  1698,  pp.  (393)-(406). 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  15 

Corn.  76,  Raii  H.  PI.  662,’’  is  the  statement:  “Mr.  Fisher,  a 
friend  of  mine,  brought  me  this  root  from  Potuxen  River 
in  Maryland,  and  he  tells  me,  they  there  call  it,  Rich-Root, 
and  use  it  as  a specifick  against  the  Scurvy ; they  boyl  about 
a pound  of  it  in  two  gal-  [p.  403]  Ions  of  cyder,  till  but  two 
quarts  remain,  and  being  strained,  they  drink  half  a pint  of 
it  every  morning,  either  alone,  or  mixt  with  any  other  drink. 
He  assured  me  it  cured  him,  and  several  other  in  the  same 
.-;liip  he  came  from  thence  in.”  (p.  404.) 

This  statement  leaves  us  in  some  doubt  as  to  whether  this 
concoction  really  had  medicinal  effect  or  whether  like  certain 
more  modern  compounds  it  was  merely  a variant  of  the  cui) 
that  cheers.  There  is  little  doubt,  however,  that  the  plant 
mentioned  is  the  white  baneberry  (Actaea  alha),  a species 
not  now  included  in  the  District  list. 

The  next  specific  mention  of  a plant  from  the  region  of 
the  District  Flora  appears  to  be  that  of  Gronovius  in  the 
Flora  Virginica  of  1762.  This  flora  based  on  material  col- 
lected by  Dr.  John  Clayton,  and  a large  part  of  the  original 
matter  in  which,  consists  of  Clayton’s  notes,  might  better 
be  known  as  Clayton’s  Flora  Virginica.  However  that  may 
be,  it  suffices  for  the  present  purpose  to  note  that  “Betula 
foliis  rhombeo-ovatis,  acuminatis  duplicato-serratis”  is 
recorded  as  occurring  not  far  to  the  westward  of  the  cata- 
racts of  the  river  Potomac.^®  In  modern  nomenclature  this 
plant  is  the  common  river  birch  (Betula  nigra),  one  so 
abundant  and  widespread  that  specific  notes  on  distribution 
seem  superfluous.  It  may  be  that  records  of  this  or  other 
plants  from  our  region  are  in  the  1739  and  1743  parts  of  the 
Flora  virginica,  but  these  have  not  been  available. 

Search  of  Nuttall’s  “Sylva,”  Pursh’s  “Flora,”  and  the 
Michauxs’  “Flora,”  and  “Sylva”  have  revealed  no  definite 
records  of  plants  from  the  vicinity  of  the  District.  This  is 
rather  surprising  since  all  of  these  botanists  visited  the 
locality  and  Nuttall  worked  in  Washington  for  some  time 
upon  the  collections  of  the  National  Institute.  The  visit  of 
Andrd  Michaux  is  recorded  in  Washington’s  diary  for 

Gronovius,  J.  F. — Flora  virginica  exhibens  plantas  quas  nobillissimus 
vir  D.  D.  Johannes  Claytonus,  Med.  Doct.,  etc.,  etc.,  in  Virginia  crescentes, 
observavit,  et  obtulit,  1762,  p.  146. 


16  Bulletin  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

June  19,  1786,  the  entry  being:  ‘‘A  Mens.  Andre  Michaux, 
a botanist  sent  by  the  court  of  France  to  America,  visited, 
dined  and  returned  to  New  York  whence  he  had  come.’^ 
Certain  subsequent  entries  relate  to  i)lants  presented  by 
Michaux  and  set  out  in  the  grounds  at  Mount  Vernon. 

rhe  first  20  formal  list  of  plants  of  the  District  of  Colum- 
bia appeared  in  David  Baillie  Warden’s  “Chorographical 
and  Statistical  Description  of  the  District  of  Columbia”  pub- 
lished in  Paris  in  1816.  The  list  is  entitled  Florula 
Columbiana,  etc.  (see  bibliography)  and  contains  142  species 
identified  by  the  celebrated  botanist,  Joseph  Correa  de  Serra, 
Ambassador  from  Portugal  to  the  United  States. 

Organized  study  of  the  plants  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
began  in  1817  with  the  formation  of  the  Washington 
Botanical  Society,  March  20.  The  society  had  13  charter 
members  and  added  7 later.  The  District  was  divided  into 
four  regions  which  were  assigned  to  committees  of  members 
for  study.  The  society  was  vigorously  active  until  1820, 
much  less  so  in  succeeding  years  and  held  a final  meeting  at 
which  it  adjourned  sine  die  March  27,  1826. 

The  results  of  its  labors  were  a check  list  published  in 
1819,  the  Forula  Golumbiensis,  containing  names  of  296 
plants;  a fuller  list,  the  Florula  Columbiana,  published  in 
the  Washington  Guide  in  1822  and  mentioning  460  species; 
and  the  Florae  Columbianae  Prodromus  of  1830  listing  912 
species.  The  first  was  anonymous,  and  the  last  two  appeared 
under  the  name  of  Dr.  John  A.  Brereton.  There  is  no 
doubt,  however,  that  they  are  founded  upon  the  entire  her- 
barium of  the  Botanical  Society  to  which  Dr.  Brereton  con- 
tributed no  more  than  certain  other  individuals. 

The  next  considerable  wave  of  botanical  activity  in  the 
District  was  due  to  the  Potomac-Side  Naturalists  Club. 
This  organization  founded  in  1858,  languished  during  the 

2«Rafinesque  informs  us  (Rafinesque,  C.  S.  Circular  address  on  Botany 
and  Zoology,  followed  by  the  Prospectus  of  Two  Periodical  Works ; Annals 
of  Nature  and  Somiology  of  North  America.  Philadelphia,  1816,  page 
12)  that  he  prepared  a Florula  Columbica,  or  catalogue  of  the  plants 
found  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  1804,  which  he  gave  Dr.  B.  S.  Barton 
for  insertion  in  The  Philadelphia  Medical  and  Physical  Journal.  Dr.  Bar- 
ton acknowledged  (op.  cit.  II,  1806,  p.  177)  this  to  be  a fact  and  promised 
to  publish  the  catalogue  with  additions — a forecast  never  fulfilled. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  17 

period  from  1866  to  1873,  when  it  was  reorganized.  In  1874 
a committee  was  appointed  to  prepare  a new  catalog  of  the 
flora  of  the  District,  the  members  being  Dr.  George  Vasey, 
Prof.  J.  W.  Chickering,  Dr.  E.  Foreman,  Prof.  Wm.  H. 
Seaman,  and  Mr.  L.  F.  Ward.  Their  revised  list  of  1083 
species — The  Flora  Columbiana — was  published  in  Field 
and  Forest,  the  official  organ  of  the  Club,  from  April  to 
December,  1876.  A supplement  containing  112  additional 
species  was  published  in  1878.  Meanwhile  one  member  of 
the  Committee,  L.  F.  Ward,  pushed  ahead  independently,  and 
in  1882  published  a Guide  to  the  Flora  of  Washington  and 
Vicinity.  It  contained  an  important  introductory  chapter 
describing  local  collecting  grounds,  the  flowering  seasons, 
and  containing  statistics  of  the  contents  of  the  list  and 
comparisons  with  other  lists.  It  included  also  an  appendix 
on  plant  collecting  and  making  a herbarium,  and  a check 
list.  All  of  these  special  features  were  separately  published. 
One  thousand  two  hundred  and  forty-nine  species  of 
vascular  plants  were  listed.  Six  lists  of  additions  have  been 
published,  appearing  in  1884,  1886,  1892,  1896,  April,  1901, 
and  June,  1901. 

A share  of  the  credit  for  these  supplemental  lists  belongs 
to  the  Botanical  Seminar  founded  in  1893  and  the  Wash- 
ington Botanical  Club  organized  in  1898.  These  were  merged 
in  1901  to  form  the  Botanical  Society  of  Washington. 

In  1906  a typewritten  list  of  the  vascular  plants  of  the 
District  of  Columbia  was  prepared  for  the  use  of  the  Society. 
It  contains  1,598  species  and  has  been  used  for  some  years 
as  a foundation  upon  which  to  build  a more  pretentious  work 
on  the  District  Flora.  This  paper  now  in  manuscript  in- 
cludes keys,  brief  descriptions  and  notes  on  distribution. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Warden,  David  Baillie. 

Florula  Columbiana,  Sive  enumeratio  Plantarum  in  Territorio 
Columbiae  sponte  nascentium;  or  Catalogue  of  the  plants,  shrubs 
and  trees  which  grow  spontaneously  in  the  District  of  Columbia. 

In  “A  Chorographical  and  Statistical  Description  of  the  District 
of  Columbia,  the  seat  of  the  general  Government  of  the  United 


18  Bulletin  7,  Biolofjical  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

States,  with  an  engraved  plan  of  the  District,  and  view  of  the 
Capitol.  Paris,  1816,  pp,  191-209. 

Lists  142  species  including  introduced  and  cultivated  forms. 

Washington  Botanical  Society. 

“Florula  Columbiensis;  or  a list  of  plants  found  in  the  District 
of  Columbia;  arranged  according  to  the  Linnaean  system,  under 
their  respective  classes  and  orders,  etc.,  and  exhibiting  their  gen- 
erally received  common  names,  and  time  of  flowering,  during  the 
years  1817  and  1818.  Washington:  printed  for  the  Washington 
Botanical  Society  by  Jacob  Gideon,  Jun,,  1819.” 

The  work  is  a 14-page  pamphlet  giving  a bare  list  of  the  technical 
and  popular  names  of  296  species  of  flowering  plants  with  the  date 
of  their  observation  in  1817  and  1818.  It  apparently  was  intended 
as  a working  list  for  the  members  of  the  Society.-' 

Brereton,  J.  A. 

Botany  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  pp.  123-138.  Heading  Florula 
Columbiana  on  p.  124.  In  Elliot,  Wm.,  the  Washington  Guide,  con- 
taining * * * Botany  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  Nov.,  1822. 

460  species  listed.  Exactly  the  same  in  Second  Edition,  1826,  and 
Second  Edition  with  corrections  and  additions,  1830.  In  the 
“improved  edition,”  1837,  the  botany  occupies  pp.  295-310,  and  the 
preface  states  that  it  has  been  “revised  and  corrected  by  Mr.  Rich 
from  the  records  of  the  Botanical  Society  of  this  place.”  However, 
the  number  of  species  remains  the  same,  and  the  changes,  if  any, 
are  insignificant. 

Florae  Columbianae  Prodromus  exhibens  Enumerationem  Plan- 
tarum  Quae  Hactenus  Exploratae  Sunt,  or  a prodromus  of  the  Flora 
Columbiana  exhibiting  a list  of  all  the  plants  which  have  as  yet 
been  collected.  (1830)  cover  date  1831.  86  pp. 

“During  the  spring  of  1825,  after  the  dissolution  of  the  late  Wash- 
ington Botanical  Society,  a few  gentlemen  of  the  city  devoted  to 
Botany  formed  an  association  to  explore  and  investigate  de  novo 
the  indigenous  plants  of  the  District  of  Columbia.  The  association, 
under  the  name  of  ‘The  Botanic  Club,’  consisted  of  Wm.  Mechlin, 
Wm.,Rich,  Alex.  McWilliams,  and  the  compiler,  and  in  the  following 
year  of  James  W.  Robbins,  M.  D.”  The  results  of  their  labors  are 
embodied  in  the  “Prodromus,”  which  lists  912  species  of  plants. 

■Gale,  L.  D. 

On  the  Oaks  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Proc.  Nat.  Institute,  N.  S.  Vol.  I,  No.  2 (1855-6),  pp.  67-68,  2 figs. 

Read  Nov.  21,  1853.  Presented  for  publication  May  21,  1855. 

Mentions  12  indigenous  and  2 introduced  species  and  gives  notes 
on  Bartram’s  oak  ( Quercus  heteropiiylla)  and  on  dates  of  flowering. 

21  Quoted  from  Coville,  F.  V.  Records  of  the  Columbia  Historical  So- 
ciety,  Vol.  5,  1902,  p.  189. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Colwmhia — McAtee  19 


Vasey,  George. 

Exotic  Trees  in  Washington. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  I,  Nos.  3-4,  Aug.-Sept.,  1875,  pp.  17-19. 
20  species  mentioned. 


Rare  and  Noteworthy  Trees  in  Washington. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  I,  Nos.  5-6,  Oct.-Nov.,  1875,  pp.  33-37. 

About  52  species  of  ornamental  trees  native  to  the  U.  S.,  and  a 
few  foreign  ones  are  mentioned. 


Ward,  Lester  F. 

Oaks  of  the  Potomac  Side. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  I,  Nos.  5-6,  Oct.-Nov.,  1875,  pp.  39-42. 
11  species,  3 varieties,  6 hybrids  listed. 


(Committee.) 

Flora  Columbiana.  A catalogue  of  the  plants  growing  without 
cultivation  in  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  I,  Nos.  10-11,  March-April,  1876,  pp.  83-87. 

II,  No.  1,  July,  1876,  pp.  13-15. 

II,  No.  2,  Aug.,  1876,  pp.  31-33. 

II,  No.  3,  Sept.,  1876,  pp.  45-46. 

II,  No.  4,  Oct.,  1876,  pp.  61-64. 

II,  No.  5,  Nov.,  1876,  pp.  86-88. 

II,  No.  6,  Dec.,  1876,  pp.  103-105. 

1,083  species. 


Seaman,  Wm.  H. 

Edible  Fungi. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  I,  Nos.  8-9,  Jan.-Feb.,  1876,  p.  71. 
27  species. 


Oldberg,  Rudolph. 

Mosses  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  II,  No.  7,  Jan.,  1877,  pp.  118-120. 
Musci,  97  species;  Hepaticae,  29 — 126  in  all. 


(Committee.) 

Addenda  to  Flora  Columbiana.  Made  during  1877. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  3,  No.  9,  Mar.,  1878,  p.  145;  Vol.  Ill,  Nos. 
10-11-12,  April-May-June,  1878,  p.  164. 

112  species. 


20  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington^  1918. 


Ward,  Lester  F. 

Field  and  Closet  Notes  on  the  Flora  of  Washington  and  Vicinity. 
(Abstract.) 

Bui.  Philos.  Soc.  Wash,  iv,  1881,  pp.  64-119.  Reprinted  with 
explanatory  notes  in  Glimpses  of  the  Cosmos,  Vol.  II,  1913,  pp. 
360-425. 

Practically  the  same  as  the  introduction  to  his  Guide  to  the  Flora 
of  Washington. 

Guide  to  the  Flora  of  Washington  and  Vicinity. 

Bui.  21,  U.  S.  Natl.  Museum,  1881,  264  pp.,  1 map. 

A comprehensive  local  flora,  listing  1,249  vascular  plants  and  131 
cryptogams.  A history  of  the  making  of  this  list  is  contained  in 
Glimpses  of  the  Cosmos,  Vol.  II,  1913,  pp.  448-464. 

Check  list  of  the  Flora  of  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  Vicinity. 

From  Bui.  U.  S.  National  Museum,  No.  22,  1882,  pp.  148-207. 

A reprint  with  same  pagination  of  the  check-list  in  the  Guide  to 
the  Flora  of  Washington. 

List  of  Plants  added  to  the  Flora  of  Washington  from  April  1, 
1882,  to  April  1,  1884. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  II,  pp.  84-87,  April  10,  1884. 

41  additions  and  a few  corrections. 

Knowlton,  F.  H. 

Additions  to  the  Flora  of  Washington  and  Vicinity  from  April  1, 
1884,  to  April  1,  1886. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  106-110,  1886. 

35  additions,  besides  4 oak  hybrids,  here  first  catalogued. 
“Changes  in  nomenclature,”  pp.  127-129.  “New  localities  for  rare 
species,”  pp.  129-132;  “Species  excluded,”  p.  132, 

Lehnert,  E. 

A revision  of  the  musci  and  hepaticae  of  Washington  and  vicinit5^ 
with  numerous  additions. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  110-118,  1886. 

Containing  238  species,  which  is  111  in  addition  to  the  Oidberg  list. 

A list  of  the  Lichens  of  Washington  and  Vicinity. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  118-127,  1886. 

251  species. 

Baker,  Frank. 

Native  Trees  of  the  National  Zoological  Park. 

Ann.  Rep.  Smiths.  Inst.  (1890),  1891,  pp.  65-66. 

46  species. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  ColumMa — McAtee  21 


Hunter,  W. 

Botany  of  the  Zoological  Park. 

Ann.  Rep.  Smiths.  Inst.  (1890),  1891,  pp.  68*72. 

About  350  species  listed. 

Sudworth,  Geo.  B. 

Trees  of  Washington,  D.  C.  (cover  title). 

Arborescent  Flora  (native  and  cultivated)  of  Washington. 
Forestry  Division,  1891.  16  pp.,  2 maps. 

Lists  separately  and  locates  on  maps  the  trees  in  the  Department 
of  Agriculture  and  White  House  grounds,  and  in  Lafayette  Square. 
Includes  324  species  (exclusive  of  varieties),  of  which  90  (one  doubt- 
fully) are  said  to  be  indigenous  to  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Holm,  Theodor. 

Third  List  of  Additions  to  the  Flora  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  VII,  pp.  105-132,  June  10,  1892. 

75  additional  species  besides  2 oak  hybrids. 

Fourth  List  of  Additions  to  the  Flora  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  X,  pp.  29-43,  Feb.  26,  1896. 

28  additional  species. 

Ridgway,  Robert. 

Additional  notes  on  the  native  trees  of  the  lower  Wabash  Valley. 
Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  17,  1884,  pp.  409-42,  Pis.  10-15. 

This  paper  includes  for  comparative  purposes  a list  of  28  species  of 
trees  formed  on  a 200-acre  farm  near  Falls  Church,  Va.,  and  a list 
of  47  species  observed  on  a tract  of  5 square  miles  near  Laurel,  Md, 
(pp.  417-418). 

Greene,  E.  L. 

Remarks  on  ascaulescent  violets. 

Pittonia,  3,  pp.  139-145,  Dec.  16,  1896. 

Notes  on  6 species  occurring  about  the  District  region. 

Studies  in  the  Compositae,  2.  Some  northern  species  of  An- 
tennaria. 

Pittonia,  3,  pp.  273-288,  March  21,  1898. 

Three  species  from  vicinity  of  D.  C. 

Critical  notes  on  Antennaria. 

Pittonia,  3,  pp.  318-323,  May  7,  1898. 

Four  species  of  D.  C.  region  discussed. 

Two  new  Gerardias. 

Pittonia,  4,  pp.  51-52,  Pis.  9-10,  April  11,  1899. 

From  D.  C. 


22  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

Miller,  G.  S.,  Jr. 

The  dogbanes  of  the  District  of  Cohimbia. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  13,  pp.  79-90,  PI.  II,  Sept.  28,  1899. 
Synopsis  of  7 species,  3 of  them  described  as  new. 

Greene,  E.  L. 

Studies  in  the  Compositae,  8. 

Pittonia,  4,  pp.  243-284,  Jan.  26,  1901. 

Describes  2 new  species  of  Bidens  from  this  region. 

Plolm,  Theodor. 

Fifth  List  of  Additions  to  the  Flora  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  XIV,  pp.  7-22,  April  2,  1901. 

41  additions. 

Steele,  Edward  S. 

Sixth  List  of  Additions  to  the  Flora  of  Washington,  D.  C.,  and 
Vicinity. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  XIV,  pp.  47-86,  June  19,  1901. 

With  descriptions  of  new  species  and  varieties  by  Edward  L. 
Greene,  Alvah  A.  Eaton,  and  the  Author. 

151  additions;  many^  are  new  varieties  only;  original  descriptions 
of  3 forms. 

Greene,  E.  L. 

New  or  noteworthy  violets. 

Pittonia,  5,  pp.  87-106,  Nov.,  1902. 

5 new  species  from  the  District  flora. 


Miller,  G.  S.,  Jr. 

The  species  of  Geum  occurring  near  Washington. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  17,  p.  101,  April  9,  1904. 

Four  species  recorded;  correction  of  previous  record  of  a flfth. 

Brainerd,  Ezra. 

Hybridism  in  the  genus  Viola — III. 

Bhodora,  8,  pp.  49-61,  Pis.  66-70,  March,  1906. 

Notes  on  7 hybrids  from  the  Washington  region. 

Burgess,  E.  S. 

Species  and  Variations  of  Biotian  Asters  with  discussion  of  vari- 
ability in  Aster. 

Mem.  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  13,  1906,  419  pp.,  108  figs. 

Records  24  species  and  5 varieties  from  District  of  Columbia 
Region,  many  of  them  new. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  23 


Greene,  E.  L. 

New  species  of  Viola. 

Leaflets  of  Botanical  Observation  and  Criticism,  1,  pp.  214-219, 
June  5,  1906. 

5 new  species  and  2 new  varieties  from  the  vicinity  of  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

House,  H.  D. 

Violets  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Rhodora,  Vol.  8,  July,  1906,  pp.  117-122,  Pis.  71-72. 

A list  of  26  species  and  19  hybrids. 

Ricker,  P.  L.,  Chairman  of  Seminar. 

A list  of  the  Vascular  Plants  of  the  District  of  Columbia  and 
vicinity,  prepared  for  the  use  of  the  Botanical  Society  of  Washing- 
ton, 133  pp.,  1906. 

A typewritten  working  list  containing  1,598  species  exclusive  of 
hybrids  and  varieties. 

Tidestrom,  Ivar. 

Elysium  Marianum.  First  ed.  Pt.  1,  Ferns  and  Fern  allies,  pp. 
1-63,  Pis.  1-8  (bis.),  1906.  Second  ed.,  Pt.  1,  Ferns  and  Fern  Allies, 
pp.  1-63,  Pis.  1-8  (bis.).  Pt.  2,  Evergreens,  pp.  67-96,  Pis.  10-12,  1908, 
Pt.  3,  Salicaceae,  Ceriferae,  Betulaceae,  pp.  1-60,  Pis.  1-14,  1910. 

Shreve,  F.,  Chrysler,  M.  A.,  Blodgett,  F.  H.,  and  Besley,  F.  W. 

The  Plant  Life  of  Maryland. 

Special  Publ.  Md.  Weather  Service,  Vol.  Ill,  533  pp.,  38  Pis.,  1910. 
Contains  many  references  to  plants  of  the  vicinity  of  the  District  of 
Columbia. 

Tidestrom,  Ivar. 

Notes  on  the  flora  of  Maryland  and  Virginia. 

Rhodora,  15,  pp.  101-106,  June,  1913. 

On  4 species  of  pines  in  the  District  flora. 

Greene,  E.  L. 

New  species  of  Ranunculus. 

American  Midland  Nat.,  3,  No.  12,  Nov.,  1914,  pp.  333-6. 

Four  new  species,  2 of  them  from  this  region. 

Violets  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  1. 

Cybele  Columbiana,  Vol.  1,  No.  1,  Dec.,  1914,  pp.  7-33. 

An  important  discussion  of  the  habitats  and  relationships  of 
numerous  violets  of  this  region. 

Bartlett,  H H. 

Twelve  elementary  species  of  Onagra. 

Cybele  Columbiana,  Vol.  I,  No.  1,  Dec.,  1914,  pp.  37-56,  Pis.  1-5. 

Four  new  forms  from  Washington. 


24  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

INSECTS. 

The  first  general  natural  historian  of  the  District  of 
Columbia — Warden — does  not  fail  to  pay  some  attention  to 
insects.  In  fact  he  published  the  first  local  list  for  the 
region,  it  being  the  following 

‘‘Of  our  collection  of  insects,  there  remain  in  a state  of 
preservation  but  five  species  of  the  genus  Papilio,  or  butter- 
fly, which,  howev'er,  are  the  most  common  in  this  District. 

Papilio  cardui  (Fabr.) 

Papilio  plexippus  (Cram.) 

Papilio  polydamos  (Cram.) 

Papilio  astinous  (Cram.) 

Papilio  Tyrrhea  (Fabr.)” 

None  of  these  species  are  now  considered  to  belong  to  the 
genus  Papilio.  Evidently  Warden  had  collected  a number 
of  insects  belonging  to  other  groups,  but  like  many  entomolo- 
gists of  later  times  had  his  plans  spoiled  by  mishaps  to  his 
specimens. 

One  of  Warden’s  popular  notes  on  insects  is  of  interest, 
but  it  should  be  explained  that  the  first  creature  he  names — 
the  wood-louse — is  not  really  an  insect.  He  says:  “Two 
insects  abound  in  this  place,  and  torment  the  lovers  of 
nature;  the  wood-louse  {Acarus  Americanus,  L. — A species 
of  Zecca)  (p.  167)  and  mosquito  {Culex  pipiens,  L.).  The 
former  nearly  the  size  of  a common  louse,  conceals  itself 
under  the  skin  and  clings  closely  to  the  flesh  from  which  it 
is  not  easily  extricated.  Its  colour  is  reddish,  which  becomes 
paler  when  the  insect  is  satiated  with  blood.  The  bite 
excites  considerable  inflammation,  and,  in  the  eye,  or  ear, 
might  be  attended  with  dangerous  consequences.  The  bite 
of  the  mosquito  also  creates  inflammation,  and  it  annoys 
the  ear  of  the  pensive  or  studious  by  its  unpleasant  buzz.” 

(p.  168.) 

Progressive  movements  depend  upon  individuals  and  sel- 
dom is  this  aphorism  better  illustrated  than  in  the  history 
of  the  study  of  Entomology  in  the  District  of  Columbia. 
With  the  exception  of  the  above  quoted  Warden  notes  of 

22  Warden.  D.  B.  A chorographical  and  statistical  description  of  the 
District  of  Columbia,  Paris,  1816,  p.  212. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  25 

1816,  up  to  the  year  1859  apparently  not  an  insect  was 
recorded  from  the  District  and  none  had  ever  been  orig- 
inally described  from  the  area.  Then  began  the  work  of 
Baron  Charles  Robert  von  den  Osten  Sacken  and  those 
whom  he  interested  and  assisted,  which  laid  such  a splendid 
foundation  for  the  study  of  certain  groups  not  only  for  the 
District  but  for  the  United  States. 

Baron  Osten  Sacken  was  secretary  to  the  Russian  legation 
from  1856  to  1862  and  visited  Washington  from  time  to 
time  up  to  the  year  1877.  In  1859,  as  indicated  above,  he 
published  his  first  paper  relating  to  the  insect  fauna  of  the 
District,  and  a splendid  one  it  was.  It  dealt  with  the  smaller 
crane-flies,  of  which  46  species  were  recorded  from  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia.  All  but  four  of  these  are  new  species, 
and  16  of  them  have  the  District  as  the  sole  place  of  capture, 
thus  unquestionably  making  it  their  type  locality.  Osten 
Sacken  was  an  indefatigable  collector  and  he  sent  his  speci- 
mens of  all  but  a few  families  to  Dr.  Hermann  Loew  of 
Meseritz,  Germany,  who  used  them  as  a basis  for  a series  of 
monumental  systematic  papers.  Loew’s  first  article  on  this 
material  also  appeared  in  1859,  and  it  recorded  from  Wash- 
ington 7 species  of  the  dipterous  family  Helomyzidae,  five 
of  them  new.  In  his  series  known  as  the  ‘‘Centuries,”  Loew 
described  1,000  ( !)  species  of  North  American  flies.  One 
hundred  and  fifty-seven  of  these  species  are  recorded  from 
the  District  of  Columbia,  of  which  152  are  new  and  147  have 
the  District  as  the  sole  and  therefore  type  locality.  Some  30 
additional  new  species  from  ItAshington  are  described  by 
this  author  in  other  papers. 

Baron  Osten  Sacken  himself  described  more  than  80  spe- 
cies of  diptera  from  the  District  of  Columbia  and  40  of  gall 
flies  or  Cynipidae.  Together  Osten  Sacken  and  Loew  record 
more  than  350  species  of  flies  from  the  Washington  region 
of  which  more  than  260  were  described  by  them  as  new  to 
science. 

Before  the  era  of  Osten  Sacken  was  past,  entomologists 
became  a larger  element  in  the  scientific  population  of  Wash- 
ington, most  of  them  being  attracted  here  by  the  rise  of 
Entomology  in  the  United  States  Department  of  Agricul- 


26  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


lure.  Among-  entomologists  of  this  period,  those  paying  most 
attention  to  the  study  of  local  insects  were  Henry  Ulke,  E.  A. 
Schwarz,  W.  H.  Ashmead,  Theo.  Pergande,  and  D.  W. 
Coqiiillett.  The  latter  described  more  than  40  new  species 
of  dies  from  the  region;  Mr.  Ashmead  described  more  than 
240  sj)ecies  of  Hymenoptera;  while  Mr.  Ulke,  with  the  assist- 
ance of  Mr.  Schwarz,  issued  the  first  list  of  beetles  of  the 
District  including  almost  3,000  species.  The  active  workers 
of  later  years  may  be  learned  from  the  bibliographies  below. 

The  region  of  the  District  of  Columbia  is  a rich  collecting 
ground  for  entomologists,  as  numbers  of  visiting  specialists 
have  testified.  Not  only  is  there  a great  variety  of  ecologic 
conditions,  but  unspoiled  places  are  easily  reached  in  almost 
any  direction.  The  development  of  such  an  enormous  field 
as  the  whole  group  of  insects,  even  for  a limited  area  neces- 
sarily is  slow.  What  has  been  accomplished  in  the  various 
groups  is  indicated  by  the  citation  of  the  principal  results 
in  the  following  bibliographies. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

GENERAL. 

Banks,  Natban. 

At  the  Ceanothus  in  Virginia. 

Ent.  News  XXIII,  No.  3,  March,  1912,  pp.  102-110. 

42  species  of  Hemiptera, 

58  species  of  Coleoptera, 

165  species  of  Hymenoptera,  and 

117  species  of  Diptera,  recorded  from  Falls  Church  and 
vicinity. 

NEUBOPTEBA. 

Banks,  Nathan. 

A list  of  Neuropteroid  insects,  exclusive  of  Odonata,  from  ther 
vicinity  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  6,  No.  4,  October,  1904,  pp.  201-216,  pi.  II. 

In  all  174  species  are  recorded  distributed  as  follows;  Archiptera,. 
73;  Neuroptera,  47;  Trichoptera,  54. 

Descriptions  of  New  Nearctic  Neuropteroid  Insects. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  32,  pp.  1-20,  pis.  I-II,  Nov.,  1905. 

5 new  species  from  the  vicinity  of  District  of  Columbia. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  27 

A revision  of  the  Nearctic  Hemerobiidae. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  32,  pp.  21-51,  pis.  III-V,  Dec.,  1905. 

9 species  recorded  from  Washington  region. 

A revision  of  the  nearctic  Coniopterygidae. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  8,  Nos.  3-4,  Sept.-Dee.,  1906,  pp.  77-86,  pis. 
VI-VII. 

3 species  from  the  vicinity  of  District  of  Columbia,  1 new. 

. New  Trichoptera  and  Psocidae. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  15,  Nos.  3,  Sept.,  1907,  pp.  162-166. 

Four  new  species  of  Trichoptera  and  2 of  Psocidae  from  Wash- 
iugton  region. 

Occurrence  of  Dilar  americana  Leach. 

Ent.  News  XVIII,  No.  10,  Dec.,  1907,  p.  450. 

At  Falls  Church,  Va.,  the  type  only  known  before. 

THYSANOPTEBA. 

Hood,  J.  D. 

An  annotated  list  of  the  Thysanoptera  of  Plummer’s  Island, 
Maryland. 

Ins.  Insc.  Mens.,  5,  Nos.  4-6,  April-June,  1917,  pp.  53-65. 

69  species  from  the  vicinity  of  Washington. 

OBTHOPTERA. 

Allard,  H.  A. 

The  stridulations  of  some  cone-headed  grasshoppers  (Conoce- 
phalus). 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  II,  No.  3,  1910,  pp.  121-124,  pi.  VI. 

3 species. 

f 

The  stridulations  of  some  “katydids.” 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  W'ash.,  23,  pp.  35-40,  1910. 

8 species. 

Xiphidion  stridulations. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  13,  No.  2 (1910),  1911,  pp.  84-87. 

5 species. 

The  stridulations  of  some  eastern  and  southern  crickets  (Orth.). 
Ent.  News,  22,  No.  4,  April,  1911,  pp.  154-157. 

3 species. 

Locust  stridulations  (Orth.). 

Ent.  News,  25,  No.  10,  Dec.,  1914,  pp.  463-466. 

3 species. 


28  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Hociety  of  Washington,  1918. 


Cauclell,  A.  N. 

The  Cyrtophylli  of  the  United  States. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  14,  No.  1,  March,  1906,  pp.  32-45,  pi.  1. 

2 species. 

The  Decticinae  (a  group  of  Orthoptera)  of  North  America. 

Pioc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  32,  1907,  pp.  285-410. 

2 species. 

Three  interesting  Orthoptera  from  the  vicinity  of  Washington, 
D.  C 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  17,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1915,  p.  189. 

Hebard,  Morgan. 

A revision  of  the  species  of  the  genus  Nemobius  (Orthoptera; 
Gryllidae)  found  in  North  America  north  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama. 

Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  pp.  394-492,  figs.  1-31  (June,  1913), 
August  19,  1913. 

8 species. 

The  American  species  of  the  genus  Miogryllus  (Orthoptera; 
Gryllidae). 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  23,  No.  2,  June,  1915,  pp.  101-121. 

Only  1 species. 

The  Blattidae  of  North  America  North  of  the  Mexican  Boundary. 
Mem.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  2,  284  and  VI  pp.,  10  Pis.,  August  10,  1917. 

13  species  from  vicinity  of  District  of  Columbia,  one  new. 

Rehn,  James  A.  G.,  and  Hebard,  Morgan. 

A review  of  the  North  American  species  of  the  genus  Ischnoptera 
(Orthoptera). 

Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  pp.  407-453,  figs.  1-30  (April, 
1910),  July  25,  1910. 

7 species. 

Studies  in  American  Tettigoniidae  (Orthoptera)  I.  A synopsis  of 
the  species  of  the  genus  Scudderia. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  40,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1914,  pp.  271-314. 

2 species. 

Studies  in  American  Tettigoniidae  (Orthoptera)  II.  A synopsis 
of  the  species  of  the  genus  Amblycorypha  found  in  America  north  of 
Mexico. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  40,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1914,  pp.  315-340. 

3 species  and  1 subspecies. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  29 

Sr.udies  in  American  Tettigoniidae  (Orthoptera)  III.  A synopsis 
of  the  species  of  the  genus  Neoconocephalus  found  in  North  America 
north  of  Mexico. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  40,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1914,  pp.  365-413. 

5 species. 

Studies  in  American  Tettigoniidae  (Orthoptera)  IV.  A synopsis 
of  the  species  of  the  genus  Orchelimum. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  pp.  11-83,  Pis.  I-IV,  April  9,  1915. 

4 species. 

Studies  in  American  Tettigoniidae  (Orthoptera)  V.  A synopsis 
of  the  species  of  the  genus  Conocephalus  (Xiphidium  of  authors) 
found  in  North  America  north  of  Mexico. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  41,  No.  2,  June,  1915,  pp.  155-224,  Pis.  15-20. 

5 species. 

The  genus  Gryllus  (Orthoptera)  as  found  in  America. 

Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  Vol.  67,  Part  2,  August,  1915, 
pp.  293-322,  PI.  IV. 

1 species. 

Studies  in  American  Tettigoniidae  (Orthoptera)  VII.  A revision 
of  the  species  of  the  genus  Atlanticus  (Decticinae). 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  Vol.  42,  No.  1,  March,  1916,  pp.  33-99,  Pis. 
VI-VIII. 

3 species. 

Studies  in  the  Dermaptera  and  Orthoptera  of  the  Coastal  Plain  and 
Piedmont  Region  of  the  Southeastern  United  States. 

Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  Vol.  68,  Part  II,  pp.  87-314,  Pis. 
12-14,  May,  1916. 

70  species  recorded  from  vicinity  of  Washington. 

COLEOPTERA. 

Fall,  H.  C. 

Revision  of  the  Ptinidae  of  Boreal  America. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  31,  pp.  97-296,  PI.  VII. 

26  species  from  region  of  District  of  Columbia,  several  of  them  new. 

Revision  of  the  species  of  Diplotaxis  of  the  United  States. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  35  pp.  1-97,  PI.  1,  Jan.-March,  1909. 

4 species  from  District  of  Columbia  and  vicinity,  one  new. 

A revision  of  the  North  American  species  of  Pachybrachys. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.,  41,  No.  3,  Sept.,  1915,  pp.  291-486. 

Records  14  species  from  vicinity  of  District  of  Columbia. 


30  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


Leng,  Chas.  W.,  and  Shoemaker,  Ernest. 

A new  genus  and  species  of  Lampyridae. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  23,  No.  1,  March,  1915,  pp.  55-56,  PI.  5. 
Neoceletes  crateracollis  n.  gen.  et.  sp.  Glencarlyn,  Va.,  June,  23, 
1912. 

Pierce,  W.  D. 

Miscellaneous  contributions  to  the  knowledge  of  the  weevils  of 
the  families  Attelabidae  and  Brachyrhinidae. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  45,  pp.  364-426,  May  23,  1913. 

Five  species  and  2 varieties  listed  from  region  of  District  of 
Columbia,  one  of  the  varieties  new. 

Schwarz,  E.  A. 

Coleoptera  on  black  locust  (Robinia  pseudacacia) . 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  II,  No.  1,  April,  1891,  pp.  73-76. 

23  species. 

Smith,  John  B. 

Notes  on  the  species  of  Lachnosterna  of  Temperate  North  America, 
with  description  of  new  species. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  XI,  1888  (1889),  pp.  481-525,  Pis.  48-60. 

Notes  on  collecting  about  Washington;  20  species  obtained,  4 new 
(pp.  486-493). 

Ulke,  Henry. 

A list  of  the  beetles  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  XXV,  pp.  1-57,  1902. 

2,975  species;  many  ecological  notes. 

HOMOPTEBA. 

Baker,  A.  C.,  and  Turner,  W,  P. 

Some  intermediates  in  the  Aphididae. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  18,  No.  1,  March,  1916  (April  5,  1916),  pp. 
10-14. 

Records  6 species  from  vicinity  of  D.  C. 

Crawford,  D.  L. 

A contribution  toward  a monograph  of  the  homopterous  insects  of 
the  family  Delphacidae  of  North  and  South  America. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  pp.  557-640,  Pis.  44-49,  March  4,  1914. 

Records  5 species  from  the  District  of  Columbia. 

A monograph  of  the  jumping  plant-lice  or  Psyllidae  of  the  new 
world. 

Bui.  85,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  186  pp.,  30  Pis.,  1914. 

Lists  15  species  from  the  vicinity  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  31 


Gillette,  C.  P. 

American  Leafhoppers  of  the  subfamily  Typhocybinae. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  20,  pp.  709-773,  149  figs.,  April  20,  1908. 
Mentions  18  species  and  varieties  from  the  District  of  Columbia 
region,  5 of  which  are  described  as  new. 

HEfEROPTERA. 

Banks,  Nathan. 

Notes  on  our  species  of  Emesidae. 

Psyche,  16,  April,  1909,  pp.  43-48. 

5 species  from  this  region,  one  new. 

Bueno,  J.  R.  de  la  Torre. 

The  genus  Notonecta  in  America  north  of  Mexico. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  13,  No.  3,  Sept.,  1905,  pp.  143-167,  PI.  7. 
Records  four  species  from  District  of  Columbia  and  vicinity. 

Heidemann,  Otto. 

Note  on  the  food-plants  of  some  Capsidae  from  the  vicinity  of 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  II,  No.  2,  June,  1892,  pp.  224-226. 

20  speces  listed. 

Heteroptera  found  on  ox-eye  daisy  (Chrysanthemum  leucanthe- 
mum). 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  IV,  No.  3,  May,  1899,  p.  217. 

27  species  from  vicinity  of  Washington. 

Notes  on  North  American  Aradidae  with  descriptions  of  two  new 
species. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  VI,  No.  3,  1904,  pp.  161-165. 

5 species  from  region  of  District  of  Columbia. 

Notes  on  Heidemannia  cixiiformis  Uhler  and  other  species  of 
Isometopinae.  •» 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  9,  April,  1908,  pp.  126-130. 

Two  species  from  region  of  District  of  Columbia,  one  new. 

Knight,  H.  H. 

A revision  of  the  genus  Lygus  as  it  occurs  in  America  north  of 
Mexico,  with  biological  data  on  species  from  New  York. 

Bui.  391,  Cornell  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  May,  1917,  pp.  555-645,  PI.  23,  figs. 
158-208. 

9 species  from  the  vicinity,  4 new. 


32  Bulletin  1,  Biological  iSociety  of  Washington . 1918. 


McAtee,  W.  L. 

Key  to  the  Nearctic  species  of  Paracalocoris  (Heteroptera; 
Miridae). 

Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Am.  9,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1916,  pp.  366-390. 

Records  from  the  vicinity  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  5 species, 
1 new  and  12  varieties,  10  new. 

Key  to  the  Nearctic  species  of  Leptoypha  and  Leptostyla  (Heterop- 
tera, Tingidae). 

ilul.  Brooklyn  Ent.  Soc.  12,  No.  3,  July,  1917,  pp.  55-64. 

5 species. 

Reuter,  O.  M. 

Bemerkungen  ueber  nearktische  Capsiden,  nebst  Beschreibung 
neuer  Arten. 

Acta.  Soc.  Sci.  Fennicae  36,  No.  2,  1909,  iii,  86  pp. 

34  species  and  6 varieties  from  District  of  Columbia  region,  18 
species  and  2 varieties  new;  3 new  genera. 

LEPIDOPTERA. 

Busck,  A. 

A revision  of  the  American  moths  of  the  family  Gelechiidae,  with 
descriptions  of  new  species. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  25,  pp.  767-938,  Pis.  28-32,  May  9,  1903. 

45  species  from  around  Washington,  5 of  them  new. 

A review  of  the  Tortricid  subfamily'  Phaioniinae  with  descriptions 
of  new  American  species. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  15,  No.  1,  pp.  19-36,  March,  1907. 

6 species  from  Washington  district,  all  new. 

Dietz,  Wm.  G. 

Revision  of  the  genera  and  species  of  the  Tineid  subfamilies 
Amydriinae  and  Tineinae  inhabiting  North  America. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  31,  pp.  1-96,  Pis.  I-VI,  Jan.,  1905. 

18  species  from  region  of  District  of  Columbia,  13  new. 

Revision  of  the  Blastobasidae  of  North  America. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  36,  pp.  1-72,  Pis.  I-IV,  Jan.-Mar.,  1910. 

11  species  from  region  of  District  of  Columbia,  8 new. 

Dyar,  H.  G. 

The  North  American  Nymphulinae  and  Scopariinae. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  14,  No.  2,  June,  1906,  pp.  77-107. 

6 species  from  region  of  District  of  Columbia,  1 new. 

A review  of  the  North  American  Chrysauginae. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  10,  pp.  92-96,  Sept.,  1908. 

2 species  from  District  of  Columbia  region. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee 


A review  of  the  North  American  Pyralinae. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc,  Wash.  10,  pp.  96-102,  Sept,  1908. 

5 species  from  vicinity  of  District  of  Columbia,  1 new. 

Kearfott,  W.  D. 

New  North  American  Tortricidae. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  33,  pp.  1-97,  Jan.-Mar.,  1907. 

8 species  from  vicinity  of  District  of  Columbia,  all  new. 

DIPTEEA. 

Alexander,  C.  P. 

New  or  little  known  crane-flies  from  the  United  States  and 
Canada;  Tipulidae,  Ptychopteridae,  Diptera,  Part  3. 

Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  68,  Part  3,  Oct,  1916,  pp.  486-549, 
Pis.  25-31. 

12  species  in  all  from  vicinity  of  District  of  Columbia,  1 new. 

Back,  E.  A. 

The  robber-flies  of  America,  north  of  Mexico,  belonging  to  the 
subfamilies  Leptogastrinae  and  Dasypogoninae. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  35,  pp.  137-400,  Pis.  II-XII,  Apr.-Oct.,  1909. 

9 species. 

Banks,  Nathan. 

[Conopid  flies  about  Falls  Church,  Va.l 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  VIII,  Nos.  3-4,  Sept-Dec.,  1906,  p.  108. 

13  species. 

The  Psychodidae  of  the  vicinity  of  Washington. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  VIII,  Nos.  3-4,  Sept-Dec.,  1906,  pp. 
148-151. 

12  species,  4 of  which  are  originally  described. 

Eastern  species  of  Rachicerus. 

Proc.  Ent  Soc.  Wash.  XV,  No.  1,  1913,  p.  51. 

Key  to  3 species  all  taken  at  nearby  localities  in  Virginia. 

Notes  and  descriptions  of  Pipunculidae. 

Psyche  22,  No.  5,  Oct.,  1915,  pp.  166-170,  PI.  15. 

Notes  on  22  species,  4 new;  states  he  has  taken  27  species  of 
Pipunculus  in  Virginia. 

Notes  on  some  Virginian  species  of  Platypeza  (Platypezidae, 
Dipt). 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  Vol.  XXIII,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1915,  pp.  213-216, 
PI.  17. 

8 species  from  Falls  Church,  Va.,  and  vicinity,  of  which  5 are 
described  as  new. 


34  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


Synopses  of  Zodion  and  Myopa  with  notes  on  other  Conopidae. 
Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Am.  9,  No.  2,  June,  1916,  pp.  191-200. 

List  of  18  species  taken  at  or  near  Falls  Church,  Va. 

Banks,  N.,  Greene,  C.  T.,  McAtee,  W.  L.,  and  Shannon,  R.  C. 

District  of  Columbia  Diptera:  Syrphidae. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  29,  pp.  173-203,  Sept.  22,  1916. 

136  species  of  which  3 besides  one  variety  are  described  as  new. 

Coqiiillett,  D.  W. 

Revision  of  the  Tachinidae  of  America  North  of  Mexico,  a family 
of  parasitic  two-winged  insects. 

Tech.  Ser.  Bui.  No.  7,  U.  S.  Div.  Ent.,  1897,  154  pp. 

70  species,  11  new. 

On  the  habits  of  the  Oscinidae  and  Agromyzidae  reared  at  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Bui.  10,  N.  S.,  U.  S.  Div.  Ent.,  1898,  pp.  70-79. 

9 species  of  Oscinidae  and  8 of  Agromyzidae. 

New  Diptera  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  XXIII,  pp.  593-618,  Mar.  27,  1901. 

13  new  species  of  Ceratopogon. 

New  Diptera  from  North  America. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  XXV,  pp.  83-126,  Sept.  12,  1902. 

8 new  species,  7 of  them  Chiromidae  and  4 of  the  genus 
Ceratopogon. 

New  genera  and  species  of  diptera. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  9,  Apr.,  1908,  pp.  144-148. 

4 new  species  from  region  of  District  of  Columbia,  2 two  of  them 
representing  new  genera. 

Cresson,  E.  T.,  Jr. 

Studies  in  North  American  Dipterology:  Pipunculidae. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  36,  pp.  267-329,  Pis.  V-IX,  Dec.,  1910-Jan.,  1911. 

14  species,  9 new. 

Howard,  L.  O. 

Notes  on  the  mosquitoes  of  the  United  States;  giving  some  account 
of  their  structure  and  biology  wuth  remarks  on  remedies. 

Bui.  No.  25  N.  S.,  U.  S.  Div.  Ent.,  1900,  70  pp.,  22  figs. 

13  species. 

Loew,  H. 

Diptera  Americae  septentrionalis  indigena.  - 

Berlin  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1861-1872.  Published  separately  in  Berlin, 
2 vols.,  1872. 

157  species,  152  new. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  35 


Die  Nordamerikanischen  Arten  der  Gattungen  Tetanocera  und 
Sepedon. 

Wiener  Entomologische  Monatschrift,  Bd.  Ill,  Nr.  10,  Oct.,  1859, 
pp.  289-300. 

7 species,  5 new. 

Diptera  americana  ab  Osten-Sackenio  collecta. 

Wiener  Entomologische  Monatschrift,  Bd.  IV,  Nr.  3,  Mar.,  1860, 
pp.  79-84. 

JO  new  species. 

Die  Nordamerikanischen  Dolichopoden. 

Neue  Beitrage  ziir  Kenntniss  der  Dipteren.  Achter  Beitrag,  Berlin. 

1861,  100  pp. 

11  new  species. 

Monographs  of  the  Diptera  of  North  America,  Part  I,  On  the 
North  American  Ephydrinidae. 

Smithsonian  Misc.  Col.,  Apr.,  1862,  pp.  129-172. 

6 species. 

Monographs  of  the  Diptera  of  North  America,  Part  II,  On  the 
North  American  Dolichopodidae. 

Smiths.  Misc.  Col.,  Jan.,  1864,  360  pp..  Pis.  3-7. 

23  species,  1 new. 

Die  Amerikanischen  Ulidina. 

Berliner  Entomologische  Zeitschrift,  II,  1867,  pp.  283-326. 

3 species. 

Monographs  of  the  Diptera  of  North  America,  Part  III,  The  North 
American  Ortalidae. 

Smiths.  Misc.  Col.,  Dec.,  1873,  pp.  71-209. 

8 species,  3 new. 

Monographs  of  the  Diptera  of  North  America-,  Part  III,  Review  of 
the  North  American  Trypetina. 

Smiths.  Misc.  Col.,  Dec.,  1873,  pp.  211-330,  Pis.  8-11. 

4 species,  1 new. 

Malloch,  J.  R. 

The  insects  of  the  dipterous  family  Phoridae  in  the  United  States 
National  Museum. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  43,  pp.  411-529,  Pis.  35-41,  Dec.  14,  1912. 
Records  1 species  of  Trupheoneura,  1 of  Chaetoneurophora,  2 of 
Paraspiniphora,  2 of  Dohrniphora,  1 of  Hypocera,  1 of  Conicera,  1 of 
Beclcerina,  1 of  Apocephalus,  and  26  of  ApJiiochaeta. 


Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington , VMS. 


A new  genus  and  three  new  species  of  Phoridae  from  North 
America,  etc. 

Psyche.  20,  No.  1,  Feb.,  1913,  pp.  23-26,  fig.  1. 

All  from  this  region. 

A revision  of  the  species  in  Agromyza  Fallen,  and  Cerodontha 
Rondani  (Diptera). 

Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Am.  VI,  No.  3,  Sept.,  1913,  pp.  269-336,  Pis.  28-31. 

18  species  of  Agromyza  and  1 of  Cerodontha. 

A synopsis  of  the  genera  of  Agromyzidae,  with  descriptions  of 
new  genera  and  species. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  46,  pp.  127-154,  Pis.  4-6,  Dec.  6,  1913. 

1 species  of  MilichieUa,  1 of  Plioleomyia,  2 of  PhyUomyza,  and  1 
of  Paramyia. 

The  genera  of  flies  in  the  subfamily  Botanobiinae  with  hind  tibial 
spur. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  46,  pp.  239-266,  Pis.  23-24,  Dec.  6,  1913. 

4 species  of  Hippclates. 

Some  undescribed  North  American  Sapromyzidae. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  27,  pp.  29-42,  Mar.  20,  1914. 

6 species,  all  new. 

American  Black  Flies  or  Buffalo  Gnats. 

Tech.  Bui.  No.  26,  U.  S.  Bur.  Ent.,  Apr.  6,  1914,  82  pp.  6 pis. 

1 species  of  Prosimiilium  and  3 of  Simulium. 

The  Chironomidae  or  midges  of  Illinois,  with  particular  reference 
to  the  species  occurring  in  the  Illinois  River. 

Bui.  Ill,  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.  X,  Art.  VI,  May,  1915,  pp.  274-543, 
Pis.  XVIII-XL. 

Records  40  species  from  the  District  of  Columbia  region,  7 of 
them  new. 

Mitchell,  E.  G. 

Description  of  9 new  species  of  Gnats. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  16,  No.  1,  Mar.,  1908,  pp.  7-14. 

7 of  the  9 new  species  of  the  genus  Chironomus  were  collected 
near  Washington. 

Osten  Sacken,  C.  R.  von. 

New  genera  and  species  of  North  American  Tipulidae  with  short 
palpi,  with  an  attempt  at  a new  classification  of  the  tribe. 

Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci  Bhiladelphia  2,  Aug.,  1859,  pp.  197-256,  Pis.  3-4. 
46  species,  42  of  them  new. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  37 


Monographs  of  the  Diptera  of  North  America,  Part  I,  On  the 
North  American  Cecidomyidae. 

Smiths.  Misc.  Col.,  Apr.,  1862,  pp.  173-205,  PI.  1. 

33  species,  25  new. 

Monographs  of  the  Diptera  of  North  America,  Part  IV,  On  the 
North  American  Tipulidae  (part  first). 

Smiths.  Misc.  Col.,  Jan.,  1869,  pp.  1-320,  Pis.  1-4. 

64  species,  5 new. 

A list  of  the  Leptidae,  Mydaidae  and  Dasypogonina  of  North 
America. 

Bulletin  of  the  Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  Sciences  II,  Apr.,  1874, 
to  March,  1875  (Oct.,  1874),  pp.  169-187. 

1 Leptid  and  6 Asilids. 

Prodrome  of  a monograph  of  the  Tabanidae  of  the  United  States. 
Part  I.  The  genera  Pangonia,  Chrysops,  Silvius,  Haematopota, 
Diabasis. 

Mem.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  II,  Part  IV,  No.  1,  Apr.,  1875,  pp.  365-397. 
Part  II.  The  genus  Tabanus. 

Mem.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  II,  Part  IV,  No.  4,  Apr.  20,  1876,  pp. 
421-479. 

Supplement. 

Mem.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  II,  Part  IV,  No.  6,  March  2, 
1878,  pp.  555-560. 

Records  10  species  in  all,  3 new. 

Sturtevant,  A.  H. 

Notes  on  North  American  Drosophilidae  with  descriptions  of 
twenty-three  new  species. 

Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Am.  9,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1916,  pp.  323-343. 

6 new  species. 

Townsend,  C.  H.  Tyler. 

Notes  on  North  American  Tachinidae,  sens.  lat.  with  descriptions 
of  new  species. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  II,  pp.  134-146,  April  2,  1891. 

5 species,  4 new. 

Notes  on  North  American  Tachinidae  sens.  str.  with  descriptions 
of  new  genera  and  species. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  18,  pp.  349-382,  Nov.,  1891. 

1 new  genus  and  species. 

Contributions  to  the  Dipterology  of  North  America.  I,  Syrphidae. 
Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  22,  pp.  33-55,  Mar.,  1895. 

18  species,  1 new. 


38  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


Contributions  to  the  Dipterology  of  North  America  II,  Tabauidae, 
Conopidae,  Tachinidae,  etc. 

Trans,  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  22,  pp.  55-80,  Mar,,  1895. 

8 species,  1 new. 

Notes  on  some  interesting  flies  from  the  vicinity  of  Washington. 
Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  I,  Nov.  4,  Dec.,  1888-Dec.,  1889  (1890), 
pp.  254-255. 

6 species,  1 undetermined. 

HYMENOPTEK.^. 

Ashmead,  Wm.  H. 

Descriptions  of  new  Braconidae  in  the  collection  of  the  U.  S, 
National  Museum. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  pp.  611-671,  Sept.  25,  1889. 

19  species,  18  new. 

Descriptions  of  new  Ichneumonidae  in  the  collection  of  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  XII,  pp.  387-451,  Apr.  21,  1890. 

13  species,  all  new. 

A monograph  of  the  North  American  Proctotrypidae. 

Bui.  45,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1893,  472  pp.,  18  pis. 

194  species,  177  new. 

Descriptions  of  new  parasitic  hymenoptera. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  23,  pp,  179-234,  June,  1896. 

33  species,  31  new. 

Banks,  Nathan, 

Sleeping  habits  of  certain  hymenoptera. 

Joum.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  10,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1902,  pp.  209-214. 

Notes  on  6 species  at  Falls  Church,  Va, 

Psammocharidae : Classification  and  Descriptions. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  19,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1911,  pp.  219-237. 

Includes  5 new  species  from  region  of  District  of  Columbia. 

New  species  of  Psammocharidae. 

Joum.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  22,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1914,  pp.  300-306. 

4 new  species  from  District  of  Columbia  region. 

Bradley,  J.  C. 

The  Evaniidae,  ensign-flies,  an  archaic  family  of  hymenoptera. 
Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  34,  pp.  101-194,  Pis.  V-XV,  Apr.-June,  1908. 
Notes  on  Evaniidae  (Hym.). 

Zeitschr.  f.  Hym.  Dipt.,  1905,  pp.  26-27. 

Together  these  record  3 species,  2 new,  from  District  of  Columbia. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  39 

Contributions  toward  a monograph  of  the  Mutillidae  and  their 
allies  of  America  north  of  Mexico. 

T.  A Revision  of  Ephuta  Say. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  42,  No.  2,  June,  1916,  pp.  187-198. 
tl.  A Revision  of  Timulla  Ashmead,  etc.,  pp.  199-214. 

III.  The  Mutillidae  of  the  Eastern  United  States,  pp.  309-336. 

20  species,  4 new. 

Cockerell,  T.  D.  A. 

Notes  on  some  bees  from  Virginia. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  XVII,  No.  1,  Mar.,  1915,  pp.  3-5. 

3 species  visiting  sunflower  and  lima  bean  flowers  at  Falls 
Church,  Va. 

Crawford,  J.  C. 

A new  family  of  parasitic  hymenoptera. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  11,  No.  2,  Aug.,  1909,  pp.  63-64,  PI.  5. 
Vanhorniidae,  based  on  Vanhornia  eucnemidarum,  n.  gen.  et.  sp. 

Descriptions  of  new  hymenoptera,  1. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  39,  pp.  617-623,  Feb.  25,  1911. 

Winnemana  argei,  n.  gen.  et.  sp.  Plummers  Id.,  Md. 

Cushman,  R.  A. 

A revision  of  Hymenopterous  insects  of  the  tribe  Cremastini  of 
America  north  of  Mexico. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  53,  pp.  503-551,  Aug.  22,  1917. 

9 species  from  this  vicinity,  7 new. 

Gahan,  A.  B. 

Aphidiinae  of  North  America. 

Bui.  152,  Maryland  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  Apr.,  1911,  pp.  147-200,  figs.  1-11. 
13  species. 

Descriptions  of  2 new  genera  and  6 new  species  of  parasitic 
hymenoptera. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.  14,  No.  1,  Jan.-Mar.,  1912,  pp.  2-8. 

4 new  species,  representing  also  2 new  genera. 

A revision  of  the  North  American  Ichneumon-flies  of  the  sub- 
family Opiinae. 

Proc.  .U  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Vol.  49,  pp.  63-95,  Pis.  34-35,  Aug.  23,  1915. 

5 species  from  District  of  Columbia  region. 

Girault,  A.  A. 

A systematic  monograph  of  the  Chalcidoid  Hymenoptera  of  the 
sub-family  Signiphorinae. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  45,  pp.  189-233,  May  22,  1913. 

4 sijecies  from  District  of  Columbia. 


40  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  B)18. 


New  miscellaneous  Chalcidoid  Hymenoptera  with  notes  on  de- 
scribed species. 

Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Am.  9,  No.  3,  Sept.,  1916,  pp.  291-308. 

5 new  species. 

Descriptions  of  miscellaneous  North  American  Chalcidoid  Hymen- 
optera of  the  family  Eulophidae. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  51,  pp.  39-52,  Oct.  16,  1916. 

9 species,  8 new. 

New  species  of  parasitic  hymenoptera. 

Bui.  Brooklyn  Ent.  Soc.  11,  No.  5,  Dec.,  1916,  pp.  111-113. 

7 new  species. 

Descriptions  of  miscellaneous  chalcid-flies. 

Ins.  Insc.  Mens.  4,  Nos.  10-12,  Jan.  12,  1917,  pp.  109-121. 

10  new  species  from  the  region  of  District  of  Columbia. 

Isely,  Dwight. 

A synopsis  of  the  petiolate  wasps  of  the  family  Eumenidae  (Hy- 
menoptera) found  in  America  north  of  Mexico. 

Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Am.  10,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1917,  pp.  345-366. 

2 species  of  Eumenes  and  two  of  Zethus. 

Lovell,  John  H. 

The  bees  of  Virginia — Prosopis,  Sphecodes,  Osmia. 

Ent.  News  XX,  No.  10,  Dec.,  1909,  pp.  412-417. 

6 species  of  Prosopis,  1 new,  7 species  of  Sphecodes,  and  6 species 
of  Osmia  recorded  from  Falls  Church,  Great  Falls  and  other  locali- 
ties in  the  vicinity  of  the  District. 

Osten  Sacken,  C.  R. 

On  the  Cynipidae  of  the  North  American  Oaks  and  their  galls. 
Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  I,  pp.  47-72,  Oct.,  1861. 

Describes  27  kinds  of  galls,  with  25  scientific  names  of  fiies  and 
inquilines,  18  of  them  new. 

Ueber  die  Gallen  und  andere  durch  Insecten  Hervorgebrachte 
Pflanzendeformationen  in  Nord-America. 

Entomologische  Zeitung  (Stettin)  22,  No.  10-12,  Oct.-Dec.,  1861, 
pp.  405-423. 

Records,  apparently,  almost  exclusively  from  the  vicinity  of  Wash- 
ington, the  following  galls:  Cynipidae,  35,  3 described  as  new; 
Cecidomyiidae,  34,  2 new;  Hemiptera,  10,  2 new;  Acarina,  3. 

Additions  and  corrections  to  the  paper  entitled:  “On  the  Cynipidae 
of  the  North  American  Oaks  and  their  Galls.” 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  I,  No.  8,  Sept.,  1862,  pp.  241-259. 

Notes  on  15  galls  additional  to  previous  paper  with  8 scientific 
names,  4 new. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  41 

Contributions  to  the  natural  history  of  the  Cynipidae  of  the 
United  States  and  of  their  galls. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.,  Vol.  II,  pp.  33-49,  April,  1863. 

4 new  species. 

Contributions  to  the  Natural  History  of  the  Cynipidae  of  the 
United  States  and  their  Galls. 

Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  Ill,  pp.  54-64,  Mar.,  1870. 

3 new  species. 

Rohwer,  S.  A, 

New  sawflies  in  the  collections  of  the  United  States  National 
Museum. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  41,  pp.  377-411,  Oct.  14,  1911. 

Records  8 species  from  this  region,  2 of  them  being  represented 
by  new  varieties  and  1 by  a new  subspecies. 

Notes  on  sawflies  with  descriptions  of  new  species. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  43,  pp.  205-251,  Sept.  30,  1912. 

10  species  from  this  region,  9 new. 

A synopsis  and  descriptions  of  the  Nearctic  species  of  sawflies  of 
the  genus  Xyela,  with  descriptions  of  other  new  species  of  sawflies. 
Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  45,  pp.  265-281,  May  22,  1913. 

6 species  from  District  of  Columbia  region,  all  new. 

Descriptions  of  2 new  genera  of  parasitic  hymenoptera. 

Psyche  21,  No.  2,  April,  1914,  pp.  79-81. 

2 new  genera  and  species. 

Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Hymenoptera. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Vol.  49,  pp.  205-249,  July  16,  1915. 

11  species  of  sawflies,  10  new,  and  5 other  new  species  from  region 
of  District  of  Columbia. 

Descriptions  of  31  new  species  of  Hymenoptera. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  53,  pp.  151-176,  June  5,  1917. 

5 new  species  from  the  District  of  Columbia  region. 

Viereck,  H.  L. 

Descriptions  of  6 new  genera  and  31  new  species  of  Ichneumon- 
flies. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  40,  pp.  173-196,  Apr.  17,  1911. 

4 new  species. 

Descriptions  of  1 new  family,  8 new  genera,  and  33  new  species 
of  Ichneumon  flies. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  43,  pp.  575-593,  Dec.  31,  1912. 

Myersiidae  new  family  based  on  Myersia  laminata,  n.  gen.  et.  sp. 
and  2 other  new  species,  1 representing  a new  genus. 


42  lluUetin  1,  Biological  Society  of  M ofiJiitigton.  1918. 


Descriptions  of  10  new  genera  and  23  new  species  of  Ichneumon- 
flies. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Miis.  44,  pp.  555-568,  Apr.  18,  1913. 

6 new  species  representing  also  1 new  genus  and  1 new  subgenus. 

One  new  genus  and  5 new  species  of  Ichneumon-flies. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  29,  pp.  165-171,  Sept.  6,  1916. 

All  from  vicinity  of  Washington. 


OTHER  INVERTEBRATES. 

The  work  upon  invertebrates,  other  than  insects,  of  the 
District  of  (’oliiinbia,  that  has  been  embodied  in  local  lists, 
has  been  upon  4 oroiips:  the  rotifers,  the  molluscs,  the 
spiders,  and  the  daddy-long-legs  or  Phalangids.  The  list  of 
shells  was  ]mblished  in  1855  and  includes  0(1  species;  the 
spider  list  of  1893  enumerated  308  species:  that  relating  to 
the  daddy-long-legs  in  1904,  10  species;  and  the  catalog  of 
rotifers  or  wheel-animalcules  of  1013.  240  species. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Girard,  Chas. 

Catalogue  of  recent  shells  and  other  molluscs  found  in  the  District 
of  Columbia,  prepared  from  specimens  in  the  cabinet  of  Dr.  E. 
Foreman. 

Proc.  Nat.  Institute,  N.  S.,  Vol.  I,  No.  2 (1855-6),  pp.  78-82. 

Read  April  16,  1855;  presented  for  publication  June  11,  1855. 

90  species  enumerated. 

Marx,  Geo. 

A list  of  the  Araneae  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  II  (1891),  1893,  pp.  149-162. 

308  species  recorded.  It  is  noted  that  62  undescribed  species  also 
had  been  collected. 

Banks,  Nathan. 

Phalangids  in  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  XII,  No.  4,  Dec.,  1904,  p.  256. 

10  species  listed. 

Harring,  Harry  K. 

A list  of  the  rotatoria  of  Washington  and  vicinity,  with  descrip- 
tions of  a new  genus  and  10  new  species. 

Proc.  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Vol.  46,  pp.  387-405,  Pis.  34-38, 
Dec.  31,  1913. 

246  species  in  all. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Colmnhia — McAtee  43 

A revision  of  the  rotatorian  genera  Lepadella  and  Lophocharis 
with  descriptions  of  5 new  species. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  51,  pp.  527-568,  Dec.  21,  1916. 

6 species  from  District  of  Columbia  region,  1 new, 

FISHES. 

Although  uninteresting  to  many  students  of  natural  his- 
tory, fishes,  in  the  region  of  the  District  of  Columbia  have 
received  more  attention  than  any  group  of  vertebrates  except 
birds.  Three  principal  lists  have  been  published  and  the 
number  of  species  recorded  now  stands  at  94.  At  least  14 
of  these  species  are  known  to  have  been  introduced  into 
the  Potomac  as  food  fishes ; this  number  includes  the  spotted 
and  forked-tail  catfishes,  carp,  goldfish,  tench,  ide,  two 
species  of  crappie,  at  least  one  sunfish,  the  goggle-eye, 
warmouth,  the  large-mouth  and  small-mouth  black  bass  and 
the  wall-eyed  pike. 

The  fact  that  tide-water  ends  in  our  vicinity  makes  the 
distribution  of  fishes  particularly  interesting.  The  number 
of  true  salt-water  fishes  that  stray  far  enough  upstream  to 
be  included  in  the  District  fauna  is  now  placed  at  14. 
Among  these  fishes  are  a shark,  the  menhaden,  an  anchovy, 
a Cyprinodon,  the  silvergar,  the  pipefish,  pigfish,  spot,  whit- 
ing, angel-fish,  a gob}^,  toadfish,  sea-robin  and  sole. 

Of  the  anadromous  fishes  or  those  which  run  up  from  salt 
water  to  fresh  to  spawn,  we  hav^e  5 ascending  as  far  as 
Little  Falls,  namely,  two  species  of  sturgeons,  and  3 of 
herrings,  and  3 that  keep  on  Great  Falls,  these  being  the 
shad,  striped  bass  and  white  perch.  It  is  recorded  also 
that  an  Atlantic  Salmon  was  caught  in  the  Potomac  about 
June  10,  1885.  In  addition  to  these  there  is  the  lamprey 
which  runs  into  all  sorts  of  small  streams  to  spawn,  and  the 
eel  which  spawns  in  salt  water  and  after  ascending  the 
river  reaches  almost  all  bodies  of  water,  even  those  appar- 
ently isolated.  These  fishes  are  of  coastal  affinities,  but 
we  have  one  species  definitely  characteristic  of  the  higher 
western  country,  that  being  the  brook  trout,  which  has  been 
found  in  Difficult  Kun,  Va. 

28  Wooldridge,  J.,  Natural  Advantages  of  the  City  of  Washington,  D.  C., 
1892,  p.  38. 


44  HuUetin  J,  Bioloffical  t^<ociety  of  Washington,  WJ8. 


Tlie  fishes  finis  far  caiitiired  in  this  region  belong  to  32 
families  of  which  that  most  mimeroiisly  represented  by 
species  is  the  minnow  family  with  24.  There  are  12  species 
of  siinfishes  and  basses,  8 of  jierches  and  darters,  7 of  cat- 
fishes  and  5 each  of  the  sucker,  and  shad  families.  Twenty 
families  are  represented  by  only  one  species  each.  Of  the 
s}>ecies  of  fishes  that  have  been  described  from  this  region 
at  least  8 are  now  recognized  as  good  species  and  one  as  a 
variety;  these  are  fwo  minnows.  Xofropis  hudsonius  anuirus 
(iirard,  Xotropis  analostanns  (lirard,  a silver-side,  Menidia 
hcri/Uina  Cope,  and  a darter  Bolcosoma  eff  ulgens  Girard. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Smith,  Hugh  M.,  and  Bean,  Barton  A. 

List  of  Fishes  known  to  inhabit  the  waters  of  the  District  of 

Columbia  and  vicinity. 

Bui.  U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  1898  (1899),  pp.  179-187. 

Lists  81  species. 

Bean,  Barton  A.,  and  Weed,  Alfred*  C. 

Recent  additions  to  the  fish  fauna  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  XXIV,  pp.  171-174,  .Tune  16,  1911. 

Lists  12  species,  11  of  them  additional  to  previous  list. 

McAtee,  W.  L.,  and  Weed,  Alfred  C. 

F^rst  list  of  the  fishes  of  the  vicinity  of  Plummers  Island,  Md. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  XXVIII,  pp.  1-14,  Feb.  12,  1915. 

Lists  54  species,  1 new'  to  District  list. 

Radcliffe,  Lewds,  and  Welsh,  W.  W. 

A list  of  the  fishes  of  the  Seneca  Creek,  Montgomery  County, 

Maryland,  region. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  29,  pp.  39-45,  Feb.  24,  1916. 

Annotated  list  of  41  species,  none  additional  to  District  list. 

BATRACHTANS  AND  REPTILES. 

Though  these  two  groups  are  not  closely  related,  custom- 
arily they  are  treated  together,  a procedure  followed  in  the 
list  by  Dr.  W.  P.  Hay  the  only  report  on  these  forms  for 
the  r-egion  of  the  District  of  Columbia.  The  batrachians 
inhabiting  this  vicinity  comprise  14  species  of  salamanders, 
3 toads,  and  10  frogs,  and  the  reptiles  include  4 lizards,  21 
snakes  and  11  turtles.  This  tabulation  includes  two  more 
batrachians  than  are  listed  by  Dr.  Hay,  namely:  Fowler’s 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  45 


toad,  a species  more  perfectly  understood  now  than  then, 
and  the  spotted  salamander.  Three  turtles  also  have  been 
added,  one  of  which,  the  northern  wood  tortoise  (Glemmys 
insGulpta) , has  been  collected  several  times  near  Plummers 
Island,  Md.  The  name  of  one  snake  is  removed,  the  form 
being  Natrix  bisecta  of  Cope,  which  as  Dr.  Hay  states  was 
founded  on  an  abnormal  and  unique  specimen.  This  type 
specimen  was  collected  in  Washington,  and  the  material 
upon  which  a species  of  tree  frog,  Hyla  cvittata,  was  de- 
scribed by  Gerrit  S.  Miller  was  obtained  nearby  at  Four-mile 
Run,  Va. 

Only  two  of  the  species  of  snakes  re])orted  are  venomous, 
namely:  the  copperhead  and  the  rattlesnake.  The  former  is 
common,  but  the  latter  apparently  is  extinct.  Warden 
recorded  it  in  1816.  The  species  here  verging  on  their 
northern  limit  are  the  mud  eel  (Hireu  lacertiua) , Holbrook’s 
salamander  (Spelerpes  yutiolineatus) , the  brown-back  lizard 
(Lygosoma  laterale),  the  six-lined  lizard  f Cnemidophorus 
sexlineatus),  the  spotted  racer  fCallopettis  guttatus),  scar- 
let snake  (Cemophora  coccinea),  and  the  keeled  green  snake 
(CyclopMs  aestivus).  Species  venturing  little  beyond  the 
Piedmont  Plateau  are  the  long-tailed  triton  (Spelerpes 
longicaudus ) , brown  triton  (Desmognathus  fuscaj.  and  the 
Allegheny  blacksnake  (Gallopeltis  obsoletus),  while  the  dia- 
mond back  terrapin  (Malaclemmys  ceutrata)  and  the  two 
turtles  mentioned  in  the  last  item  of  the  following  bibliog- 
raphy belong  to  the  coastal  plain  fauna.  Whether  the  north- 
ern wood-tortoise  (Glemmys  insculpta)  and  the  Jefferson 
Salamander  ( Ambystoma  jeffersonianum  fuscum)  should  also 
be  considered  as  highland  species  or  whether  they  exist  here 
merely  on  the  southern  fringe  of  a more  general  range  is 
uncertain. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Fisher,  A.  K. 

Spelerpes  guttolineatiis  Holbrook,  in  the  vicinity  of  Washington, 
D.  0. 

Am.  Nat.  21,  No.  7,  July,  1887,  p.  672. 

This  and  4 other  species  captured  near  Munson  Hill,  Va. 


24  Warden,  D.  B. — A chorographical  and  statistical  description  of  the 
District  of  Columbia,  1816,  p.  13. 


4(>  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


Miller,  Gerrit  S.,  Jr. 

A new  tree  frog  from  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  13,  pp.  75-78,  Sept.  28,  1899, 

Hyla  evittata,  n.  sp.,  Four-mile  Run,  Va. 

Hay,  W.  P. 

A list  of  the  batrachians  and  reptiles  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
and  vicinity. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  XV,  pp.  121-145,  figs.  1-3,  June  20,  1902. 
Lists  56  species  of  which  1 is  invalid  and  3 are  without  definite 
records. 

Stejneger,  Leonhard. 

A salamander  new  to  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  15,  pp.  239-240,  Dec.  16,  1902. 

Ambystona  maculatum  (punctatum),  a species  now  known  to  be 
fairly  common  and  widely  distributed. 

A snake  new  to  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  18,  pp.  73-74,  Feb.  21,  1905. 

Cemophora  coccinea,  Anacostia. 

Henshaw,  H.  W. 

An  extension  of  the  range  of  the  wood  tortoise. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  XX,  p.  65,  June  12,  1907. 

Taken  Aug.  19,  1906,  near  Plummers  Island,  Md. 

Allard,  H.  A. 

Fowler’s  Toad  (Bufo  fowleri  Putnam). 

Science  N.  S.  XXVI,  Sept.  20,  1907,  pp.  383-384. 

Records  this  species  from  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dunn,  E.  R. 

A preliminary  list  of  the  reptiles  and  amphibians  of  Virginia. 
Copeia,  No.  53,  Jan.  25,  1918,  pp.  16-27. 

Records  21  species  of  reptiles  and  16  amphibians  from  Alexandria 
County,  and  25  and  22,  respectively,  from  Fairfax.  Two  species  of 
turtles,  Pseudemys  concinna  and  Graptemys  pseudogeographica  are 
additional  to  those  recorded  in  previous  publications. 

BIRDS. 

Some  of  the  earlier  references  to  the  birds  of  the  region 
are  of  interest.  We  are  informed  that  one  of  the  Indian 
names  for  the  Potomac  was  Cohonguroton  or  river  of  swans. 

“Keim,  DeB.  Randolph.  Keim’s  Illustrated  Handbook.  Washington 
and  its  Environs,  1874,  p.  39. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  47 


It  is  said,^®  however,  that  Occoquan  was  the  farthest  up 
river  feeding  place  of  the  swans ; but  hocks  of  as  many  as  300 
were  seen  there  and  of  two  kinds,  both  trumpeter  and 
whooper.  There  is  no  later  record  of  the  trumpeter  swan, 
however,  and  the  whooper  in  modern  books  is  called  whistling 
swan  to  distinguish  it  from  the  European  bird. 

The  Potomac  was  a noted  resort  for  the  canvasback  duck, 
the  favorite  ground  for  the  species  extending  from  Analostan 
Island  to  Craney  Island  25  miles  below.  It  is  said  that 
myriads  of  them  were  jiresent,  fairly  covering  the  stream.-' 
As  if  in  prophecy  one  author  (Elliot)  deprecates  the  shoot- 
ing with  large  guns,  especially  at  night.  As  we  now  know, 
it  is  due  to  this  and  similar  ])ractices  that  such  large 
gatherings  of  these  splendid  birds  are  things  of  the  past. 

Evidently  it  was  not  necessary  in  those  early  days  for 
hunters  to  journey  far  from  the  city.  In  1707,  Francis  Paily 
remarks : 

“Game  is  plenty  in  these  })arts,  and,  what  perhaps  may 
appear  to  you  remarkable,  I saw  some  boys  who  were  out  a 
shooting,  actually  kill  several  brace  of  partridges  in  what 
will  be  one  of  the  most  public  streets  of  the  city.’’  “In  183b 
a flock  of  30  to  40  wild  turkeys  flew  over  Georgetown  going 
toward  Chain  Fridge  and  a man  on  the  bridge  killed  0 of 
them.” 

In  the  Proceedings  of  the  National  Institute  for  the  Pro- 
motion of  Science  are  various  interesting  notes  relating  to 
the  birds  of  the  District.  The  donations  announced  at  the 
meeting  of  September  12,  1842,  especially  are  noteworthy,®® 
Four  specimens  of  Leach's  j)etrel,  one  of  Wilson’s  petrel, 
and  one  Audubon  shearwater  were  presented.  The  birds 
were  taken  the  preceding  month,  August,  1842,  and  the 
records  in  each  case  are  the  first  for  the  District.  This 

Eliot,  Jonathan.  Historical  Sketches  of  the  Ten  Miles  Square  form- 
ing the  District  of  Columbia,  etc.,  1830,  p.  431. 

27  Hall,  Basil.  Travels  in  North  America  in  the  Years  1827  and  1828. 
Edinburgh,  1829,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  68. 

28  Journal  of  a tour  in  Unsettled  Parts  of  North  America  in  1796  and 
1797,  London  1856,  p.  128. 

29  Nile’s  Weekly  Register^  51,  128,  October  22,  1836. 

89  Third  Bulletin  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  National  Institute  for  the  Pro- 
motion of  Science.  Feb.,  1842,  to  Feb.,  1845,  p.  251. 


48  Bulletin  1,  Biological  {Society  of  Washington,  li)18. 

incursion  of  maritime  species  is  undoubtedly  that  referred 
to  by  Haley,  who  says  ‘^durin<»  a violent  easterly  storm  a 
few  years  ago,  the  Potomac  was  covered  with  multitudes  of 
Mother  Cary’s  chickens  (Thalassidroma  leachii)  which  had 
been  forced  out  of  their  usual  course  by  the  gale.^^ 

In  the  bulletin  of  the  National  Institute  also  are  earlier 
1‘ecords  (all  in  1842  and  1848)  for  the  surf  scoter  (Second 
Bui.,  p.  148),  the  double-crested  cormorant,  old  squaw 
(Third  Bul.,.p.  202),  snow  bunting  (Third  Bui.,  p.  224),  and 
yellow  rail  (Third  Bui.,  j).  820)  than  are  cited  in  later  pub- 
lications, and  the  only  record  for  the  ivory  gull  (Second 
BuL,  p.  134). 

Of  birds  which  once  frequented  the  1 )istrict  but  which  now 
are  gone  we  may  mention  : the  passenger  pigeon,  now  wholly 
extinct,  the  sandhill  crane,  Carolina  parakeet,  and  prairie 
chicken.^-  The  wild  turkey  and  the  rutted  grouse  no  longer 
find  congenial  haunts  within  the  District,  but  occur  spar- 
ingly in  some  of  the  wildest  adjoining  territory.  Practically 
the  same  is  true  of  the  pileated  woodpecker,  although  this 
species  being  of  a more  roving  disposition  may,  occasionally, 
be  detected  within  our  limits.  The  wood  duck,  once  a 
breeder  within  the  District,  now  nests  only  in  the  more 
secluded  parts  of  nearby  stream  valleys,  but  still  occurs 
within  the  District  during  migration.  These  species  have 
been  driven  away,  either  by  direct  persecution  by  man,  or 
by  the  destruction  of  habitats  essential  to  their  welfare. 
Another  bird,  the  black-throated  bunting  or  dick-cissel,  has 
departed  for  reasons  of  its  own.  Much  territory  here  is 
suited  to  its  needs,  but  the  bird  has  withdrawn  from  much 
of  its  former  eastern  range,  including  the  District  of  Colum- 
bia. On  the  other  hand,  certain  species  have  become  more 
common  in  recent  years.  Among  them  we  may  mention  the 
crow  blackbird,  orchard  oriole,  Cape-May  warbler,  butcher- 
bird, robin,  and  the  mockingbird.  To  replace  the  lost  black- 
throated  bunting  another  finch,  Bachman’s  sparrow,  is 
gradually  occupying  this  region  as  a breeding  home.  The 

31  Washington  Described,  1861,  p.  27. 

32  In  the  National  Museum  is  a specimen  of  prairie  chicken  that  was 
taken  in  the  Custis  Spring  marsh  March  13,  1885.  This  isolated  occurrence 
is  rather  mysterious. 


Xatural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  49 

starling,  a new-comer,  sometimes  abundant  in  winter,  has 
also  begun  to  nest  in  small  numbers. 

The  English  sparrow  was  introduced  into  Washington  in 
1871.  The  following  contemporaneous  account  of  the  matter 
may  not  be  entirely  pleasing  to  those  who  have  had  dis- 
agreeable experience  with  this  hardy  little  stranger.  “A 
flock  of  imported  sparrows  was  set  at  liberty  in  the  public 
grounds  in  1871,  for  the  destruction  of  insects.  Each  year 
new  cages  are  placed  in  the  trees  for  the  accommodation  of 
their  increased  numbers.  These  useful  birds  are  fed  regu- 
larly every  morning  during  the  winter  in  Franklin,  Lafay- 
ette and  other  squares.” 

The  first  list  of  birds  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  that  has 
so  far  come  to  light  was  published  by  David  Baillie  Warden 
in  1816.  (See  bibliography  below.)  It  contained  32  species, 
among  them  the  passenger  pigeon,  now  extinct,  and  the 
snowy  owl,  a rare  bird  here. 

The  beginning  of  the  modern  series  of  lists  is  that  of 
Coues  and  Prentiss  of  1861.  It  contains  225  species.  Jouy 
increased  this  to  230  in  1875,  and  to  240  in  1877.  The  second 
edition  of  Coues  and  Prentiss’s  work  in  1883  contained  248 
species.  No  other  list  appeared  during  the  next  15  years, 
in  which  period  a number  of  additions  to  the  District 
avifauna  were  noted,  the  total  number  of  species  reaching 
284  (See  bibliograxjhy)  as  recorded  by  Richmond  in  1898. 
This  number  is  increased  by  one  in  Cooke’s  list  of  1908,  which 
omits  one  living  sjjecies  listed  by  Richmond,  the  true  total, 
therefore,  being  286.  The  introduced  starling  (Sturnus 
vulgaris),  which  has  been  seen  in  numbers  in  and  about  the 
District  since  1913  (a  number  breeding  in  1917),  is  a species 
not  included  in  any  of  the  published  lists.  The  European 
skylark  and  white-rumped  sandpiper  also  have  been  recently 
observed.  As  noted  in  previous  pages,  the  ivory  gull, 
trumpeter  swan,  and  white  ibis  are  additional  species  which 
have  been  recorded  as  visitants  to  this  region  but  for  which 
there  are  no  definite  records. 


33Keim’s  Illustrated  Handbook,  Washington,  etc,,  1874,  p.  39. 


50  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Warden,  David  Baillie. 

[Birds  seen  in  the  District  of  Columbia.] 

A chorographical  and  statistical  description  of  the  District  of 
Columbia,  Paris,  1816,  pp.  210-211. 

32  species. 

Codes,  Elliott,  and  Prentiss,  D.  Webster. 

List  of  birds  ascertained  to  inhabit  the  District  of  Columbia,  with 
the  times  of  arrival  and  departure  of  such  as  are  non-residents,  and 
brief  notices  of  habits,  etc. 

Sixteenth  Ann.  Rep.  Smiths.  Inst.,  1861  (1862),  pp.  399-421. 

226  species  listed,  1 erroneously. 

Burroughs,  John. 

Spring  in  Washington,  with  an  eye  to  the  birds. 

Atlantic  Monthly,  Vol.  XXIII,  May,  1869,  pp.  580-591. 

Reprinted  in  Wake  Robin,  Cambridge,  1895,  pp.  127-156. 

Notes  on  flowers;  birds;  crow  roosts;  orchard  oriole  breeding  in 
Capitol  grounds;  other  birds  there;  black-throated  bunting;  red- 
headed the  most  common  woodpecker,  more  common  than  the  robin; 
and  summer  yellow-bird  more  common  in  town  than  out. 

Shufeldt,  R.  W. 

Birds  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  I,  Nos.  8-9,  Jan.-Feb.,  1876,  pp.  79-80. 

A list  of  38  common  permanent  residents  and  29  common  winter 
residents,  the  latter  including  Ectopistes  migj'atorius.  Six  other 
species  are  mentioned. 

Jouy,  Pierre  Louis. 

Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  II,  No.  9,  Mar.,  1877,  pp.  154-156;  No.  10, 
Apr.,  1877,  pp.  178-181. 

240  species  in  all.  Mr.  Jouy  read  a list  of  230  species  of  birds  at 
a meeting  of  Potomac-side  Naturalists  Club,  Nov.  15,  1875. 

Coues,  E.  and  Prentiss,  D.  Webster. 

Remarks  on  Birds  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  II,  No.  11,  May,  1877,  pp.  191-193. 

Comment  on  Jouy’s  Catalogue,  with  which  these  remarks  were 
also  separately  published,  Washington,  D.  C.,  1877,  pp.  1-11. 

Jouy,  Pierre  Louis. 

Field  Notes  on  some  of  the  Birds  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  Ill,  No.  3,  Sept.,  1877,  pp.  51-52. 

Notes  on  6 species,  one,  the  lark  sparrow,  an  addition  to  the  list. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  51 


Roberts,  W.  F. 

Additions  to  the  List  of  District  Birds. 

Field  and  Forest,  Vol.  Ill,  Nos.  10-12,  Apr.-June,  1878,  p.  172. 
Macrorhamphus  griseus.  Total  now,  242. 

Cones,  Elliott,  and  Prentiss,  D.  Webster. 

Avifauna  Columbiana;  being  a list  of  birds  ascertained  to  inhabit 
the  District  of  Columbia,  with  the  times  of  arrival  and  departure 
of  such  as  are  non-residents,  and  brief  notices  of  habits,  etc. 

The  second  edition  revised  to  date  and  entirely  rewritten. 

Bui.  No.  26,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1883,  133  pp.,  4 maps,  100  figs. 

Lists  248  species;  describes  various  parts  of  the  Washington 
region. 


Hen  Shaw,  H.  W. 

Ornithology  of  the  Zoological  Park. 

Ann.  Rep.  Smith.  Inst.  (1890),  1891,  pp.  66-68. 

61  breeding  species  listed.  A few  migrants  mentioned. 

Richmond,  C.  W. 

List  of  birds  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  Washington,  D. 
July,  1896.  Part  I,  pp.  1-12  (All  issued). 

A regrettably  uncompleted  list,  broken  off  at  the  fortieth  species. 

Maynard,  L.  W. 

Birds  of  Washington  and  vicinity,  including  adjacent  parts  of 
Maryland  and  Virginia. 

With  introduction  by  Florence  A.  Merriam  (In  revised  edition 
Florence  Merriam  Bailey),  pp.  11-18,  and  a list  of  all  birds  found  in 
the  District  of  Columbia  by  Dr.  C.  W.  Richmond,  pp.  178-186. 

Washington,  D.  C.,  1898,  204  pp.,  18  figs.,  revised  edition  1902, 
210  pp.,  18  figs. 

Includes  292  forms;  1 hybrid,  5 subspecies  of  species  otherwise 
represented  and  2 extinct  birds  are  listed,  the  true  total  being  284 
living  species. 

Bartsch,  Paul. 

Notes  on  the  herons  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.  451,  pp.  104-111,  Pis.  32-38,  Dec.  9,  1903. 

Habits  and  other  notes  for  9 species. 

Osgood,  W.  H. 

''Helminthophila  lawrenceV'  near  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Auk  XXIV,  No.  3,  July,  1907,  pp.  342-343. 

Taken  on  Plummers  Island,  Md.,  May  12,  1907.  This  bird  is  a 
hybrid  between  H.  chrysoptera  and  H.  pinus,  and  therefore  not  an 
additional  species  to  the  District  list. 


52  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  M^aHhington,  B)1H. 


Coolve,  W.  \V, 

Bird  Migration  in  the  District  of  Columbia. 

First  Ed.  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  XXI,  pp.  107-118,  April  11, 
1908. 

Second  Ed.  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  XXVI,  pp.  21-26,  Feb.  7, 
1913. 

These  two  publications  give  detailed  information  on  the  migra- 
tion season  of  birds  in  the  District  and  surrounding  region,  and 
bring  the  records  of  species  observed  up  to  date. 

The  total  number  of  forms  listed  is  294  of  which  1 is  extinct,  2 
are  hybrids  and  6 are  subspecies  of  species  otherwise  represented, 
leaving  285  living  species  known  to  occur  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
District.  One  extinct  bird,  the  Carolina  Paroquet,  and  1 living 
species,  the  American  wigeon,  listed  by  Richmond,  were  inadver- 
tently omitted. 


MAMMALS. 

The  mammals  that  maintain  existence  in  thickly  popu- 
lated areas  are  small,  inconspicuous  and  elusive.  The  larger 
forms  that  are  compelled  to  live  more  or  less  in  the  open 
disappear.  Among  those  which  have  inhabited  the  vicinity 
of  the  District  of  Columbia  within  historic  times,  but  which 
are  now  locally  extirpated,  are  buffalo,  elk,  white-tailed  deer, 
wild  cat,  puma,  gray  wolf,  black  bear,  pine  marten,  beaver 
and  black  rat.  The  last-named  species  was  introduced  from 
the  Old  World,  but  disappeared  before  its  later  imported 
congener  and  rival,  the  brown  rat.  Buffalo  disappeared 
from  Virginia  and  therefore  from  this  vicinity  soon  after 
the  establishment  of  the  first  permanent  settlements,  but 
gray  wolves  were  present  and  destructive  as  late  as  1728. 
This  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  in  that  year  a law  was 
passed  placing  a bounty  of  200  pounds  of  tobacco  upon  each 
wolf  scalp.  Elk  persisted  in  Virginia  until  1844. 

Forty-one  species  of  mammals  are  now  known  to  live  in 
the  neighborhood  of  the  city  of  Washington,  of  which  three 
were  described  as  new  to  science  as  late  as  1910  to  1913. 
Two  of  these  species  are  shrews,  one  of  which  is  called 
Microsorex  winnemana,  and  the  third  species  is  a bat  named 
Myotis  winnemana.  The  specific  name  winnemana  means 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  53 

^‘beautiful  island”  and  alludes  to  Plummers  Island,  the 
Home  of  the  Washington  Biologists’  Field  Club,  near  and 
upon  which  the  types  of  the  two  species  respectively  were 
collected.  Included  in  the  total  number  for  the  region  are 
the  opossum,  5 species  of  squirrels,  the  woodchuck,  9 species 
of  mice  and  rats,  the  musk-rat,  rabbit,  house-cat,  2 foxes, 
the  raccoon,  skunk,  otter,  mink,  weasel,  5 shrews,  2 moles, 
and  8 species  of  bats.  One  other  species,  the  golden  mouse 
(Peromyscus  nuttallii)  of  more  southern  distribution  has 
been  reported,^^  but  the  record  needs  verification.  The  rice 
rat  (Oryzomys  palustris)  has  been  taken  at  Colonial  Beach, 
Virginia,  and  sooner  or  later  probably  will  be  captured 
within  the  accepted  limits  of  the  District  fauna. 

The  red  squirrel  is  about  at  its  eastward  limit  in  this 
region,  ranging  but  little  farther  out  upon  the  coastal 
plain,  while  the  wood  rat  is  restricted  to  the  Piedmont 
Plateau.  Cooper’s  lemming  mouse  and  Sorex  fontinulis 
seem  to  be  confined  to  sphagnum  bogs;  the  distribution  of 
former  is  more  to  the  northward  and  in  the  mountains.  The 
District  is  at  the  northern  limit  of  the  range  of  the  harvest 
mouse. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Bailey,  Vernon. 

List  of  the  mammals  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  X,  pp.  93-101,  May  28,  1896. 

The  list  names  37  species  (including  Felis  domestica)  known  to 
occur  within  20  miles  of  the  Capitol  and  most  of  them  within  the 
District  limits.  The  record  for  the  wildcat  is  conjectural  and  prob- 
ably should  have  been  added  to  the  list  of  locally  extirpated  species 
which  consists  of  7,  the  white-tailed  deer  and  pine  marten  being 
omitted. 

Meams,  L.  Z. 

On  the  occurrence  of  the  genus  Reithrodontomys  in  Virginia. 

Am.  Nat.  31,  1897,  pp.  160-161. 

Records  R.  lecontii  from  Ft.  Myer,  Va.  This  form  is  now  called 
R.  humulis  impiger.  (See  Howell,  A.  H.,  N.  A.,  Fauna,  36,  1914, 

pp.  20-21.) 


3*  Haley,  W.  D.  In  Philip’s  Washington  Described,  1861,  P.  23. 


54  bulletin  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 
Preble,  Edward  A. 

A new  Microsorex  from  the  vicinity  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  XXIII,  pp.  101-102,  June  24,  1910. 

Microsorex  winnemana  sp.  n.  Type  from  bank  of  Potomac  River 
near  Stubblefield  Falls,  Va.,  April  25,  1903. 

Hollister,  N. 

Remarks  on  the  long-tailed  shrews  of  the  eastern  United  States 
with  description  of  a new  species. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  40,  pp.  377-381,  April  17,  1911. 

Describes  Sorex  fontinalis  n.  sp.  from  Beltsville,  Md.  This  species 
was  recorded  as  personatus,  by  Bailey.  A District  record  for  the 
long-nosed  shrew  (8.  longirostris)  aiso  is  given. 

Nelson,  E.  W. 

A new  bat  from  the  eastern  United  States. 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  XXVI,  pp.  183-184,  Aug.  8,  1913. 

Myotis  winnemana  sp.  n.  Type  from  Plummer’s  Island,  Md., 
Aug  31,  1907.  A.  K.  Fisher. 

EARLY  HISTORY  OF  MAN  IN  THE  DISTRICT. 

Id  certain  localities  about  the  District,  i*elics  of  the 
aborigines  are  abundant  and  they  throw  much  light  on  the 
mode  of  life  of  those  tribes  of  the  North  American  Indians 
that  inhabited  the  neighborhood.  These  were  of  Algonquian 
stock,  the  tribes  living  in  this  region  in  Captain  John 
Smith’s  time  being  the  Nacochtanks,  Taukenets,  and  Moya- 
ones  with  headquarters  respectively  along  Eastern  Brancli, 
near  Mount  Vernon,  and  near  the  mouth  of  the  Piscataway 
River.  The  settlements  of  these  tribes  were  broken  up  about 
1676  by  raids  of  the  Susquesahanocs,  and  some  of  them 
retired  to  Virginia,  where  they  joined  the  Pamunkeys,  while 
those  remaining  in  Maryland  consolidated  under  the  name 
of  Piscataways.  These  removed  to  Pennsylvania  about  1700, 
leaving  this  region  in  undisputed  control  of  the  white  men. 

The  Indians  of  this  • region  spent  their  time  in  fishing, 
trapping,  hunting,  and  fighting.  The  relics  of  their  occupa- 
tion of  the  land  comprise  every  variety  of  stone  implement 
common  to  the  North  American  Indian,  fish  hooks,  pottery 
both  of  clay  and  soapstone,  and  traces  of  mats  and  other 
fabrics.  The  richest  localities  for  archaeologic  finds  are  the 
eastern  shore  of  Eastern  Branch,  the  Maryland  shore  of  the 


Natural  History  of  District  of  GolumMa — McAtee  55 


Potomac  near  Cabin  John  and  Little  Falls,  Virginia  shore 
at  Chain  Bridge,  opposite  Analostan  Island,  and  near  mouth 
of  Four-mile  Run,  the  quartzite  workshop  along  Piney 
Branch,  and  soapstone  quarries  near  Tennallytown  and  Falls 
Church. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Holmes,  W.  H. 

A quarry  workshop  of  the  flaked-stone  implement  makers  in  the 
District  of  Columbia. 

Am.  Anthropologist  3,  No.  1,  Jan.,  1890,  pp.  1-26,  Pis.  1-4. 

On  Piney  Branch  near  Rock  Creek.  Brief  note  on  further  work, 
pp.  224-5. 

Excavations  in  an  ancient  soapstone  quarry  in  the  District  of 
Columbia. 

Am.  Anthropologist  3,  No.  4,  Oct.,  1890,  pp.  321-330. 

Rose  Hill  Quarry  near  Tennallytown. 

Distribution  of  stone  implements  in  the  tidewater  country. 

Am.  Anthropologist  6,  No.  1,  .Tan.,  1893,  pp.  1-14,  Figs.  1-2,  Pis.  1-2. 

Kengla,  Louis  A. 

Contributions  to  the  archaeology  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

An  essay  to  accompany  a collection  of  aboriginal  relics  presented 
for  the  Toner  medal,  1882.  42  pp.,  5 pis.,  1 map.' 

Washington,  R.  A.  Waters  & Son.  1883. 

Mason  O.  T.,  et  al. 

The  Aborigines  of  the  District  of  Columbia  and  the  lower  Poto- 
mac— A Symposium,  under  the  direction  of  the  vice  president  of 
section  D. 

The  American  Anthropologist,  Vol.  II,  1889,  pp.  225-266,  Pis.  I-VII, 
1 small  figure  (map). 

Consists  of: 

Introduction  by  Otis  T.  Mason,  pp.  225-227. 

The  Geologic  antecedents  of  man  in  the  Potomac  Valley.  By 
W.  J.  McGee,  pp.  227-234. 

The  paleolithic  period  in  the  District  of  Columbia.  By  Thomas 
Wilson,  pp.  235-241.  Pis.  I-IV. 

Ancient  village  sites  and  aboriginal  workshops  in  the  District  of 
Columbia.  By  S.  V.  Proudfit,  pp.  241-246,  PI.  V. 

Pottery  of  the  Potomac  Tide-water  region.  By  W.  H.  Holmes,  pp. 
246-252,  PI.  VI. 

The  shell  mounds  of  the  Potomac  and  Wicomico.  By  Elmer  R. 
Reynolds,  pp.  252-259,  1 map. 

Indian  tribes  of  the  District  of  Columbia.  By  James  Mooney, 
pp.  259-266,  PI.  VII. 


51)  HuUetin  1,  Biological  Bo(‘ictg  of  WashingtO}i , JDJ8. 


Mason,  Otis  T. 

The  archaeology  of  the  Potomac  Tide-water  region. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Miis.  12,  pp.  367-370,  Pis.  15-17,  1 fig.,  1890. 

Proudfit,  S.  V. 

Note  on  the  turtle-back  celt. 

Am.  Anthropologist  1,  No.  4,  Oct.,  1888,  pp.  337-339. 

Work  of  Indians  not  of  paleolithic  man. 

A collection  of  stone  implements  from  the  District  of  Columbia. 
Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13,  pp.  187-194,  Pis.  10-14,  1890. 

Tooker.  W.  W. 

On  the  meaning  of  the  name  Anacostia. 

Am.  Anthropologist  7,  No.  4,  Oct.,  1894,  pp.  389-393. 

Derived  from  w'ords  meaning  “at  the  trading  town.” 

Wilson,  Thomas. 

The  paleolithic  period  in  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  12,  pp.  371-376,  Pis.  18-21,  1890. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. 

The  writer  wishes  to  express  his  great  appreciation  of  the 
following  courtesies:  for  reading  the  whole  manuscript  of 
the  preceding  pages  to  Mr.  William  Palmer;  for  reading 
various  sections,  to  Dr.  Walter  Hough,  Mr.  E.  A.  Preble  and 
Mr.  P.  L.  Ricker. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Cohunhia — McAtee  57 


DISTRIBUTION  OF  LIFE  IN  THE  DISTRICT  OF 
COLUMBIA  REGION. 


THE  PIEDMONT  PLATEAU  AND  COASTAL  PLAIN  AS 
FAUNAL  AND  FLORAL  PROVINCES. 

In  previous  chapters  some  reference  has  been  made  to 
species  characteristic  of  the  Piedmont  Plateau  and  of  the 
Coastal  Plain.  The  common  boundary  of  these  physiographic 
provinces  is  known  as  the  fall  line,  and  its  significance  as 
a line  of  separation  of  faunas  and  floras  is  well  worth  fuller 
consideration. 

No  matter  where  the  naturalist  may  carry  on  his  re- 
searches, he  finds  species  that  are  near  or  at  the  limit  of  their 
range.  One  species  leaves  off  at  a certain  place,  another 
presses  a little  farther  on ; the  observer  finds  himself  at  the 
northern  limit  of  some  forms,  and  at  the  eastern  or  western 
or  southern  limit  of  others. 

The  problem  of  defining  boundaries  that  seem  significant 
because  of  their  nearly  or  quite  coinciding  with  a suflScient 
percentage  of  the  totality  of  range  limits  usually  is  a most 
difficult  one.  To  illustrate  the  case  by  local  instances,  it 
may  be  noted  that  present  information  indicates  among 
others  the  following  terminations  of  range  as  the  Potomac 
River  is  ascended : 

Marshall  Hall — Taxodium  distichum,  Polypremum  pro- 
cumbens,  Pluchea  camphorata. 

Hunting  Creek — Sabbatia  dodecandra,  Micranthemum 
micranthemoides,  Utricularia  macrorhiza. 

Little  River  Marshes — Echinochloa  waiter!,  Jussiaea 
decurrens,  Cyperus  erythrorrhizos,  Cyperus  michauxianus, 
Hyla  evittata. 

New  Cut  Road — Liquidambar  styraciflua. 

Chain  Bridge  Flats — Sagittaria  rigida.  Zizania  aquatica, 
Scirpus  debilis,  Quercus  prinoides. 

Great  Falls — Rhynchospora  corniculata,  Carex  decom- 
posita,  Quercus  michauxiana,  Rumex  verticillatus.  Parony- 
chia dichotoma.  Ilex  decidua. 


58  Bulletin  1,  Biological  ^ocietjf  of  Washington,  1918. 


Seneca  Creek — (^nentiis  dij^itata,  Quercns  j>liellos,  Tecoma 
radicans. 

In  the  reverse  direction  there  is  a similar  «;radnation  in 
the  ranges  of  the  upland  forms,  for  instance : 

Great  Falls — Aspleninm  montanum,  Rhus  aromatica, 
Viburnum  pubescens. 

Stubblefield  Falls — Betula  lenta. 

Little  Falls — Ha{)tisia  australis,  Lathyrus  venosus,  Cea- 
nothus  ovatus.  Allium  cernuum,  Eupatorium  altissimum, 
Rudbeckia  triloba.  Coreopsis  tripteris. 

Rosslyn — Bicuculla  canadensis,  Bicuculla  cucullaria, 
Cornus  alternifolia,  Solidago  canadensis. 

Marshall  Hall — Cystopteris  fragilis,  Athyrium  pycno- 
carpon. 

Occoquan — Pinus  strobus,  Tsuga  canadensis,  Rhododen- 
dron maximum. 

Charles  County,  Md. — Quercus  imbiicaria. 

If  the  whole  catalogue  of  plants  were  searched  for  such 
records,  and  the  whole  body  of  other  organisms  laid  under 
contribution,  there  would  hardly  be  a rod  of  ground  along 
the  Potomac  that  would  not  be  distinguished  as  the  farthest 
point  in  the  upward  or  downward  extension  of  some  species. 
No  doubt  a similar  condition  exists  with  reference  to  species 
whose  chief  ranges  lie  to  the  east  and  to  the  west  of  this 
region. 

As  previously  remarked,  this  state  of  affairs  makes  it 
difficult  to  point  out  significant  lines  between  distributional 
areas.  In  a country  without  salient  topographical  features 
the  odds  against  success  are  practically  prohibitive.  Where 
natural  barriers  exist  the  task  is  more  hopeful.  A barrier 
does  exist  in  the  vicinity  of  Washington,  and  its  importance 
is  such  that  the  distribution  of  life  of  this  area  cannot  be 
properly  conceived  nor  adequately  discussed  without  taking 
cognizance  of  it.  This  barrier  and  boundary  line,  or  rather 
zone,  is  the  common  border  of  the  Atlantic  Coastal  Plain 
and  the  Piedmont  Plateau  usually  referred  to  as  the  Fall 
.Line. 

So  far  as  it  conveys  the  idea  of  a sharp  division  between 
physiographic  provinces,  the  term  Fall  Line  is  a misnomer. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Golurnhia — McAtee  59 

Indefinite  and  often  ill-defined,  the  meeting  place  of  these 
provinces — that  higher  bench  at  the  foot  of  the  Allegheny 
Mountain  system,  known  as  the  Piedmont  Plateau,  and  the 
lower  land  or  Coastal  Plain  composed  of  materials  car- 
ried down  from  the  plateau  and  westward  areas  and  marine 
sediments  deposited  during  its  several  submergences  below 
sea-level — is  better  called  a zone,  a zone  of  interdigitation. 

The  irregular  character  of  the  boundary  between  the  sur- 
fical  deposits  of  the  two  provinces  is  due  to  two  causes: 
(1)  the  rocks  of  the  Piedmont  are  exposed  eastward  beyond 
the  line  of  their  higher  outcrops  by  the  erosion  of  stream 
valleys;  and  (2)  westward  of  this  line  Coastal  Plain  forma- 
tions mantle  the  divides  between  such  streams,  sometimes 
to  a distance  of  several  miles.  Hilltops  far  back  in  the 
Piedmont  province  bear  caps  of  Coastal  Plain  deposits,  an 
indication  of  the  former  extent  of  these  sediments  and  of 
the  vast  amount  of  erosion  necessary  to  have  carried  oft*  the 
remainder  of  them.  The  reverse  condition — that  is,  islands 
of  Piedmont  rocks  in  the  Coastal  Plain,  does  not  exist  for 
the  reason  that  the  rock  surface  dips  steeply  and  is  now 
exposed  as  far  as  the  base-levelling  action  of  the  streams 
makes  possible. 

The  Piedmont  Plateau  originally  was  a shore  line  against 
which  the  Coastal  Plain  sediments  were  deposited  and  in  its 
superficial  characters,  the  boundary  zone  between  these  prov- 
inces still  retains  many  of  the  characters  of  a strand.  The 
upper  border  of  this  zone  is  undulating,  suggesting  the 
tongues  of  sand  left  on  the  beach  by  the  last  tide,  the  exposed 
rocky  stream  beds  resemble  the  gullies  cut  here  and  there 
in  the  sand  by  the  receding  water,  while  the  Coastal  Plain 
debris  capping  the  hills,  is  like  the  drift  cast  up  by  storm 
tides,  patches  of  which  hither  and  yon  have  not  yet  been 
washed  back  to  the  sea  that  upheaved  them. 

^ The  sedimentary  deposits  which  make  up  the  Coastal  Plain  are  chief- 
ly clays,  gravels  and  sands,  which,  with  the  exception  of  some  sandstones, 
are  unconsolidated.  The  estuarine  streams  of  this  region  have  broad  open 
valleys  with  muddy  vegetation-covered  banks.  The  streams  of  the  Pied- 
mont Province,  on  the  contrary,  flow  in  narrow  gorges  cut  into  and  usual- 
ly across  the  structure  of  the  metamorphic  and  igneous  rocks.  These 
rocks  include  granite  gneiss,  gneiss,  schist,  soapstone,  serpentine,  diorite 
and  gabbro. 


()0  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

For  expression,  in  a single  line,  of  the  boundary  of  the 
Piedmont  Plateau  and  the  Coastal  Plain  in  the  region  of 
the  District  of  Columbia,  the  line  of  the  present  easternmost 
outcrops  of  the  metamorphic  rocks  (shown  as  a heavy  line 
on  map,  which  see,  p.  Ol)  will  do  as  well  as  any.  It  does 
not  coincide  with  a line  connecting  the  principal  waterfalls, 
for  which  the  line  is  named,  since  these  generally  are  some 
distance  back  from  the  actual  edge  of  the  outcrops. 

The  boundary  between  Coastal  Plain  and  Piedmont  floras 
and  faunas  agrees  well  with  the  outcrop  line  north  of  the 
Potomac.  Roughly  the  Potomac  itself  then  becomes  the 
boundary  as  far  down  as  the  great  bend  north  of  Fredericks- 
burg, where  the  river  cuts  its  way  across  the  Coastal  Plain. 
However,  the  Coastal  Plain  is  recognizable  as  a tangible  type 
on  the  Virginia  side  comprising  the  flood  plain  of  the  river 
and  its  tributaries.  The  hills  have  a prevailing  Piedmont 
biota.  Nevertheless,  one  must  be  prepared  to  find  some 
Coastal  Plain  species  accompanying  their  native  geologic 
formations  which  cap  the  hills  near  the  river.  Conspicuous 
patches  of  these  formations  lying  farther  back  are  shown  on 
the  map  by  heavy  broken  lines. 

The  Fall  Line  as  a Faunal  and  Flo^'al  Line. 

Be  it  ever  so  indefinite  and  ill-defined,  the  fall-line  must 
be  recognized  as  having  some  significance  as  a faunal  and 
floral  line  because  it  lies  between  regions  that  have  had  very 
distinct  geological  histories.  A succinct  sketch  of  this  his- 
tory may  be  quoted  from  W.  J.  McGee,  who  says: 

^‘Today  there  is  a lowland  plain  rising  gently  from  the 
Atlantic  and  stretching  mountainward  to  the  elbow  of  the 
Delaware  at  Trenton  and  Philadelphia,  to  the  embouchure 
of  the  Susquehanna  into  Chesapeake  Bay,  to  the  great  elbow 
of  the  Potomac  at  Washington  and  Alexandria,  to  Fred- 
ericksburg, and  to  the  bend  of  the  James  at  Richmond.  This 
lowland  plain  widens  from  a point  at  Sandy  Hook  to  150 
miles  at  Cape  Hatteras.  Still  further  westward  there  lies 
an  upland  plain,  10  to  100  miles  wide,  overlooking  the  low- 
lands and  overlooked  by  the  mountains.  Along  the  common 
boundary  of  the  lowlands  and  the  uplands  the  land  surface 
drops  from  a mean  altitude  of  300  feet  to  less  than  100  feet, 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee 


The  Piedmont  Plateau  and  the  Coastal  Plain  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  District  of  Columbia.  Solid  heavy  line  indicates  eastern- 
most outcrops  of  the  metamorphic  rocks.  Broken  heavy  lines 
show  the  positions  of  important  isolated  bodies  of  Coastal 
Plain  Deposits.  Stream  courses  are  dotted. 


G2  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Bociety  of  Washington,  1918. 

and  the  riveis  cascade  from  narrow  rock-bound  gorges  into 
broad  tidal  (p.  230)  estuaries.  Now,  during  the  Columbia 
period,  ocean  water  overwhelmed  nearly  all  of  the  lowlands 
between  the  present  coast  and  the  fall  line  and  washed  the 
upland  margin  where  now  stand  Fredericksburg,  Washing- 
ton, Baltimore,  and  Philadelphia ; and  north  of  Philadelphia 
it  swept  still  further  inland,  submerging  the  uplands  to  300 
and  even  450  feet  above  present  tide  level.  Then  the  Poto- 
mac embouched  into  open  ocean  at  the  “Three  Sisters”;  at 
the  culmination  of  the  submergence,  shoal  ocean-waters 
rolled  over  the  highest  land  between  Washington  and  the 
coast,  and  the  Anacostia,  the  Patuxenf,  and  Chesapeake  Bay 
were  not;  while  during  even  the  inferior  stages  of  water  the 
lower  Potomac  was  an  estuary  many  times  broader  and 
deeper  than  today.” 

The  greater  part  of  the  Piedmont  Plateau  remained  a 
land  surface  while  the  Coastal  Plain  was  submerged  several 
times.  Not  only  was  all  land  life  on  the  Coastal  Plain 
entirely  extirpated  during  these  submergences,  but  even 
during  the  emergences  ecologic  conditions  for  long  periods 
and  over  great  areas  were  radically  different  from  those  on 
the  Plateau. 

The  tide  flats,  the  salt  marshes,  the  low-lying  flood-plains 
of  the  rivers  which  long  characterized  the  landscapes  after 
each  emergence  were  not  suited  to  the  needs  of  most  of  the 
upland  species.  On  the  contrary,  the  land  was  occupied 
and  held  by  species  already  adapted  to  the  conditions.  As 
the  Coastal  Plain  was  elevated  after  the  last  depression, 
upland  species  gradually  advanced  upon  it,  but  to  accom- 
plish this  they  needed  powers  of  migration  and  the  ability 
to  take  and  hold  a place  in  the  face  of  probably  somewhat 
adverse  conditions.  Not  all  species  were  able  to  do  this, 
and  some,  on  account  of  lack  of  adaptiveness,  or  small 
ability  to  extend  their  ranges,  required  a very  long  time  to 
reach,  or  may  not  yet  have  reached,  places  in  the  coastal 
Plain  ecologically  suited  to  them.  Conversely,  certain  other 
species  found  only  in  the  Coastal  Plain  the  conditions  neces- 


s«The  American  Anthropologist,  Vol.  II,  1879,  pp.  230-231. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Coliimhia — McAtee  G3 

sary  to  their  welfare,  as  for  instance  the  strand,  salt  marsh 
and  pine  barren  plants,  or  for  other  reasons  never  were 
able  to  advance  from  the  Coastal  Plain  to  the  uplands.  It 
is  obvious,  therefore,  that  for  reasons  of  geological  history, 
if  for  no  other,  the  fall-line  must  be  granted  some  importance 
as  a faunal  and  floral  boundary. 

Inspection  of  the  remarks  upon  distribution  in  the  “Plant 
Life  of  Maryland”  reveals  that  approximately  163  (out 
of  a total  of  1,400)  species  of  plants  are  restricted  to  the 
Coastal  Plain,  while  46  others  are  chiefly  so.  Corresponding 
figures  for  the  Piedmont  Plateau  are  175  and  48.  Search 
through  the  local  herbarium  for  the  District  of  Columbia 
region  shows  that  out  of  a total  of  some  1,600  species  193 
occur  only  on  the  Coastal  Plain,  and  86  others  do  not  extend 
far  upon  the  Piedmont.  Similar  statistics  for  the  latter  area 
are  308  and  76.^^ 

Thus  from  24  to  31  per  cent  of  the  plants  of  Maryland 
and  the  District  of  Columbia  region  are  restricted  in  dis- 
tribution either  to  the  Coastal  Plain  or  the  Piedmont  Pla- 
teau, and  an  additional  6 to  11  per  cent  do  not  far  overstep 
the  boundary  of  these  provinces. 

Lists  of  the  most  characteristic  or  best  known  species  of 
the  District  of  Columbia  region  are  subjoined.  In  addition 
to  these  most  of  the  species  listed  further  on  for  Falls 
Church,  Plummers  Island,  Little  Falls  and  Great  Falls  also 
jiertain  to  the  Piedmont  and  those  for  the  Magnolia  bogs, 
and  for  Beltsville,  Odenton,  Hollywood,  Riverdale,  Hyatts- 
ville,  Bladensburg,  Benning  and  Hunting  Creek  mostly  are 
characteristic  of  the  Coastal  Plain. 


^ Special  Publication  3,  Maryland  Weather  Serv  ice,  1910,  533  pp. 

® Halophytes  are  not  excluded  from  this  number,  since  of  the  32  listed 
by  Shreve  (op.  cit.  pp.  83-85),  11  reach  the  Washington  area.  The  reduc- 
tion in  variety  of  halophytes,  as  one  proceeds  from  the  coast  toward  the 
Piedmont  Plateau  is  gradual.  If  the  fall  line  were  farther  west 
some  of  these  plants  would  range  farther  in  that  direction.  The  distribu- 
tion of  fishes  points  to  the  same  conclusions. 

3®  The  figures  for  the  Washington  area  are  incomplete  because  the  col- 
lections are  not  entirely  worked  up.  For  permission  to  use  the  herbarium 
the  writer  is  indebted  to  Messrs.  W.  R.  Maxon  and  P.  C.  Standley.  The 
unfinished  manuscript  of  the  new  catalog  of  the  Washington  flora  also  was 
kindly  put  at  my  disposal  by  Professor  A.  S.  Hitchcock. 


()4  Bulletin  1,  Biological  ISocietg  of  Washington , 11118. 


SELECTED  SPECIES  OF  THE  WASHINGTON  FLORA  THAT 
APPARENTLY  ARE  RESTRICTED  TO  THE 
PIEDMONT  PI.  ATE  All. 


Osmunda  claytoniana 
Pteretis  nodulosa 
Woodsia  obtusa 
Filix  bulbifera 
Dryopteris  clintoniana 
goldiana 
hexagonoptera 
marginalis 

Camptosorus  rhizophyllus 
Asplenium  pinnatifidum 
trichomanes 
montaniim 

Athyrium  thelypteroides 
Pellaea  atropurpurea  (in  natural 
situations) 

Cheilanthes  lanosa 
Selaginella  rupestris 
Isoetes  engelmannii  valida 
Pinus  strobus 
pungens 

Tsuga  canadensis 
Panicum  gattingeri 
linearifolium 
xalapense 
annulum 
latifolium 

Muhlenbergia  sobolifera 
schreberi 

Brachyelytrum  erectum 
Eragrostis  hypnoides 
caplllaris 
frankii 

Melica  mutica 
Uniola  latifolia 
Festuca  obtusa 
Bromus  purgans  incanus 
Elymus  striatus 
Hystrix  hystrix 
Hemicarpba  micrantha 
Fimbristylis  baldwiniana 
Scirpus  planifolius 
lineatus 


Carex  nigro-marginata 
jamesii 
frankii 
davisi 
albursina 
hirtifolia 
careyana 
platyphylla 
oligocarpa 
hitchcockiana 
torta 

Arisaema  dracontium 
Coinmelina  erecta 
Melanthium  latifolium 
Allium  tricoccum 
cernuum 

Erythronium  albidum 
Lilium  philadelphicum 
Vagnera  stellata 
Trillium  sessile 
grandiflorum 
Iris  cristata 

Sisyrinchium  intermedium 
mucronatum 

Cypripedium  parviflorum 
Blephariglottis  peramoena 
Tripbora  trianthorphora 
Liparis  loesellii 
Corallorhiza  wisteriana 
Betula  lenta 
Populus  virginiana 
Quercus  acuminata 
leana 

Hicoria  cordiformis 
microcarpa 
ovata 

Ostrya  virginiana 
Celtis  crassifolia 
Cerastium  oblongifolium 
Silene  alba 
Delphinium  tricorne 
Aconitum  uncinatum 
Anemone  virginiana 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  65 


Anemone  quinquefolia 
Clematis  viorna 
Trautvetteria  carolinensis 
Ranunculus  septentrionalis 
Thalictrum  caulophylloides 
revolutum 

Caulophyllum  thalictroides 
Jeffersonia  diphylla 
Bicuculla  canadensis 
Dentaria  diphylla 
Arabis  dentata 
canadensis 
patens 

Sedum  telephioides 
Mitella  diphylla 
Ribes  rotundifolium 
Aruncus  aruncus 
Rubus  odoratus 
Agrimonia  gryposepala 
Baptisia  australis 
Trifolium  reflexum 
Stylosanthes  biflora 
Meibomia  pauciflora 
Meibomia  grandiflora 
bracteosa 
Lathyrus  venosus 
Oxalis  grandis 
Ptelea  trifoliata 
Polygala  senega 
Tithymalus  commutatus 
Tithymalopsis  paniculata 
Chamaesyce  preslii 
Floerkea  proserpinacoides 
Rhus  aromatica 
Euonymus  atropurpureus 
Staphylea  trifolia 
Acer  saccharum 
Impatiens  aurea 
Ceanothus  ovatus 
Vitis  rupestris 
Hypericum  prolificum 
Viola  conspersa 
pallens 
grandis 
filicetorum 
striata 

Cubelium  concolor 


Dirca  palustris 
Oenothera  prasina 
Panax  quinquefolium 
Heracleum  lanatum 
Sanicula  marylandica 
gregaria 

Erigenia  bulbosa 
Zizia  aurea 

Taenidium  integerrima 
Cornus  alternifolia 
stolonifera 

Rhododendron  maximum 
Steironema  hybridum 
Dodecatheon  meadia 
Obolaria  virginica 
Phlox  subulata 
divaricata 

Polemonium  reptans 
Hydrophyllum  canadense 
virginicum 
Ellisia  nyctelea 
Phacelia  covillei 
purshii 

Mertensia  virginica 
Lithospermum  canescens 
Isanthus  brachiatus 
Scutellaria  saxatilis 
incana 
serrata 
versicolor 

Monarda  clinopodia 
Blephilia  hirsuta 
Clinopodium  vulgare 
Koellia  clinopodioides 
verticillata 

Penstemon  penstemon 
Leptandra  virginica 
Mecardonia  acuminata 
Dasystoma  virginica 
Veronica  americana 
scutellata 
Utricularia  gibba 
Conopholis  americana 
Ruellia  strepens 
Viburnum  pubescens 
Diervilla  diervilla 
Triosteum  perfoliatum 


(I<)  Hulletin  I,  Bioloylcal  Society  of  Wushinyton,  1918. 


Valeriana  paiiciflora 
Valerianella  chenopodifolia 
woodsiana 

Campanula  americana 
Adopogon  dandelion 
Hieracium  paniculatum 
Eupatoriiim  altissimum 
sessilifolium 
urticifolium 
verticillatum 
Laciniaria  scariosa 
Solidago  flexicaulis 
racemosa 
canadensis 
rigida 
rupestris 

Aster  oblongifolius 
shortii 
concinnus 
cordifolius 
corrigiatus 
curvescens 
oviformis 
ericoides  pilosus 


schreberi 

unibelliformis 

gracilescens 

phlogifolius 

sagittifolius 

sylvestris 

tradescanti 

Erigeron  philadelphicus 
Antennaria  solitaria 
Polymnia  canadensis 
Silphiiim  trifoliatum 
Chrysogonum  virginianum 
Riidbeckia  triloba 
Helenium  nudifloriim 
Heliopsis  helianthoides 
Riidbeckia  fulgida 
triloba 

Helianthiis  divaricatus 
dowellianus 
Coreopsis  tripteris 
Mesadenia  reniformis 
Senecio  paiiperciiliis 
smallii 

Cirsium  virginianum 


Some  well-known  species  which  are  chiefly  confined  to  the 
Piedmont  but  which  range  more  or  less  upon  the  Coastal 
Plain  are: 


Osmunda  claytoniana 
Lycopodium  clavatum 
Ohamaelirium  luteimi 
Lilium  canadense 
Erythronium  americanum 
Unifolium  canadense 
Juglans  cinerea 
Quercus  imbricaria 
Cimicifuga  racemosa 
Aquilegia  canadensis 
Hepatica  hepatica 
Sanguinaria  canadensis 
Heuchera  americana 


Saxifraga  virginiensis 
Hydrangea  arborescens 
Hamamelis  virginiana 
Opulaster  opulifolius 
Cercis  canadensis 
Panax  trifolia 
Aralia  nudicaulis 
Pyrola  spp. 

Sabbatia  angularis 
Collinsonia  canadensis 
Dianthera  americana 
Viburnum  cassinoides 
Senecio  aureus 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  67 


SELECTED  SPECIES  OF  THE  WASHINGTON  FLORA  THAT 
APPARENTLY  ARE  RESTRICTED  TO  THE 
COASTAL  PLAIN. 


Lygodium  palmatum 
Dryopteris  simulata 
Anchistea  virginica 
Lycopodium  adpressum 
carolinianum 
Isoetes  saccharata 
Pinus  taeda 
Taxodium  distichum 
Potamogeton  amplifolius 
compressus 
robbinsii 

Lophotocarpus  calycinus 
Sagittaria  subulata 
longi  rostra 

Erianthus  saccharoides 
Paspalum  longipilum 
psammophilum 
Echinochloa  waiter! 

Panicum  condensum 
mattamuskeetense 
spretum 

columbianiim  thinium 

ensifolium 

virgatum  cubense 

stipitatum 

verrucosum 

clutei 

lucidum 

lanuginosum 

pseudopubescens 

addisoni 

oligosanthes 

scoparium 

aculeatum 

Chaetochloa  geniculata 
Cenchrus  carolinianus 
Aristida  gracilis 

Muhlenbergia  schreberi  palustris 
Alopeciirus  geniculatus 
Uniola  laxa 
Paniciilaria  obtusa 
pallida 

Festuca  octoflora 
myuros 


Bromus  villosus 
Elymus  striatus  arkansanus 
Cyperus  fuscus 
microdontus 
rotundus 
erythrorhizos 
retrofractus 
Eleocharis  ochreata 
olivacea 
quadrangulata 
Scirpus  fluviatilis 
sylvaticus 
Fuirena  hispida 
Rhynchospora  macrostachya 
axillaris 
gracilenta 

Scleria  triglomerata 
Carex  gracillima 
oonjuncta 

cauescens  disjuncta 

bromoides 

incomperta 

lanuginosa 

vestita 

lacustris 

folliculata 

intumescens 

collinsii 

abscondita 

glaucodes 

debilis 

oblita 

typhinoides 

louisianica 

rostrata 

bullata 

swanii 

styloflexa 

Eriocaulon  decangulare 
Chrospermum  muscaetoxicum 
Melanthium  virginicum 
Stenanthium  robustum 
Tofieldia  racemosa 
Dioscorea  paniculata 


08  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


Iris  verna 

Sisyrinchium  atlanticum 
Perularia  flava 

Blephariglottis  blephariglottis 
Pogonia  ophioglossoides 
Ibidium  odoratum 
Limodorum  tuberosum 
Ophrys  australis 
Acnida  cannabina 
Chenopodium  boscianum 
Cabomba  caroliniana 
Magnolia  virginiana 
Ranunculus  obtusiusculus 
sceleratus 
Roripa  sylvestris 
Radicula  hispida 
Sarracenia  purpurea 
Itea  virginica 
Aeschynomene  virginica 
Stylosanthes  riparia 
Meibomia  rigida 
Lathyrus  palustris 
Strophostyles  missouriensis 
Polygala  lutea 
curtissii 

Tithymalopsis  arundelana 
ipecacuanhae 
Ilex  glabra 
Ascyrum  stans 
Viola  brittoniana 
nepetaefolia 
Ammannia  koehnei 
Rhexia  virginica 
mariana 

Ludwigia  hirtella 
Jussiaea  decurrens 
Oenothera  laciniata 


Oenothera  sinuata 
Myriophyllum  spicatum 
Clethra  alnifolia 
Kalmia  angustifolia 
Steironema  lanceolata 
Polypremum  procumbens 
Sabbatia  dodecandra 
Bartonia  paniculata 
Gentiana  saponaria 
Koellia  virginiana 
Lycopus  uniflorus 
Gratiola  sphaerocarpa 
Agalinis  setacea 
Otophylla  auriculata 
Micranthemum  micranthemoides 
Utricularia  subulata 
juncea 

Plantago  aristata  nuttallii 
cordata 

Oldenlandia  uniflora 
Viburnum  nudum 
Eupatorium  hyssopifolium 
cannabinum 
maculatum 
serotinum 
Erigeron  ramosus 
Pluchea  camphorata 
Solidago  elliottii 
odora 
puberula 
Aster  concolor 
dumosus 
radula 

Helianthus  angustifolius 
mollis 
giganteus 
Bidens  connata 


Some  well-known  species  which  are  chiefly  confined  to  the 
Coastal  Plain  but  which  range  more  or  less  upon  the  Pied- 
mont are : 

Lorinseria  areolata  Rhynchospora  corniculata 

Typha  angustifolia  Orontium  aquaticum 

Zizania  aquatica  Peltandra  virginica 

^ Scarcely  any  of  them  reach  the  Piedmont  in  Pennsylvania  or  northern 
New  Jersey. — Witmer  Stone. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  69 


Myrica  carolinensis 
Quercus  digitata 


Ilex  laevigata 


prinoides 

Phoradendron  flavescens 
Drosera  spp. 
Liquidambar  styraciflua 
Clitoria  mariana 
Ilex  opaca 


phellos 

lyrata 

michauxiana 


decidua 

Hibiscus  moscheutos 
Opuntia  opuntia 
Aralia  spinosa 
Leucothoe  racemosa 
Pieris  mariana 
Monarda  punctata 
Tecoma  radicans 
Baccharis  halimifolia 
Arnica  nudicaulis 


To  put  in  another  way  the  facts  of  plant  distribution  with 
reference  to  the  Fall  Line,  it  is  evident  that  plants  which 
prefer  the  higher  elevations,  that  can  exist  only  upon  rock 
outcrops  (including  such  well-known  controllers  of  vegeta- 
tion as  limestone  and  serpentine),  or  in  the  vicinity  of  water- 
falls, or  that  thrive  best  in  deep  humus,  loams  and  clays,  are 
chiefly  restricted  to  the  Piedmont.  On  the  other  hand,  plants 
of  the  beaches,  salt  marshes,  tide  flats,  pine  barrens,  and 
magnolia  bogs  and  those  that  prefer  lower  elevations  and 
such  soils  as  sand  and  sandy  loams  are  found  almost  exclu- 
sively in  the  Coastal  Plain.'^^ 

In  general  the  conditions  tend  to  restrict  most  of  the 
aquatic  and  semi-aquatic  groups  to  the  Coastal  Plain.  Thus 

I 

this  province  has  the  lion’s  share  of  Potamogeton,  Sagittaria, 
and  of  grasses  and  sedges  in  general,  although  such  large 
genera  as  Panicum  and  Carex  are  more  evenly  divided.  A 
number  of  other  genera,  as  Quercus,  Meibomia,  Eupatorium, 
and  Solidago  also  are  about  halved  by  the  two  regions.  How- 
ever, some  groups  show  a distinct  preference  for  the  Pied- 
mont, including  the  ferns,  Ranunculaceae,  Berberidaceae, 
Arabis,  Saxifragaceae  and  Araliaceae.  On  the  whole  the 
series  of  plants  which  produce  the  early  spring  show  of 
flowers  pertain  to  the  Piedmont  rather  than  to  the  Coastal 

Some  interesting  pairs  of  species  may  be  cited  as  indicating  the  diverse 
conditions  on  the  Piedmont  and  Coastal  Plain  as  possible  factors  in  speci- 
ation.  They  are  (the  Piedmont  form  in  each  pair  being  cited  first)  : 
Uniola  latifolia,  U,  laxa;  Tofieldia  glutinosa,  T.  racemosa;  Iris  cristatau 
I verna ; Lathy rus  venosus  L.  palustris ; Stylosanthes  biflora,  S.  riparla; 
Aralia  racemosa,  A.  spinosa;  Steironema  hybridum,  S.  lanceolatum;  Vibur- 
num cassinoides,  V.  nudum  ; Helianthus  divaricatus,  H,  mollis ; and  Seneclo 
aureus  and  S.  tomentosus. 


70  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington^  lUlH. 

Plain,  perhaps  for  one  reason  on  account  of  richer  accumu- 
lations of  humus. 

We  have  seen  that  the  potency  of  ecologic  requirements 
and  of  historical  factors  are  such  that  about  a third  of  the 
entire  flora  of  the  Washington  area  is  confined  (or  nearly 
so)  to  one  side  of  the  Fall  Line  or  the  other.^^  jjj  proceeding 
from  this  conclusion  to  consideration  of  the  part  played  by 
the  Fall  Line  in  delimiting  faunal  elements,  we  must  recall 
not  only  the  great  diversity  in  edaphic  conditions  between 
the  Piedmont  and  the  Coastal  Plain,  but  also  the  divergence 
between  the  more  complete  ecologic  surroundings  of  animal 
life  that  consist  of  these  conditions  added  to  and  modified  by 
vegetation. 

Plants  and  plant  associations  have  great  influence  on 
animal  life,  and  the  presence  or  absence  of  certain  plants  is 
the  determining  factor  in  the  distribution  of  numerous  ani- 
mals. This  is  especially  true  of  insects,  various  specias  of 
which  breed  exclusively  upon  single  host  species.  Such 
forms  are  frequent  among  the  jumping  plant  lice  (Psyl- 
lidae),  ordinary  plant  lice  (Aphidae),  scale  insects  (Coc- 
cidae),  leafhoppers  (Jassidae),  lace  bugs  (Tingidae),  leaf 
bugs  (Miridae),  leaf  beetles  (Chrysomelidae),  long-horned 
beetles  (Cerambycidae),  weevils  (Rhynchophora),  and  but- 
terflies and  moths  (Lepidoptera) . 

The  influence  of  the  different  conditions  above  and  below 
the  fall  line,  upon  another  group  of  insects,  the  Orthoptera, 
members  of  which  are  not  so  restricted  in  feeding  habits, 
as  those  mentioned,  is  brought  out  in  a paper  by  Rehn  and 
Hebard.^^  They  record  47  species  as  pertaining  chiefly  to 
the  Piedmont,  101  to  the  Coastal  Plain,  while  only  52  range 
generally  over  both  areas. 

Ulke  lists  23  species  of  beetles  of  austroriparian  and  14 

^In  this  connection  note  R.  M.  Harper’s  statement  that  “The  rather 
vaguely  defined  ‘Austroripai'ian  area’  of  some  botanists — or  rather  biolo- 
gists— is  practically  the  coastal  plain,  and  the  boundary  between  that  and 
the  ‘Carolinian  area’  is  simply  the  fall-line,  the  cause  of  which  is  purely 
geological,  and  not  climatic.’’  (Bui.  Tori’ey  Botanical  Club,  31,  No.  1, 
Jan.,  1904,  p.  10). 

« Rehn,  J.  A.  G.,  and  Hebard  M.  Studies  in  the  Dermaptera  and  Orthop- 
tera of  the  Coastal  Plain  and  Piedmont  Region  of  the  Southeastern  United 
States.  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philadelphia.  68,  1916,  pp.  87-314,  Pis.  12-14. 

«Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  25,  1902,  pp.  3-4. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  71 


of  alleghenian  affinities,  another  way  of  saying  that  in  this 
region  they  are  restricted  to  the  Coastal  Plain  and  Piedmont 
Plateau  respectively.  Among  hymenoptera,  the  following, 
I am  informed  by  Mr.  H.  L.  Viereck,  are  confined  to  the 
Coastal  Plain : Perdita  novi-angliae,  P.  halictoides,  Andrena 
miserabilis,  Bombius  scutellaris,  Pepsis  clegans,  Stictla 
Carolina,  and  Bembix  cinerea.  Knowledge  of  the  local  dis- 
tribution of  these  and  other  groups  of  insects  is  not  so 
detailed  as  in  the  case  of  the  Orthoptera.  If  it  were,  sta- 
tistics as  to  their  relation  to  the  fall  line  would  no  doubt  be 
fully  as  impressive. 

A similar  distinction  between  the  life  of  the  Piedmont 
Plateau  and  the  Coastal  Plain  is  not  so  clearly  reflected  in 
the  higher  groups  such  as  mammals  and  birds.  Nor  should 
it  be  expected.  Both  of  these  orders  are  much  better  equi])])ed 
for  migratory  mov'ements  than  either  ])lants  or  insects  and 
both  are  adaptable  to  a greater  range  of  conditions.  How- 
ever, some  slight  effect  can  be  traced  even  in  these  higher 
groups.  The  wood  rat,  for  instance,  is  certainly  confined  to 
the  Piedmont,  and  the  red  squirrel  seems  not  to  venture 
much  beyond.  The  woodchuck,  chipmunk  and  otter  are  more 
at  home  in  the  Piedmont,  while  among  the  shrews,  Micro- 
sorex,  so  far  as  known,  occurs  only  on  the  Piedmont  and 
Sorex  fontiualis  only  in  the  Coastal  Plain. 

The  birds  which  as  breeding  species  appear  to  respond  to 
the  differences  in  conditions  on  the  two  great  divisions  of 
our  area  are  for  the  Piedmont:  Nighthawk,  Worm-eating 
Warbler,  Kentucky  Warbler  and  Bewick’s  Wren ; and  for  the 
Coastal  Plain : Florida  Gallinule,  Least  Bittern,  Bank  Swal- 
low, and  Long-billed  Marsh  Wren. 

Among  batrachians  and  reptiles  Siren  lacertina,  Hyla 
evittata,  Coluber  guttatus,  Lygosoma  latcrale  and  Malaclem- 
mys  centrata  belong  to  the  Coastal  Plain,  while  SpeJerpes 
longicaudus,  Coluber  obsoletus,  Crotalus  horridus  and  Clem- 
inys  insculpta  are  Piedmont  forms. 

The  influence  of  the  fall  line  on  the  distribution  of  abor- 
iginal men  and  its  control  over  city-building  and  the  indus- 
tries of  modern  man  are  interesting  topics  concerning  which 
the  following  is  quoted  from  McGee : ^Through  the  Potomac 


72  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

Valley  passes  one  of  the  most  strongly  marked  geologic  and 
cultural  boundaries  on  the  face  of  the  earth.  * * * It  is 

known  to  students  of  modern  manufactures  as  the  fall  line 
because  along  it  the  rivers  descend  as  abruptly  as  the  land; 
and  it  is  even  more  notable  as  a line  of  deflection  than  as 
one  of  declivity  in  rivers.  The  great  waterways  of  the  Middle 
Atlantic  slope  maintain  their  courses  through  Appalachian 
ranges  and  Piedmont  hills  alike;  but  on  reaching  the  coastal 
lowlands  they  are  turned  aside  literally  by  a sand  bank 
little  higher  than  their  depth,  and  thence  hug  the  upland 
margin  for  scores  of  miles  before  finally  finding  their  way 
into  the  ocean.  So  the  coastal  lowlands  are  nearly  isolated 
by  the  tidal  bays  and  river-elbows  along  their  inner  margin. 
Measured  along  the  fall  line,  the  Hudson  is  barred  from  the 
Rappahannock,  300  miles  southward,  by  only  60  miles  of 
land  and  unnavigable  water.  This  remarkable  physiography 
is  now  and  ever  has  been  reflected  in  the  culture  of  the 
region.  The  pioneer  settlers  of  the  country  ascended  the 
tidal  canals  to  the  falls  (p.  233)  of  the  rivers,  where  they 
found,  sometimes  within  a mile,  clear,  fresh  water,  the 
game  of  the  hills  and  woodlands,  and  the  fish  and  fowl  of 
the  estuaries,  and,  as  the  population  increased,  abundant 
water-power  and  excellent  mill-sites,  easy  ferriage,  and  prac- 
ticable bridge-sites;  here  the  pioneer  settlements  and  vil- 
lages were  located;  and  across  the  necks  of  the  inter-estu- 
arine peninsulas  the  pioneer  routes  of  travel  were  extended 
from  settlement  to  settlement  until  the  entire  Atlantic  slope 
was  traversed  by  a grand  social  and  commercial  artery 
stretching  from  New  England  to  the  Gulf  States.  As  the 
population  grew  and  spread,  the  settlements,  villages,  and 
towns  along  the  line  of  Nature’s  selection  waxed,  and  many 
of  them  yet  retain  their  early  prestige;  and  the  early  stage- 
route  has  become  a great  metropolitan  railway  and  tele- 
graph route  connecting  North  and  South  as  they  were  con- 
nected of  old  in  more  primitive  fashion.  And  just  as  these 
natural  conditions  influenced  the  white  invader,  so,  and  even 

^ In  this  connection  the  effect  of  the  tidal  character  of  streams  below 
fall  line,  and  consequent  absence  of  powerful  eroding  currents  should  not 
be  overlooked. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  73 

more  strongly,  must  they  have  influenced  the  migrations, 
settlements,  industries,  and  character  of  the  aboriginal  mon- 
archs  of  the  Potomac  waters  and  woodlands.” 


The  Fall  Line  as  a Barrier. 

The  fall  line  has  importance  as  an  actual  barrier  to  the 
spread  of  the  fauna  of  the  streams  which  cross  it,  since 
they  are  uniformly  characterized  by  abrupt  descent.  The 
following  illustrates  this  influence:  Of  the  80  species  of 
fishes  known  to  be  native  to  the  region  of  the  District 
of  Columbia,  8 which  ascend  the  river  to  spawn  are  stopped 
either  by  Little  Falls  or  Great  Falls.  Fourteen  others  are 
so  dependent  upon  Coastal  Plain  conditions  that  they  never 
ascend  the  river  even  as  far  as  the  falls.  In  other  words, 
more  than  one-fourth  of  the  native  fish  fauna  is  confined  to 
the  Coastal  Plain.  Three  species  of  fishes,  namely,  the  brook 
trout,  trout  perch,  and  Miller’s  thumb,  appears  to  be  con- 
fined to  waters  above  the  fall  line. 

These  various  categories  of  species  are  given  in  full  in 
the  following  lists.  What  effect,  if  any,  the  fall  line 
has  upon  the  distribution  of  other  aquatic  creatures  is 
unknown. 


Salt  water  fishes  coming 

Carcharhinus  obscurus 
Brevoortia  tyrannus 
Stolephorus  mitchilli 
Cyprinodon  variegatus 
Tylosaurus  marinus 
Siphostoma  fuscum 
Orthopristus  chrysopterus 

Fishes  ascending 

Acipenser  sturio 
brevirostris 


within  the  Washington  area. 

Leiostomus  xanthurus 
Menticirrus  saxatilis 
Chaetodipterus  faber 
Gobiosoma  bosci 
Opsanus  tau 
Prionotus  carolinus 
Achirus  fasciatus 

river  to  Little  Falls. 

Pomolobus  mediocris 
pseudoparengus 
aestivalis 


^9  The  American  Anthropologist,  Vol.  II,  1879,  pp.  233-234.  W.  J.  McGee. 
Except  for  a few  reptiles  and  batrachians  previously  cited. 


74  Bulletin  J,  Biological  Society  of  Washington^  Jf)I8. 


Fishes  ascendinj^  river  to  Great  Falls. 
Alosa  sapidissima  Morone  americaoa 

Hocciis  lineatiis 

Fishes  occurring  only  in  the  Piedmont. 
Snivel  inns  fontinalis  Gottns  meridionalis 

1 *ercops  i s ( >ni  i scomay cns 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Barton,  N.  H.,  and  Keith,  Arthur. 

Description  of  the  Washington  Quadrangles.  Geologic  atlas  of  the 
United  States.  Washington  Folio.  1901.  pp.  1-7. 

Miller,  B.  L.,  Bonsteel,  J.  A.,  Alexander,  W.  H.,  Newell,  F.  H., 
Bauer,  L.  A.,  and  Besley,  F.  W. 

Maryland  Geological  Survey.  Prince  George’s  County.  1911.  251 

pp.,  13  pis.,  3 figs.  Topographical  and  geological  maps  in  separate 
cover. 

Contains  an  extensive  bibliography,  pp.  33-68,  many  of  the  cita- 
tions in  w'hich  relate  to  the  coastal  plain. 

Clark,  W.  B.,  and  Miller,  B.  L. 

The  Physiography  and  Geolog\^  of  the  Coastal  Plain  Province  of 
Virginia,  with  chapters  on  The  Lower  Cretaceous,  by  E.  W.  Berry, 
and  The  Economic  Geology,  by  T.  L.  Watson.  Bui.  No.  IV,  Virginia 
Geological  Survey,  1912,  274  pp.,  19  pis.,  1 fig.,  geological  map. 

Like  the  preceding  this  publication  contains  a valuable  bibliog- 
raphy, pp.  19-45. 


MAGNOLIA  BOGS  NEAR  WASHINGTON,  D.  0.,  AND 
THEIR  RELATION  TO  THE  PINE  BARRENS. 

In  treating  the  Wpes  of  collecting  grounds  in  the  District 
of  Columbia  region,  a task  to  which  this  chapter  and  the  next 
are  devoted,  it  is  easiest  to  begin  with  an  account  of  the 
most  strikingly  characterized  areas.  In  the  writer’s  opinion 
this  distinction  clearly  belongs  in  this  region  to  the  white 
sand  and  gravel  bogs,  or  magnolia  bogs,  found  only  in  the 
Coastal  Plain  formations. 

The  name  Magnolia  Bogs  is  selected  for  the  areas  about 
to  be  discussed,  because  it  has  a certain  currency,  and  be- 
cause the  swamp  magnolia  or  sweet  bay  {Magnolia  vir- 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Golumhia — McAtee  75 

giniana)  probably  is  not  absent  from  one  of  them  (of  any 
size),  something  which  is  not  true  of  any  other  equally  con- 
spicuous plant.  These  bogs  are  restricted  to  Coastal  Plain 
formations,  for  it  is  only  among  those  that  the  surficial 
deposits  give  the  proper  basal  conditions.  Where  a surface 
layer,  usually  of  coarse  white  gravel,  or  of  gravel  and  sand 
mixed,  is  underlaid  by  an  impervious  layer  of  clay  and 
flushed  by  a constant  flow  of  spring  water,  there  grows  with- 
out exception,  and  only  there,  some  combination  of  the  plants 
which  characterize  what  are  here  called  Magnolia  bogs. 

Such  bogs  exist  at  a number  of  points  along  Indian  Creek 
and  its  continuation  the  Eastern  Branch,  as  at  Ammendale, 
Hollywood,  Riverdale,  Hyattsville,  Bladensburg,  Reform 
School,  Kenilworth  and  Deanewood.  At  the  head  of  Brier 
Ditch,  a tributary,  similar  boggy  spots  exist  at  Lanham ; 
on  the  next  tributary  to  the  south  are  the  Carter’s  Lane 
and  Lygodium  bogs;  and  along  Beaver  Dam  Branch,  the 
Magruder  and  Sarracenia  bogs.  On  the  other  side  of  the 
valley  and  flowing  into  Paint  Branch  are  the  four  Powder- 
mill  bogs  (others  now  drained  once  existed  here)  ; and  tribu- 
tary to  Northwest  Branch  the  Brookland,  Terra  Cotta  and 
Takoma  bogs.  Along  Piney  Branch  and  Rock  Creek  were 
the  two  Brightwood  bogs,  Holmead  Swamp,  and  Magnolia 
Run  Bog.  The  last  four  are  all  in  the  extreme  edge  of  the 
main  body  of  Coastal  Plain  formations.  In  the  bed  of,  and 
across  the  creek  from,  Holmead  and  Magnolia  Run  bogs  are 
exposures  of  Piedmont  Rocks.  Along  Four-mile  Run  Valley, 
near  Green  Valley,  and  along  the  north  side  of  Four-mile 
Run  Hill  and  Hunting  Creek,  are  similar  boggy  spots.  Bogs 
of  more  or  less  the  same  nature  exist  at  Laurel,  Accotink  ( ?), 
Suitland,  Silver  Hill,  Surattsville,  Savage,  Arundel  and 
Oden  ton.  It  may  well  be  that  a large  number  of  such  bogs 
await  discovery. 

It  is  the  writer’s  purpose  to  describe  in  some  detail  the 
Magnolia  bogs  with  which  he  is  best  acquainted,  namely,  the 
Powdermill  bogs  near  Paint  Branch  (2  miles  west  of  Belts- 

By  referring  to  the  brief  statement  (p.  59)  of  the  nature  of  Coastal 
Plain  and  Piedmont  deposits,  it  will  be  seen  that  only  the  former  include 
alternating  clays  and  gravels. 


76  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

ville,  Md.),  and  to  attempt  to  throw  some  light  upon  a ques- 
tion, inspired  by  consideration  of  these  bogs,  that  is:  Why 
we  have  no  pine  barrens  in  our  region,  nor  indeed  anywhere 
in  the  Maryland  Coastal  Plain? 

By  way  of  introducing  what  at  first  thought  may  impress 
the  reader  as  rather  unrelated  topics  for  discussion,  I pre- 
sent a quotation  relating  to  the  Pine  Barrens  of  New  Jersey, 
from  Dr.  Witmer  Stone,  than  whom  there  is  no  closer  student 
of  the  Pine  Barrens  of  that  State,  and  with  whom  the  writer 
esteems  himself  fortunate  to  have  made  two  visits  to  this 
most  interesting  region. 

In  his  account  of  Polygala  lutea,  in  that  model  local  flora, 
“The  Plants  of  Southern  New  Jersey,”  Dr.  Stone  says : 
“This  is  one  of  the  showiest  plants  of  the  Pine  Barrens,  one 
of  those  that  render  the  region  so  strikingly  different  from 
the  uplands  beyond  the  fall  line.  I well  remember  my  first 
visit  to  the  Pines,  when  the  low  moist  spots  were  all  dotted 
with  the  brilliant  heads  of  the  Polygala,  with  here  and  there 
stalks  of  white-fringed  orchis,  and  the  small  orange-fringed 
orchis,  so  like  the  Poly  gala  in  color,  with  Xyris  and  Eri- 
ocaulon  and  a host  of  other  things  hitherto  unknown.  The 
mosquitos  and  heat  were  nothing  when  such  a natural  flower 
garden  lay  before  one’s  eyes,  and  the  poor  flora  of  my  upland 
pastures  seemed  to  sink  into  insignificance  beside  such 
riches.” 

Dr.  Stone  has  here  given  us  a vivid  picture  of  his  first 
impression  of  the  Pine  Barrens,  and  when  the  reader  realizes 
that  the  same  combination  of  plants  Dr.  Stone  mentions 
may  be  seen  in  our  own  Magnolia  bogs,  as  those  at  Odenton 
and  Suitland,  the  query  will  seem  less  strange — why  have 
we  no  pine  barrens? 

To  proceed  with  the  details  of  the  discussion,  which  neces- 
sitates description  of  typical  Magnolia  bogs,  I will  begin 
with  the  general  surroundings  of  my  favorite  group — the 
Powdermill  Bogs.  These  lie  near  the  here  sharply  defined 
inner  border  of  the  Coastal  Plain,  and  two  of  the  four 
indeed  lie  on  top  of  what  is  really  a Piedmont  Hill.  The 
Coastal  Plain  country  here  is  strikingly  different  from  the 

Rep.  N.  jTstate  Museum,  1910  (1911),  p.  520.  ~ 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  77 

Piedmont,  in  the  preponderance  of  sandy  and  gravelly  soils. 
For  instance,  this  region  is  the  nearest  to  Washington, 
where  one  can  walk  long  distances  in  soft  sandy  roads — an 
experience  which  on  some  of  the  hottest  days  makes  a last- 
ing impression  concerning  the  geological  and  other  peculiari- 
ties of  the  Coastal  Plain. 

As  to  the  general  flora  of  the  area,  the  common  oaks  are 
Quercus  marilandica,  steUata  and  alha.  The  pines  include 
Pinus  rigida  and  virginiana,  the  latter  more  common ; chest- 
nut and  chinquapin  abound,  as  do  also  sweet  gum,  dog"wood 
and  sassafras.  The  commonest  shrubs  are  mountain  laurel, 
pink  azalea,  blueberries  and  huckleberries.  Among  the  herbs, 
Gypripedium  accmle,  Polygala  incarnata,  Baptisia  tinctoria, 
Sarothra  gentianoides  and  Chrysopsis  mariana  are  the  most 
characteristic  of  the  indigenous  species.  The  growth  imme- 
diately surrounding  the  Magnolia  bogs  includes  red  maple, 
alder  {Alnus  rugosa),  sour  gum,  holly  (Ilex  opaca)  and 
Pinus  virginiana. 

The  bogs  are  fringed,  or  dotted  with  clumps  of  Magnolia 
virginiana,  Myrica,  swamp  azalea,  sheep  laurel,  Gaylussacia 
dumosa,  Vaccinium  conjmhosurn,  Vihurnuin  nudutn  and  cas- 
sinoides  and  other  shrubs  named  in  the  subjoined  list. 
Around  the  bases  of  the  shrub  colonies  are  deep  cushions  of 
sphagnum  in  which  grow  some  of  our  showiest  orchids  as 
Pogonia  ophioglossoides  and  Limodorum.  The  open  centers 
of  the  bogs,  or  interspaces  between  the  shrub  islands  give  a 
view  of  the  surface  stratum  of  these  areas — the  white  gravel, 
or  gravel  and  sand,  flush  to  the  surface  or  slightly  overflowed 
with  clear,  cool  spring  water.  In  the  water  grow  algae,  and 
the  lycopods,  Utricularia,  Sundews,  Xyris,  Tofieldia  and 
many  other  of  the  plants  mentioned  below.  On  the  slightest 
elevations  of  the  gravel  are  clumps  of  lichens  of  the  genus 
Cladonia,  here  growing  in  water,  though  elsewhere  seen  in 
the  dryest  possible  situations.^^ 

“ Bog  ecologists  have  invented  a sublimated  white  ribbon  conception  of 
physiologically  dry  water.  This  brand  is  so  charged  with  bog  extract,  it 
is  alleged,  that  plants  living  in  it  do  not  imbibe  so  much  as  of  the  ordinary 
kind,  hence  willy-nilly  have  a physiologically  dry  experience.  This  theory 
will  not  serve  to  explain  the  presence  of  Cladonia  in  Magnolia  bogs,  how'- 
ever,  as  the  water  is  constantly  flowing  and  as  free  from  matters  in  solu- 
tion as  is  possible  in  natural  waters. 


7<S  Bulletin  1 , Biological  Society  of  Washington^  1918. 

The  aspect  and  the  plant  associations  of  the  Magnolia 
bogs  as  well  as  some  of  their  animal  inhabitants  are  unique 
in  our  region,  and  make  these  areas  the  objectives  of  pil- 
grimages by  devotees  of  all  branches  of  natural  history. 


LIST  OF  VASCULAR  PLANTS  KNOWN  TO  OCCUR  IN  THE  POW- 
DERMILL  BOGS,  WITH  REMARKS  QUOTED  FROM  STONE 
ON  THE  STATUS  OF  CERTAIN  SPECIES  IN  THE  NEW  JER- 
SEY PINE  BARRENS.” 


Osmunda  regalis 
Pteridium  aquilinum 

Anchistea  virginica 
Dryopteris  spinulosa 
thelypteris 
cristata 

Lycopodium  adpressum 


carolinianum 

Sagittaria  pubescens 
Andropogon  glomeratus 
virginicus 

Pauicum  verrucosum 

virgatum  cubense 

lucidum 

microcarpon 

mattamuskeetense 

ensifolium 

Calamagrostis  cinnoides 
Eleocharis  tenuis 
Eriophorum  virginicum 

Fuirena  hispida 
Rhynchospora  alba 

glomerata 

gracilenta 


“especially  abundant  in  the  Pine  Bar- 
rens.” 

“most  plentiful  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 


“one  of  the  most  characteristic  plants 
of  the  bogs  of  the  Pine  Barren 
region.” 

“a  characteristic  Pine  Barren  bog 
species.” 


“common  throughout  the  Pine  Bar- 
rens.” 

“plentiful  in  bogs  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 


“plentiful  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 

“especially  abundant  in  the  Pine  Bar- 
rens.” 

“common  in  bogs  of  the  Pine  Barren 
* * * districts.” 

“frequent  in  bogs  or  swamps  of  the 
Pine  Barrens  » * * here  reach- 

ing the  northern  limit  of  its  range.” 


61  Some  of  these  species  have  no  especial  relation  to  the  boggy  condi- 
tions ; in  other  words,  they  are  merely  of  adventitious  occurrence. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  79 


Scleria  reticularis 
torreyana 

Carex  leptalea 
intumescens 
folliculata 

Xyris  torta  (flexuosa) 
caroliniana 

Eriocaulon  decangulare 

Juncus  effusus 

Tofieldia  racemosa 


Smilax  herbacea 
Gymnadeniopsis  clavellata 
Pogonia  ophioglossoides 
Limodorum  tuberosum 

Ibidium  cernuum 
gracilis 

Myrica  carolinensis 
Magnolia  virginiana 

Drosera  rotundifolia 

longifolia  (intermedia) 

Itea  virginica 
Rubus  hispidus 
Sanguisorba  canadensis 
Aronia  atropurpurea 
nigra 

Amelanchier  intermedia 
Linum  virginianum 
Polygala  cruciata 

Rhus  vernix 
Ilex  verticillata 
laevigata 

Ascyrum  stans 
Hypericum  canadense 

densiflorum 
Viola  cucullata 
primulifolia 


“frequent  throughout  the  Pine  Barren 
* * * Districts." 

“Pine  Barren  swamps,  the  most  plen- 
tiful species.” 

“bogs  in  the  heart  of  the  Pine  Bar- 
rens, local.  This  plant  is  limited 
to  the  same  area  that  the  Ahama 
inhabits,  but  is  much  rarer.” 


“most  plentiful  in  the  Pine  Barrens 
and  northern  counties.” 


“frequent  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 

“most  abundant  and  uniformly  distrib- 
uted in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 

“common  throughout  the  Pine  Bar- 
rens.” 

“frequent  in  Pine  Barren  swamps.” 


“common  in  damp  ground  in  the  Pine 
Barrens.” 

“most  abundant  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 

“common  in  swamps  of  the  Pine  Bar- 
rens.” 

“common  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 

“the  most  abundant  small  St.  John’s 
Wort  found  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 
“plentiful  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 


80  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


Rhexia  virginica  "especially  abundant  in  the  Pine  Bar- 

rens." 

mariana 

Oxypolis  rigidior  longifolia 
Nyssa  sylvatica 
Clethra  alnifolia 
Azalea  viscosa 
viscosa  glauca 
Kalmia  angustifolia 
Leucothoe  racemosa 
Pieris  mariana 
Xolisma  ligustrina 
Gaylussacia  dumosa 

Vaccinium  corymbosum 
atrococcum 
Bartonia  paniculata 
virginica 
Asclepias  rubra 
Utricularia  subulata 
Oldenlandia  uniflora 
Viburnum  dentatum 
cassinoides 

nudum 

Euitatorium  verbenaefolium 
rotundifolium 

Solidago  erecta  "frequent  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 

aspera 
elliottii 

"neglecta"®^  "This  is  the  most  common  Goldenrod 

in  swamps  and  bogs  of  the  Pine 
Barrens.” 

Aster  patens 
dumosus 
puniceus 
lateriflorus 
radula 
antrorsa 

lonactis  lineariifolius 

Helianthus  angustifolius  "frequent  in  swamps  of  the  Pine  Bar- 
rens.” 


"very  abundant  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 
"most  abundant  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 


"very  common  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 
"plentiful  throughout  the  Pine  Bar- 
rens.” 


“frequent  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 

“frequent  in  the  bogs  of  Pine  Barrens.” 
"common  in  the  Pine  Barrens.” 

"frequent  in  ♦ * * the  Pine  Bar- 

rens.” 

"frequent  in  swamps  of  the  Pine  Bar- 
rens.” 


^2  One,  perhaps  two,  local  forms  related  to  neglecta,  appear  to  need  new 
names. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtec  SI 


From  the  foregoing  list  and  quotations  it  is  evident  that 
the  Powdermill  Bogs  contain  many  plants  that  are  abund- 
ant in  the  Pine  Barrens.  Twenty-six  of  the  species  are 
among  those  mentioned  by  Stone  (op.  cit.,  pp.  76-78)  as 
characteristic  of  the  IMne  Barren  flora  and  their  presence 
must  be  regarded  as  incontestable  evidence  of  relationship. 
In  addition  to  Pine  Barren  plants,  the  Powdermill  Bogs, 
small  as  they  are,-^^  have  yielded  certain  species  of  insects 
which  previously  had  been  known  only  from  IMne  Barrens.®^ 
These  include  a crane-fly  {Molophilus  novacacsariensis  Alex- 
ander), a deei'-fly  (Chrysops  hrimleyi  Hine)  and  a bee 
(Dolichochile  melittoides  Vierecki.  One  other  deer-fly 
{Chrysops  vitripennis  Shannon)  described  from  these  bogs, 
and  a Syrphid  {Microdoii  scituUis  Williston ) known  pre- 
viously only  from  Florida,  probably  pertain  to  the  Pine 
Barren  fauna. 

It  is  worthy  of  note,  also,  that  a species  of  shrew  {Sorex 
fontinalis)  was  described  from  one  of  the  Powdermill  bogs, 
and  that  all  specimens  thus  far  caught  came  from  similar 
situations.  Synaptomys  cooperi,  very  local  in  the  region, 
and  Condylura  cristata  also  occur  in  these  bogs. 

Four  other  true  pine-barren  species  are  common  in  the  neighborhood. 
Also  41  other  species  of  the  bogs  are  plentiful  in  the  Pine  Barrens. 

^ The  largest  has  less  than  an  acre  of  actual  bog. 

Speaking  of  insects  of  the  New  Jersey  Pine  Barrens,  Dr.  John  B. 
Smith  says : “The  species  on  the  whole  resemble  those  of  more  Southern 

States  and  Georgian  or  even  the  Floridian  forms  are 'not  uncommonly  met 
with,  and  yet  the  only  trace  of  real  boreal  species  has  been  found  in  the 
deep  cold  swamps  of  Ocean  County.”  (The  Insects  of  New  Jersey,  Ann. 
Rep.  N.  J.  State  Miis.,  1909,  (1910)  p.  30.) 

This  is  eminently  true  also  of  the  plants  of  the  Pine  Barrens,  numerous 
Northern  forms  here  finding  their  Southern  limit  (at  least  so  near  the 
coast)  among  a flora  closely  related  to  that  of  the  Southern  Atlantic 
States.  Among  such  Northern  species  may  be  mentioned  Potamogeton 
Oakesianus,  P.  confervoides,  Sporobolus  uniflorous,  Carex  trisperma,  C, 
livida,  Hypericum  boreale,  Corema  conradii,  Utricularia  intermedia,  Nemo- 
panthus  mucronatus,  Solidago  uniligulata  and  Aster  memoralis. 

In  the  local  Magnolia  bogs  this  element  is  represented  by  Dryopteris 
simulata,  Unifolium  canadense,  Sangmsorba  canadensis,  Rubus  hispidus, 
Hypericum  canadense,  Chamaedaphne  calyculata  (Glenburnie)  and  Vibur- 
num cassinoides. 

The  prevailing  affinities  of  the  Pine  Barren  and  Magnolia  bog  floras 
being  austral,  such  instances  of  the  presence  in  them  of  boreal  plants 
weigh  against  the  importance  of  temperature  control.  Obviously  tempera- 
ture control  cannot  restrict  to  the  same  small  bog,  plants,  which,  on  the 
basis  of  the  climate  of  their  respective  ranges,  presumably  have  almost 
opposite  temperature  requirements. 


82  lUiUetin  1,  Biological  Hocietg  of  Washington,  1918. 


As  iinj)lied  in  ])i*eliininary  remarks  on  the  Magnolia  bogs, 
those  of  the  Powderniill  group,  by  no  means  harbor  the  whole 
suite  of  plant  species  known  from  the  bogs.  It  is  not  perti- 
nent to  the  present  discussion  to  attempt  to  list  the  whole 
flora  of  the  bogs,  but  it  is  sought  to  include  in  the  following 
itemization  all  of  the  plants  of  the  local  Magnolia  bogs  that 
are  named  in  the  list  given  by  Stone  (op.  cit.,  pp.  77-78)  of 
characteristic  Pine  Barren  species. 


CHARACTERISTIC  PINE  BARREN  PLANTS  KNOWN  FROM 
MAGNOLIA  BOGS  IN  THE  VICINITY  OF  WASHINGTON.^ 


Dryopteris  simulata 
Lycopodium  adpressum 


carolinianum 
Sparganium  americanum 
Erianthus  saccharoides 

Panicum  longifolium 
ensifolium 
clutei 

Panicum  lucidum 

columbianum  thinium 
Eleocharis  tuberculosa 
Rhynchospora  alba 
axillaris 
gracilenta 

Scleria  triglomerata 

torreyana 
Carex  bullata 

Xyris  caroliniana 
Eriocaulon  decangulare 
Juncus  aristulatus 


Hollywood,  Suitland. 

Ammendale,  Hyattsville,  Deanewood, 
Kenilworth,  Magruder,  Lanham,  Ac- 
cotink. 

Magnolia  Run. 

Terra  Cotta,  Holmead,  Kenilworth, 
Brightwood. 

Hyattsville,  Kenilworth. 

Hyattsville,  Kenilworth. 

Riverdale,  Lanham,  Laurel. 

Magnolia  Run,  Takoma,  Brookland. 
Takoma. 

Howard  Hill,  Brightwood,  Holmead. 
Brightwood,  Holmead,  Magnolia  Run. 
Hyattsville. 

Hollywood,  Brookland,  Holmead. 
Reform  School,  Kenilworth,  Terra 
Cotta. 

Brightwood,  Kenilworth. 

Hyattsville,  Reform  School,  Sarra- 
cenia,  Brightwood 
Savage,  Hyattsville. 

Brightwood,  Holmead,  Takoma. 
Kenilworth. 


^ Names  of  bogs  in  which  species  are  known  to  occur  are  cited  by  way 
of  authentication,  but  no  effort  has  been  made  to  give  complete  particulars 
in  this  respect.  Occurrences  in  the  Powdermill  bogs  are  not  given  a 
second  mention. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  83 


Tofieldia  racemosa 
Smilax  tamnifolia 

Blephariglottis  blepharig- 
lottis 
cristata 

Ibidium  praecox 
Sarracenia  purpurea 

Itea  virginica 
Clitoria  mariana 

Linum  floridanum 
Polygala  lutea 
cruciata 
mariana 
Ascyrum  stans 
Hypericum  densiflorum 
Rhexia  mariana 
Ludwigia  hirtella 
Oxypolis  rigidior  longifolia 
Azalea  viscosa 

viscosa  glauca 
Kalmia  angustifolia 
Pieris  mariana 
Gaylussacia  dumosa 
Vaccinium  corymbosum 
Asclepias  rubra 
Agalinis  setacea  (Gerardia 
holmiana) 

Utricularia  subulata 
Eupatorium  album 

album  subvenosum 
Laciniaria  graminfolia 
pilosa 

Solidago  erecta 
Aster  dumosus 
Doellingeria  umbellata 
humilis 

Helianthus  angustifolius 


Ammendale,  Suitland. 

Hyattsville,  Reform  School,  Terra 
Cotta,  Laurel. 

Hyattsville,  Odenton,  Suitland,  River- 
side. 

Suitland. 

Riverdale. 

Sarracenia  Swamp,  Laurel,  Silver 
Hill. 

Terra  Cotta.  Abundant  outside  of 
bogs. 

Reform  School. 

Odenton,  Suitland,  Laurel. 

Brightwood,  Suitland. 

Riverdale,  Hyattsville,  Lanham. 
Hyattsville,  Bladensburg,  Brightwood. 
Surattsville,  Hollywood. 

Kenilworth,  Terra  Cotta. 

Holmead. 

In  most  bogs. 

In  most  bogs. 

In  most  bogs. 

In  a number  of  bogs;  also  elsewhere. 
Takoma,  Magnolia  Run,  Lanham. 

In  most  bogs;  elsewhere  also. 

In  most  bogs. 

Terra  Cotta,  Takoma,  Brookland, 
Lanham. 

Howard  Hill,  Surattsville. 

Hyattsville,  Terra  Cotta;  also  outside 
of  bogs. 

Terra  Cotta;  also  outside  of  bogs. 

Takoma,  Terra  Cotta,  Magruder. 

Terra  Cotta;  common  elsewhere. 
Reform  School;  also  outside  of  bogs. 

Terra  Cotta. 

In  most  bogs. 


To  the  above  may  be  added  a list  of  characteristic  Pine 
Barren  Plants  occurring  about  Washington  or  to  the  east- 


84  lUiUetin  J,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  W18. 


ward  in  Maryland  and  Delaware/*”  but  not  necessarily  in 
bogs. 


Lycopodium  alopecuroides 

Chamecyparis  thyoides 

Finns  rigida 
Sagittaria  longirostra 
Panicum  meridionale 

sp return 
commonsianum 
Amphicarpon  amphicarpon 
Sporobolus  torreyanus 
Agrostis  elata 
Cyperus  cylindricus 

dentatus 

Eleocharis  robbinsii 
torreyana 
tricostata 

Scirpus  subterminalis 
Eriophorum  tenellum 

Rhynchospora  torreyana 
fusca 
oligantha 

Cladium  mariscoides 
Carex  barrattii 


Newcastle  County,  Del.  Tatnall,  Kel- 
ler and  Brown. 

Pocomoke,  Wicomico  and  Nanticoke 
Rivers,  Md. 

Common  throughout. 

Oxon  Run,  Prince  Georges  County,  Md. 

Numerous  localities  about  District  of 
Columbia,  but  apparently  not  in  bogs. 

College  Park,  Md. 

Lewes  and  Cape  Henlopen,  Del. 

Ellendale,  Del. 

Ellendale,  Del.  Williamson. 

Brookland,  D.  C.;  Silver  Hill,  Md. 

Occurs  about  the  District  of  Columbia 
but  not  in  bogs. 

Little  Gunpowder  River  and  Salisbury, 
Md. 

Morris  Pond  and  Milford,  Del.  Wil- 
liamson. 

Ellendale  and  Milford,  Del.  William- 
son. 

Caroline  County,  Md. 

Dorchester  County,  Md. 

Newcastle  Co.,  Del.  (Commons).  Kel- 
ler and  Brown. 

Felton,  Del. 

District  of  Columbia. 

Lewes,  Del. 

Worcester  County,  Md. 

Tinicum,  Del.  Keller  and  Brown  (lit- 
toralis). 


Delaware  is  included  because  physiographically  it  is  a part  of  the 
region  here  treated.  The  records  for  the  plants  listed  were  gleaned  first 
of  all  from  the  National  Herbarium,  and  from  “The  Plant  Life  of  Mary- 
land (Maryland  Weather  Service.  Special  Publication  III,  1910).  The 
records  from  these  sources  are  given  without  further  comment.  MTien  a 
local  record  of  a plant  was  available  search  was  carried  no  further ; 
Mar3dand  occurrences  were  next  looked  up,  and  finally  Delaware  reports 
on  yet  additional  species  were  incorporated  in  the  list.  The  authorities 
for  Delaware  records  not  obtained  from  the  National  Herbarium  are  indi- 
cated by  surnames,  the  references  in  full  being : 

Keller,  Ida  A.  and  Brown,  Stewardson.  Handbook  of  the  Flora  of 
Philadelphia  and  Vicinitjs  1905.  viii,  360  pp. 

Tatnall,  Edward.  Catalogue  of  the  Phaenogamous  and  Filicoid  Plants 
of  Newcastle  Count j',  Delaware.  Wilmington,  Institute,  I860,  112  pp. 

Williamson,  C.  S.,  Notes  on  the  Flora  of  Central  and  Southern  Dela- 
ware, Torreya,  9,  No.  S.  Aug.,  1909,  pp.  160-166. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  85 


Carex  walteriana 
exilis 

Orontium  aquaticum 

Xyris  fimbriata 
Eriocaulon  septangulare 
Abama  americana 

Smilax  laurifolia 
walteri 

Gyrotheca  tinctoria 
Gymnadeniopsis  Integra 
Pogonia  divaricata 
Ibidium  vernale 

Betula  populifolia 
Quercus  marilandica 
ilicifolia 

Brasenia  purpurea 

Meibomia  stricta 
Lespedeza  angustifolia 
Hypericum  virgatum 
ovalifolium 

Tithymalopsis  ipecacuanhae 
Ilex  glabra 

Lechea  minor 
racemulosa 

Rhexia  aristosa 
Ludwigia  linearis 
Proserpinaca  pectinata 
Myriophyllum  humile 

Chamaedaphne  calyculata 
Oxycoccus  macrocarpus 

Trichostema  lineare 

Schwalbea  americana 


Ellendale,  Del. 

Millsboro,  Del. 

Common  about  District,  but  as  a rule 
not  in  bogs. 

Wicomico  River,  Md. 

Occurs  about  District,  but  not  in  bogs. 

Newcastle  County,  Del.  Keller  and 
Brown. 

Salisbury,  Md. 

Salisbury,  Md.,  and  Patapsco  River, 
Md. 

Georgetown,  Del.  Williamson. 

Felton,  Del. 

Ellendale,  Del.  Williamson. 

Present  in  the  District  of  Columbia 
region,  but  not  in  bogs. 

New  Castle  County,  Del.  Tatnall. 

Abundant. 

Laytonsville  and  Goshen,  Montgomery 
County,  Md.;  Odenton,  Md. 

Occurs  about  the  District  of  Columbia, 
but  not  in  bogs. 

Ocean  City,  Md. 

Wicomico  County  and  Ocean  City,  Md. 

Ellendale,  Del. 

Common. 

Surattsville,  Prince  Georges  County, 
Md. 

Occurs  about  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Plentiful  about  the  District  of  Colum- 
bia. 

Ellendale,  Del.  Williamson. 

Worcester  County,  Md. 

Chesapeake  Beach,  Md. 

Occurs  according  to  “Plant  Life  of 
Maryland.” 

Furnace  Creek  and  Glenburnie,  Md.“ 

Newcastle  County,  Del.  Keller  and 

Brown. 

Newcastle  County,  Del.  Keller  and 

Brown. 

Newcastle  County,  Del.  Keller  and 

Brown. 


^For  a summary  of  the  vegetation  of  the  Glenburnie  bog,  see  Science, 
22,  p.  15,  July  7,  1905. 


8(>  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  191H. 


Utricularia  cornuta 
cleistogama 
inflata 
purpurea 

clandestina 

fibrosa 

Galium  pilosum 

puncticulosum 
Lobelia  nuttallii 
canbyi 

Sclerolepis  uniflora 
Eupatorium  leucolepis 
Solidago  stricta 

puberula 

fistulosa 

Aster  spectabilis 
Bidens  trichosperma 
tenuiloba 

Nabalus  virgatus 


Anne  Arundel  County,  Md. 

Georgetown,  Del,  Williamson, 
Dorchester  County,  Md, 

Morris  Pond  and  Ellendale,  Del,  Wil- 
liamson, 

Harford  County,  Md. 

Anne  Arundel  County,  Md, 

Wicomico  County  and  Leon,  Md, 
Worcester  County,  Md. 

Ellendale  and  Georgetown,  Del.  Wil- 
liamson. 

Wicomico  County,  Md. 

Ellendale,  Del. 

Occurs  according  to  “Plant  Life  of 
Maryland.” 

Occurs  about  Washington,  D.  C. 

Ocean  City,  Md. 

Wicomico  County,  Md. 

Worcester  County,  Bush  River,  Chop- 
tank  River,  Md. 

Ellendale,  Del.;  Sussex  County,  Del. 


The  53  species  of  plants  found  in  Magnolia  bogs  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  District  of  Columbia  added  to  the  71  occur- 
ring elsewhere  in  the  Coastal  Plain  region  to  the  eastward 
that  are  identical  Avith  species  listed  by  Stone  as  character- 
istic of  the  Pine  Barren  flora  of  New  Jersey  make  up  70.5  per 
cent®^  of  that  list  (total,  173). 


Polygala  lutea,  Polygala  cruciata,  Rhexia  mariana,  and  Xyris  caro- 
liniana  are  species  i-ecorded  by  Brereton,  but  included  in  the  list  of  plants 
not  found  by  Ward  (Flora  pp.  12-13),  which  have  since  been  collected  in 
Magnolia  bogs.  May  we  not  also  hope  to  discover  in  these  bogs  other 
plants  mentioned,  and  with  little  doubt  seen,  by  the  older  writers  such 
as  Chamaedaphne  calyculata,  Trichostema  lineare,  Arethusa  bulbosa  and 
Pogonia  divaricata? 

A number  of  other  characteristic  species  are  found  in  eastern  Virginia. 
Three  occurring  in  the  Norfolk-Virginia  Beach  area  may  be  mentioned : 
Nymphaea  americana  (variegata),  Hudsonia  ericoides  and  Aster  gracilis. 

This  fact  undermines  considerable  speculation  based  on  the  supposed 
absence  of  Pine  Barren  plants  from  Maryland  and  Delaware.  For  instance 
the  following  from  Harshberger  (Dr.  J.  W.,  The  Vegetation  of  the  New 
Jersey  Pine  Barrens,  1916,  p.  2)  : “This  isolated  island  of  pine-barren 

plants  was  removed  still  further  from  contact  with  the  Southern  pine-bar- 
rens by  the  unequal  depression  of  the  coastal  plain,  so  that  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  island  vegetation,  the  typic  coastal  plain  plants  were  extermi- 
nated in  the  depressed  portion  of  the  plain  in  Delaware  and  Mary- 
land * * * for  Shreve  has  indicated  the  almost  utter  lack  of  pine- 

barren  plants  in  Maryland.” 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  87 


Seven-tenths  of  the  distinctive  Pine  Barren  plants,  there- 
fore, occur  in  eastern  Maryland  and  Delaware,  yet  there  are 
no  Pine  Barrens.  What  is  the  reason?  In  considering  this 
point  it  may  be  helpful  to  give  a brief  picture  of  the  New 
Jersey  Barrens.  The  soil  is  sand,  one  is  tempted  to  say 
pure  sand,  loose  and  shifting  where  dry,  and  compact  where 
wet.  Gravel  occurs  in  varying  degrees  being  most  abundant 
on  the  area  known  as  the  Plains,  where  the  vegetation  is 
depauperate  and  favorable  conditions  for  ])lant  growth  evi- 
dently at  the  minimum.  Pooi*  soils  rule,  therefore,  and  with 
the  poorest  is  associated  the  climax  of  vegetational  features 
that  have  won  for  these  areas  the  name  ‘‘barrens.’’ 

Briefly  noting  the  vegetation  beginning  with  the  largest 
growths,  Pinus  rigida  is  the  only  sj)ecies,  attaining  tree 
stature  in  the  dry  j)arts  of  the  tyj)ical  Pine  Barrens,  (flia- 
maecyparis  almost  as  exclusively  occuj)ies  a corresponding 
position  in  the  well-watered  places  where  it  is  the  most  im- 
portant element  of  the  cedar  swam])s.  Over  the  ordinary 
surface  of  the  Barrens,  however,  Pinus  rigida  reigns  supreme. 
Next  to  it  in  stature  are  four  oaks:  Qiicrcus  morilandica, 
Q.  stellata,  Q.  prinoides  and  Q.  ilicifolia. 

A conspicuous  characteristic  of  the  undergrowth  is  the 
tendency  of  the  species  to  occur  in  colonies.  In  the  drier 
parts,  here  Arctosta phylos  uva-ursi  mats  the  surface,  there 
Dendrium  huxifoliuni  monopolizes  a s])ace,  or  it  may 
be  Hudsonia  ericoides,  Gaulthcria  procumhcns,  KaJniia 
angiistifolia  or  Gaylussacia  or  Vaccinium.  In  wet  places 
Chamaedaphne  calyculata,  alder,  clammy  azalea,  and  Rhus 
vernix  are  conspicuous.  The  actual  floor  of  the  Barrens  in 
dry  sandy  areas  abounds  with  Cladonia  and  in  the  wet  spots 
with  sphagnum  and  Sarracenia.  On  wet  bare  sand  grow  the 
characteristic  species  of  Lycopodium  and  that  greatest  treas- 
ure of  the  Pine  Barrens — the  little  curly  fern,  Schizaea 
pusilla. 

Obviously  the  predominant  elements  of  the  Pine  Barren 
flora  are  plants  that  either  prefer  the  so-called  poor  (pre- 
sumably acid)  soils,  or  that  find  sanctuary  in  soils  in  which 
competition  with  the  plants  of  neighboring  areas  is  greatly 


S8  bulletin  1,  Biological  l^ocietg  of  Washington.  It) IS. 


reduced  or  eliminated.  Applyinjr  these  facts  to  the  situa- 
tion in  Maryland  and  Delaware,  and  bearing  in  mind  that 
70.5  per  cent  of  the  characteristic  i)ine  barren  plants  are 
known  to  occur,  it  would  seem  that  the  chief  reason  for  the 
lack  of  true  Pine  Barrens  is  that  large  tracts  of  the  soils 
which  Pine  Barren  plants  are  able  to  monopolize  are 
wanting.  <5- 

The  fact  that  some  of  the  very  elect  of  the  Pine  Barren 
rtora  occur  here  and  there  tucked  away  in  bogs,  where  they 
are  protected  from  competition  with  the  ordinary  vegetation 
of  the  district,  shows  that  our  region  had  its  chance  for  IMue 
Barrens  in  that  there  certainly  was  a movement  of  the  Pine 
Barren  flora  over  the  area. 

This  idea  is  further  supported  by  the  character  of  the 
fossil  flora  of  the  region  which  includes  such  Coastal  Plain 
types  as  Osmuuda,  Taxodium,  Myrica,  Planera  and  Andro- 
meda. Even  Dendrium,  one  sj)ecies  of  which  now  is  a char- 
acteristic Pine  Barren  plant,  has  been  found.  (See  espe- 
cially papers  by  Dr.  E.  W.  Berry,  Bulletin  Torrey  Botanical 
Club,  38,  19(H>,  pp.  103-182;  37,  1010,  pp.  10-29,  and  American 
Naturalist,  43,  1900,  pp.  432-436.) 

heaving  in  abeyance  the  question  of  absolute  origin  of  the 
Pine  Barren  flora,  it  may  be  stated  that  general  agreement 
is  to  the  effect  that  at  one  time  there  was  a great  body  of 
this  flora  along  much,  possibly  most  of  the  Atlantic  Coast. 
Then  came  one  or  more  of  the  later  subsidences  to  which  the 
(^oastal  Plain  has  been  subjected.  These  were  exceedingly 
slow,  of  course,  and  there  was  ample  time  for  plants  to  shift 
their  stations  in  response  to  the  ever  encroaching  coast  line. 

In  this  connection  consider  R.  M.  Harper’s  conclusions : “The  most 

satisfactory  system  of  geographical  classification  of  the  vegetation  of 
temperate  Eastern  North  America  is  one  based  on  geology,”  and  "The 
coastal  plain,  which  is  defined  on  strictly  geological  grounds,  is  probably 
the  most  distinct  natural  subdivision  of  temperate  Eastern  North  America, 
differing  notably-  from  all  other  subdivisions  in  soil,  topography,  and 
geological  history,  and  to  a corresponding  extent  in  its  flora.”  (A  Phyto- 
geographical  Sketch  of  the  Altamaha  Grit  Region  of  the  Coastal  Plain  of 
Georgia.  Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.  17,  Part  I,  1906,  p.  342).  Also  Witiher 
Stone's  remark:  “I  heartily  agree  with  Dr.  Hollick’s  contention  that  ‘the 

mechanical  structure  of  the  soil’  is  the  most  potent  factor  in  the  distri- 
bution of  plants”  (Plants  of  Southern  New  Jersej',  p.  81). 

^Lycopodium  caroUnianum,  Tofieldia  racemosa,  Abama  americana. 
Polygala  lutea.  Lndwigia  hirtella,  and  others. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  CoUimhia — McAtee  89 

The  struggle  for  place  must  have  been  intense,  however,  for 
conditions  on  the  Piedmont  were  unfavorable.  Probably  in 
many  cases  a strip  back  of  the  beach  was  the  only  suitable 
habitat  for  the  Pine  Barren  plants.  During  the  last  retro- 
grade movement,  however,  these  plants  must  have  found 
numerous  favorable  habitats,  and  where  these  have  not  been 
destroyed  by  drainage,  by  covering  with  other  deposits,  or 
by  operations  of  man,  the  plants  remain  to  this  day.  What 
happened  may  be  compared  to  the  movement  of  plants  dur- 
ing the  glacial  periods.  Their  response  to  the  progress  of 
the  ice  is  undoubted,  and  during  the  retreat  of  the  glaciers 
bodies  of  northern  plants  were  stranded  here  and  there  and 
have  persisted  usually  on  mountain  tops  where  the  condi- 
tions are  most  like  those  to  which  they  were  acclimated  and 
where  competition  consequently  was  least  severe. 

So  with  the  Pine  Barren  plants.  The  movement  of  this 
flora  toward,  if  not  onto,  the  eastern  part  of  the  Piedmont 
IMateau,  when  the  latter  was  depressed,  and  their  retreat 
(before  competing  species)  when  it  was  again  elevated  must 
be  compared  to  the  flow  and  ebb  of  the  tide,  which  leaves 
merely  a bit  of  foam  at  one  point,  a little  pool  at  another, 
but,  where  conditions  favor,  a whole  lagoon.  What  may  be 
thought  of  as  persistent  spume  from  this  vegetational  tide 
are  the  few  colonies  of  Pine  Barren  plants  lodged  in  the 
Appalachian  Mountains.®^  Our  Magnolia  bogs  represent  the 

See  especially  Kearney  T,  H.  “The  lower  austral  element  in  the 
flora  of  the  southern  Appalachian  region.  A preliminary  note.”  (Science, 
N.  S.  12,  pp.  830-842,  Nov.  30,  1900),  and  The  Pine-Barren  Flora  in  the 
East  Tennessee  Mountains.  (Plant  World,  1,  No.  3,  Dec.,  1897,  pp.  33-35). 
In  the  latter  paper  the  following  typical  pine  barren  plants  are  mentioned  : 
Eupatorium  album,  Ascyrum  stans,  Juncus  aristulatus,  Pogonia  divaricata, 
and  Itea  virginica.  The  suggestion  is  made  that  “probably,  * * * they 

are  the  lingering  survivors  of  a more  southern  flora,  once  widely  dis- 
tributed over  the  southern  Apalachian  region.”  (p.  3-5.)  This  theory  is 
approved  by  Norman  Taylor  (Flora  of  the  Vicinity  of  New  York,  1915, 
pp.  25-26.  The  relict  theory  may  be  entertained,  if  we  assume  that  the 
whole  region  over  which  Pine  Barren  plants  are  now  found  was  once 
occupied  by  the  Pine  Barren  flora,  but  that  this  has  since  been  crowded  by 
an  aggressive  new  flora  out  of  all  but  the  most  favorable  areas.  But  neces- 
sary premises  for  this  conception  do  not  seem  probable,  since  it  is  doubt- 
ful whether  the  largely  non-autophytic  Pine  Barren  flora,  which  now 
seems  to  have  such  strict  limitations  as  to  soil  and  other  edaphic  condi- 
tions, ever  was  predominant  in  the  soils  resulting  from  simple  disintegra- 
tion of  the  metamorphic  rocks.  At  any  rate  the  relict  hypothesis  will  not 
explain  the  presence  of  Pine  Barren  plants  in  our  Magnolia  Bogs  and 


00  Bulletin  1,  Biolorfiml  Society  of  Washington^  1918. 

tide  pools,  while  such  areas  as  the  Pine  Barrens  of  New 
Jersey  and  (leorjijia  are  vast  la«oons,  and  as  it  happens,  the 
chief  reservoirs  of  a tide  that  is  not  yet  wholly  still,  and 
wdiich  may  in  future  undergo  movements  similar  to  those 
we  must  believe  have  occurred  in  the  past. 

In  conclusion,  therefore,  it  seems  clear  that  the  Magnolia 
Hogs  of  the  vicinity  of  Washington  harbor  the  survivors  of 
one  or  more  of  the  plant  weaves  that  accompanied  each 
depression  of  the  Atlantic  Coast  Region.  The  antiquity  of 
some  of  these  little  w’aifs  and  the  vicissitudes  they  have 
survived  entitles  them  to  our  respect,  while  the  slender 
thread  upon  which  their  continued  existence  depends  com* 
mends  them  to  our  most  considerate  care. 

While  the  Magnolia  bogs  contain  a large  number  of  char- 
acteristic Pine  Barren  plants,  and  the  District  of  Columbia, 
eastern  Maryland,  and  l)elaw\are  together  can  boast  repre- 
sentatives of  seven-tenths  of  the  typical  Pine  Barren  species, 
there  are  no  Pine  Barrens  in  the  region.  The  reason  appears 
to  be  absence  of  considerable  areas  of  the  necessary  surface 
deposits  to  permit  extensive  colonization  of  Pine  Barren 
plants  and  to  protect  them  from  competition  with  other  types 
of  vegetation. 


OTHER  TYPES  OF  COLLECTING  GROUNDS  IN  THE 
DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA  REGION. 

The  writer  neither  expects  to  replace,  nor  hopes  to  equal  in 
interest  the  delightful  accounts  of  local  collecting  places  that 

similar  spots  in  the  Coastal  Plain  which  have  been  entirely  and  repeatedly 
submerged.  That  they  have  been  left  in  these  places  by  a tidal  movement 
of  the  Pine  Barren  Flora,  as  above  outlined,  is  the  irresistable  conclu- 
sion. Probably  the  occurrence  of  numerous  pairs  of  closely  related  species 
in  the  Coastal  Plain  and  Southern  Appalachians  may  be  taken  as  evidence 
of  a similar  movement,  and  further  as  proof  of  a lapse  of  time  since  the 
last  commingling  of  the  floras  sufficient  for  the  development  of  the  diver- 
gences now  shown.  It  seems  more  natural  to  regard  the  Coastal 
Plain  rather  than  the  region  of  Archean  rocks  as  the  ancestral  home  of  a 
flora  which  shows  such  pronounced  dependence  upon  silicious  soils.  R.  M. 
Harper,  especially,  points  out  the  probable  recent  origin  of  the  Coastal 
Plain  flora  (Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.  17,  Pt.  1,  1906,  pp.  11-13). 

This  tidal  movement  of  plants  occurred  along  our  whole  Atlantic 
Coast,  and  evidences  of  it  as  far  North  as  Labrador,  together  with  an 
interesting  discussion  of  the  matter  have  been  published  by  Professor  M. 
L.  Fernald.  (Rhodora,  13,  July,  1911,  pp,  135-162.) 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — 3IcAtee  J)1 

may  be  found  in  the  writings  of  Ward  and  Cones.®® 
Approaching  the  subject  from  a somewhat  different  point  of 
view,  only  brief  descriptions  of  localities  will  be  given,  but 
an  effort  will  be  made  to  point  out  distinctive  features  of 
various  areas,  and  especially  to  name  the  peculiar  or  at  least 
characteristic  species  that  have  been  collected  in  each. 

In  the  last  chapter,  where  the  Magnolia  bogs  were  treated 
in  detail,  the  prevalence  of  sandy  soils  in  the  Coastal  Plain 
was  mentioned.  This  characteristic  is  especially  noticeable 
at  what  have  proved  to  be  the  most  interesting  collecting 
places  in  the  Coastal  Plain,  one  of  which  is  Beltsville.  The 
Powdermill  Bogs,  as  stated  in  the  foregoing  chapter,  are 
located  about  two  miles  west  of  Beltsville.  They  do  not 
monopolize  the  interesting  features  of  this  region,  however, 
as  the  country  in  all  directions  about  them  has  proved  to  be 
good  collecting  ground.  Among  insects  bee-flies  (Bomby- 
liidae)  and  robber-flies  (Asilidae)  are  especially  numerous 
both  in  individuals  and  in  species.  Here  only  in  the  Wash- 
ington region  have  been  captured  Lepidophora,  Systoechus, 
and  Metacosmus  of  the  former  family,  and  only  here  and 
near  Berwyn  an  undescribed  species  of  Rhabdoselaphus  of 
the  same  family.  Of  the  Asilidae,  Asilus  johnsoni  and  Dasyl- 
lis  champlaini  have  been  collected  only  at  Beltsville,  and  of 
Tabanidae  or  horseflies,  Tahanus  astutus  and  T.  super ju- 
mentarius  have  been  obtained  only  here  and  T,  recedens  and 
Chrysops  cuclux  here  and  in  the  Eastern  Branch  country 
toward  Berwyn.  Three  species  of  Syrphidae:  Microdon 
craigheadi,  Eristalis  saxorum  and  Xtjlota  facialis,  also  have 
only  been  tak^n  in  the  Powdermill  vicinity.  The  bogs  are 
an  especially  good  place  to  And  the  Dascyllid  beetle,  Odo7i- 
tonyx  trivittis.  Interesting  species  of  Elater  are  attracted 

Flora,  1881,  pp.  17-26.  Avifauna,  1883,  pp.  11-27.  Less  compre- 
hensive, but  nevertheless  interesting  matter  bearing  upon  this  subject  was 
published  by  Dr.  E.  L.  Greene,  in  Cybele  Columbiana,  1,  No.  1,  Dec.,  1914, 
pp.  11-14.  Dr.  Greene’s  remarks  apply  chiefly  to  the  Upper  Potomac  Val- 
ley. The  “localities  of  special  interest  to  the  botanist’’  of  Ward  include 
the  Rock  Creek  Region ; the  Upper  Potomac  Region ; the  Lower  Potomac 
Region  ; the  Terra  Cotta  Region  ; the  Reform  School  Region  ; the  Holmead 
Swamp  Region,  and  the  Eastern  Branch  Region.  Coues  treats  the  Poto- 
mac River  Region  (High  Island  to  Alexandria),  the  Eastern  Branch  Re- 
gion (Bladensburg  to  Giesboro)  and  the  Rock  Creek  Region. 


J)2  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

to  the  Howers  of  Cletlira,  tlie  Amelanchiei*  bushes  produce 
Baperda  Candida  and  B.  tridentata,  and  Sassafras  in  this 
neighborhood  seems  to  harbor  an  unusual  number  of  Oberea 
ocellata  and  0.  ruficollis.  Oliimpiapin  bushes  are  common 
and  to  their  Howers  come  a horde  of  longicorns  of  the 
genera,  Leptura,  Strangalia,  and  others;  Balaninus  of  a 
number  of  species;  and  once  in  great  abundance  Amphicoma 
ursina.  The  Beltsville  vicinage  has  many  large  ant  colonies 
and  ant  guests  are  more  than  ordinarily  common.  Species 
of  Microdon  have  been  mentioned,  and  among  others  several 
species  of  Cremastochilus  also  have  been  collected,  including 
the  rather  scarce  C.  knochii. 

In  connection  with  Hemiptera,  Beltsville  is  of  interest  as 
the  type  locality  of  the  strikingly  colored  Reduviid  Psel- 
liopus  harheri,  and  of  certain  varieties  of  species  of  the  Mirid 
genus  Paracalocoris.  Tree  hoppers  inhabiting  chestnut  and 
hickory  are  especially  common. 

Odenton,  Md.,  is  another  sandy  locality  of  considerable 
interest  to  collectors.  Near  the  station,  and  somewhat  cut 
up  by  railway  embankments  is  one  of  ihe  best  developed  Mag- 
nolia bogs  of  the  region.  In  late  summer  Polygala  lutea  and 
the  white-fringed  orchid  here  makes  a gorgeous  show.  Scrub 
or  bear  oak  {Quercus  ilicifolia)  is  common  at  Odenton,  and 
indications  are  that  the  locality  will  repay  search  for  other 
Pine  Barren  plants.  The  country  near  Odenton  has  proved 
to  be  a particularly  good  place  for  collecting  Hemiptera, 
especially  Miridae.  It  has  yielded  some  very  desirable 
beetles  also,  among  which  are  CremastochiUis  leucostictus 
and  the  austral  Meloid,  Tetraonyx  quadrimaculata. 

Laurel,  Md.,  on  the  Patuxent  River,  is  one  of  the  locali- 
ties from  which  both  Piedmont  and  Coastal  Plain  conditions 
are  easily  accessible.  The  gorge  of  the  river  above  the  town 
is  very  interesting  and  has  been  found  a good  collecting 
locality.  Three  young  men  will  long  remember  a Decoration 
Day  spent  there,  when  Yellow-bellied  Flycatchers  were  com- 
mon, and  two  Mourning  Warblers  and  a Philadelphia  Vireo 
were  collected.  The  Patuxent  River  is  bordered  by  extensive 
swamps  below  Laurel,  and  hidden  in  these  are  bogs  which 
still  yield  pitcher  plants  {Sarracenia  purpurea),  white- 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  93 

fringed  orchids,  and  Polygala  lutea.  A list  showing  the 
great  variety  of  trees  occurring  in  the  vicinity  of  Laurel  has 
been  published  by  Robert  Ridgway.®^ 

A little  toward  Washington  from  Laurel  are  Con  tee,  Muir- 
kirk  and  Ammendale,  all  profitable  spots  for  botanical  ex- 
ploration. The  first-named  also  has  been  quite  productive  of 
both  plant  and  animal  fossils. 

Passing  the  Beltsville  vicinage  which  has  already  been 
described,  it  may  be  noted  that  at  Hollywood  there  is  a boggy 
swamp,  notable  for  Dryopteris  slmulata,  and  an  extensive 
colony  of  Unifolium  canadense.  Branch ville  is  adjacent  to 
a large  wooded  swamp  which  harbors  various  hawks  and  a 
larger  than  usual  number  of  small  mammals. 

Riverdale  and  Hyattsville  are  notable  chiefly  for  their 
Magnolia  Bogs,  the  character  of  which  has  previously  been 
discussed.  The  former  locality  is  jioted  for  best  stocked 
climbing  fern  locality  and  the  latter  for  colonies  of  Iris 
verna  and  of  Partheniiim  integrifolium.  Excavating  opera- 
tions in  the  Hyattsville  bog  have  resulted  in  its  having  more 
and  deeper  water  than  the  remainder  of  these  bogs.  This 
favors  the  development  of  aquatic  insects,  among  which 
Pelocoris  and  Notonecta  uhleri  are  rarely  collected  else- 
where. 

Bladensburg  is  an  old  place,  with  many  historical  asso- 
ciations, and  its  environs  offer  good  collecting.  Formerly 
it  was  a favorite  resort  for  collectors.  It  is  an  especially 
good  place  for  the  small  vernal  beeflies  {Bombylius  pyg- 
maeiis  and  B.  pulchcllus)  and  for  the  interesting  autumnal 
robber  fly  (Nicoles  politus).  Such  good,  although  not  rare, 
bugs  as  the  Nabid  (Carthasis  decorat  us)  and  the  Mirid 
(Cylapus  tenuicornis)  have  more  than  once  been  collected 
at  this  point. 

Somewhat  farther  down  the  Eastern  Branch,  below  the 
Pennsylvania  Railroad,  is  Licking  Banks,  the  hill  behind 
which  is  one  of  the  ^‘high  spots”  most  frequented  in  spring 
by  migrating  birds.  An  exposure  of  an  indurated  sandy 
deposit  at  the  foot  of  the  hill  furnishes  nesting  sites  for 


«7Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  17,  1894,  p.  417. 


94  Jiulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


kingfishers,  swallows  and  burrowing  bees.  Among  the  latter 
once  flourished  a colony  of  Anthophora  from  whose  nests 
were  obtained  specimens  of  the  rare  Meloid,  Hornia 
minatipennis. 

In  illustration  of  the  marshy  portions  of  the  Eastern 
Branch,  the  section  in  the  bend  opposite  Benning  will  be 
discussed.  The  abundance  of  wild  rice  here,  the  bird  hosts 
that  feed  upon  it,  and  the  sport  dependent  upon  their  pres- 
ence, need  not  be  commented  upon,  for  they  have  been  fully 
described  by  (\uies.  Among  the  characteristic  or  peculiar 
})lants  of  this  part  of  the  marsh  are  Scirpus  flnviatilis  and 
<Sf.  sylvaticns,  Eleocharis  quadra ngulata,  Carex  riparia,  Lop- 
hotocarpos  calycinus.  Ranunculus  amhiguus,  Cahomha  caro- 
Jiniana,  Lathyrus  palustris,  Itea  virginica,  and  Enjngium 
virginianum. 

Upon  this  vegetation  may  be  found  such  insects  as  the 
aipiatic  leaf  beetles  (Donacia),  soldier  flies  (Stratiomyidae), 
and  the  hymeuoptera  that  visit  the  flowers  of  pickerel  weed 
{ Pontederia  cordnta)  and  of  Eryngium.  Rare  beetles  that 
have  been  collected  in  this  locality  include  the  Carabidae, 
Ardistomis  obliquata.  Cy)uindis  elegans  and  Casnonia  ludo- 
viciana,  the  Staphylinid,  Thinobius  fimbriatus  and  the 
Anthicid,  Mecynotarsus  candidus.  The  Casnonia,  along  with 
Leptotrachclus  dorsalis,  another  uncommon  Carabid,  are 
most  easily  obtained  by  sifting  debris  at  the  edge  of  the 
marsh  in  winter.  A few  spots  along  M Street  extended  have 
proved  best  for  the  search.  With  these  beetles  are  brought 
to  light  numerous  Stenus,  Pselaphidae  and  Donacia. 
Aquatic  bugs  as  Limnobates,  Hebrus,  and  Telia  stagnalis 
also  are  disclosed.  This  locality  and  this  method  are  by  far 
the  best  for  collecting  the  last-named  species,  which  is  among 
the  desiderata  of  most  bug  collections. 

Fishes  that  are  most  abundant  in  the  Eastern  Branch  and 
similar  well  vegetated  waters  include  the  gar  (Lepisosteus 
osseus),  mud  minnow  {Umbra  pygmaca),  pickerels  {Lucius 
americamis  and  L.  I'cticulatus) , killifishes  {Fundulus  dia- 
phanus  and  F.  heteroclitus) , the  silverside  {Menidia  beryl- 
Una)  and  the  sunfishes  {Enneacanthus  gloriosus  and  E. 
obesus). 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  05 


The  densely  vegetated  waters  that  harbor  these  fishes  are 
confined  to  the  shallower  parts  of  the  main  river,  and  its 
tributaries  from  the  head  of  Little  River  at  Analostan  Island, 
downstream.  Within  the  limits  of  the  District  fauna  and 
flora,  these  waters  constitute  a vegetational  unit,  charac- 
terized by  the  abundance  of  submerged  aquatics,  as  wild 
celery  {Vallisneria  spi^'alis),  waterweed  [Philotria  cana- 
densis), and  various  pondweeds  as  Naias  fiexilis,  Zanni- 
chellia  palustris,  Potamogeton  crispns,  P.  pectinatus,  P. 
pusillus,  P.  perfoliatus,  P.  compressus,  P.  amplifolius,  and 
P.  rohhinsii.  Most  of  these  species  are  restricted  to  Coa^stal 
Plain  waters,  except  as  they  have  obtained  a foothold  in  the 
canal.  The  marshes  bordering  such  waters  have  as  their 
princii)al  elements  wild  rice,  cattails,  bulrushes,  cord-grass, 
pickerel  weed,  spatterdock,  Peltandra  and  Sagittaria. 

Four  collecting  areas  on  the  ^Mrginia  side  which  share 
more  or  less  the  vegetation  above  described  are  Four-mile 
Run,  Hunting  Creek,  Dyke  and  Mount  ^"ernon.  Wherever 
there  is  rank  marsh  along  this  stretch  of  shore,  occur  the 
cowbell  frog  or  tink-tank  (Hyla  evittata)  and  the  least  bit- 
tern {Ixohrychis  exilis).  Both  species  go  upstream  as  far 
as  the  Little  River  Marsh.  A plant  that  has  about  the  same 
range  is  Isoetes  saccharata. 

Four-mile  Run  has  a distinct  tidal  marsh  near  the  mouth 
in  which  all  three  of  these  species  occur.  The  low  ground 
about  the  mouth  of  the  creek  and  the  bordering  hills  are 
interesting  collecting  grounds.  Various  Si^uthern  crane- 
flies  have  been  collected  here  and  St.  Elmo  in  this  area  is 
the  type  locality  for  a remarkable  robber  fly  { Asilns  angusti- 
pennis^^)  and  the  sole  station  in  our  area  for  a striking 
southern  species  of  the  same  family,  namely,  Laphria  saf- 
frana.  Plants  that  have  been  collected  here  only  - are 
Panicum  flexile  and  Paspalum  longipedunciilatum. 

The  old  city  of  Alexandria,  a little  farther  down  stream, 

is  principally  distinguished,  from  a naturalists  point  of 

view,  by  harboring  various  introduced  species  that  have  not 

become  established  elsewhere.  These  include  Salsola  kali, 

AtripJex  hastata,  H eliotropium  europaeum.  Hibiscus  syriaciis 


88  This  has  been  taken  at  Beltsville  also. 


0(;  HuUctin  1,  Biological  Society  of  ]Va,shiagton.  WIS. 


and  Artemisia  caudata.  Aji  insect  having  tlie  same  history 
is  the  Tenebrionid  beetle,  BUips  si  mil  is. 

Hunting  (heek,  just  below  Alexandria,  has  a very  inter- 
esting tiora.  It  is  tilled  with  aquatic  vegetation,  among 
which  Potaniogeton  rohhinsi  and  Vtricaiaria  macrorhiza  are 
its  exclusive  possessions  in  this  vicinity.  The  })eculiar  marsh 
plants  are  Etcocharis  fiaccida,  Care.v  graciUima,  Phintago 
cordata  (also  found  opposite  Alexandria)  and  Eupatorium 
cannahinum : imd.  mud  plants,  Isoctcs  riparia  and  Micraathc- 
aium  micrantliemoides.  Other  interesting  species  occurring 
here  are  Atopecurus  geniciilatus,  Pedicalaris  lanceolata  and 
Galium  asprcUum. 

The  large  marsh  and  abru})tly  rising  hills  at  Dyke,  a little 
farther  down  stream,  furnish  good  collecting  in  various 
lines.  The  marsh  is  a beautiful  sight  during  the  dowering 
season  of  the  abundant  introduced  /r/*-  pseudaconis.  In 
this  marsh  only  has  been  collected  the  fragrant  ladies  tresses 
{Ibidium  odoratum).  Dyke  has  produced  several  additions 
to  the  list  of  crane-flies  of  the  region,  and  has  yielded  the 
only  specimen  so  far  obtained  of  the  remarkable  horsefly, 
Merycomyia.  The  large  hymenoi)terou,  Pepsis  elegans,  re- 
lated to  the  western  tarantula  hawks,  has  been  seen  only  at 
Dyke  and  Mount  Vernon.  These  two  localities  also  are  the 
only  known  breeding  stations  in  our  area  for  the  yellow- 
throated  warbler  {Dcndroica  dontinica).  Practically  all 
specimens  of  the  Prothoiiotary  Warbler  {Protouotaria 
citrea)  seen  or  collected  in  this  vicinity  have  occurred  at 
Dyke. 

Mount  Vernon  is  strongly  and  fittingly  distinguished  as  a 
breeding  site  of  the  Bald  Eagle — our  national  bird  thus 
making  its  home  on  the  estate  where  lived  the  father  of 
our  country.  Ospreys  are  usually  to  be  seen  over  the  river 
at  Mount  Vernon  and  in  winter,  the  river  from  this  point 
downstream  is  frequented  by  large  flocks  of  various  species 
of  wild  ducks.  Noteworthy  plants  found  at  Mount  Vernon 
are  Spigelia  marilandica  and  Inula  helenium.  Mount  Vernon 
has  yielded  a number  of  the  pretty  little  Scarabaeid, 
Trichius  delta,  and  the  only  specimens  so  far  obtained  of  the 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  97 

southern  robber  tiy  Erax  nemoralis.  With  Marshall  Hal!  is 
shared  the  little  lace  bug,  Leptoypha  costata. 

At  Marshall  Hall  have  been  found  such  austral  plants  as 
bald  cypress  (also  at  Bowie),  Polypremum  prociimhens 
and  Pluchea  camphorata,  and  rather  surprisingly  such  high- 
land ferns  as  Athyriiim  pycnocarpon,  Cystopteris  fragilis, 
and  Camptosorus,  and  Trautvetteria  which  are  more  char- 
acteristic of  Piedmont  areas.  A paper  based  on  investiga- 
tions at  Marshall  Hall,  and  which  altogether  gives  a rather 
full  discussion  of  the  local  fauna  and  flora,  is  Dr,  S.  D. 
Judd’s  ^^Birds  of  a Maryland  Farm,  A Local  Study  of  Eco- 
nomic Ornithology”  (Bui.  No.  17,  U.  S.  Biological  Survey, 
1902,  116  pp.,  17  Pis.,  41  Figs.). 

One  of  the  most  interesting  downstream  localities  is  Occo- 
quan,  Va.,  and  perhaps  the  chief  reason  for  its  attractiveness 
is  the  excellent  opportunity  for  study  of  the  line  of  contact 
of  the  Piedmont  and  Coastal  Plain  formations  and  their 
accompanying  biotas.  The  old  village  of  Occoquan  is  one 
of  the  numerous  settlements  that  were  made  on  the  Fall 
Line,  and  in  this  case  the  natural  advantages  of  a good 
bridge  site,  power  from  rapids,  and  deep  water  for  shipping 
are  admirably  concentrated. 

With  regard  to  geological  conditions  at  Occoquan,  Fon- 
taine says : ^‘In  the  top  of  the  hill  overlooking  the  river 
and  in  the  village  a thin  remnant  of  the  Potomac  [a  Coastal 
Plain  formation]  may  be  seen.  It  is  composed  of  gray, 
argillaceous  sand,  variegated  with  yellowish-brown  and  red- 
dish colors.  In  this  vicinity  the  Potomac  has  been  almost 
wholly  removed  by  erosion  and  is  visible  only  on  the  highest 
points.  The  depth  to  which  the  depressions  have  been  cut 
since  the  deposition  of  this  formation  indicates  for  it  a 
great  age.  In  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  village  of  Occo- 
quan the  thickness  of  fully  200  feet  of  pre-Cambrian  rock 
is  exposed  under  the  Potomac,  being  laid  bare  by  erosion  in 
the  post-Potomac  times.  These  pre-Cambrian  rocks  are  no 
longer  wholly  slates,  but  in  the  lower  portions  rather  coarse- 
grained and  highly  crystalline  mica-schist  and  highly  mica- 

69  Has  been  collected  at  Benning  also. 

■^6  Fontaine,  W.  M.  The  Potomac  Formation  in  Virginia.  Bui.  145,  U.  S. 
Geol.  Survey,  1896,  pp.  113-4. 


08  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1018. 


ceous  gneiss  may  be  seen.  On  tlie  north  side  of  the  Occo- 
quan  River,  opposite  the  village  of  Occoquan,  the  high  hills 
that  overlook  the  river  seem  to  be  composed  wholly  of  mica- 
schist. 

^‘From  the  village  of  Occoqnan  due  east  down  the  river 
to  Woodbridge,  where  the  railroad  crosses  the  river,  the 
distance  is  2 miles  (j).  113).  The  station  is  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  river  from  the  site  of  the  former  village  of  Col- 
chester, where  the  Colchester  road  crosses  the  river.  At 
Woodbridge  the  railroad  ai)proaches  the  bridge  by  a long 
cut.  In  this  cut  the  Potomac  formation  may  be  seen  resting 
on  pre-Cambrian  slate  similar  to  that  which,  at  Dumfries 
and  northward,  forms  its  Avestern  boundary.  The  bottom  of 
the  Potomac  formation  is  here  about  40  feet  above  the  river. 
The  formation,  in  the  interval  of  2 miles  between  this  sta- 
tion and  the  village  of  Occoquan,  has  declined  toward  the 
east  certainly  as  much  as  100  feet*'  (p.  114). 

Growing  among  the  Piedmont  rocks  immediately  above 
Occoquan  village  is  the  most  extensive  colony  of  Rhodo- 
dendron maximum  known  in  our  region.  Some  of  the  north- 
ern exposures  of  the  main  ravine  and  its  tributaries  have 
patches  of  the  plant  covering  acres.  Wintergreen  is  abund- 
ant near  Occoquan  and  the  Pyrola,  Lycopodium  and  even 
white  pine  that  characterize  our  most  marked  Piedmont 
woods  haA^e  been  found.  Hemlock  is  especially  common, 
probably  more  of  it  growing  here  than  in  all  other  places 
together  within  the  same  distance  of  Washington.  It  fol- 
lows the  Piedmont  rocks  to  their  A^ery  limit,  and  due  to  the 
character  of  the  exposure  (as  described  above)  it  comes 
about  that  hemlocks  can  be  found  with  their  roots  bathed 
by  the  waters  of  a tidal  marsh.  This  is  a remarkable  occur- 
rence for  our  latitude. 

Occoquan  is  further  of  interest  as  a station  for  the  hairy 
fern,  Cheilanthes  lanosa,  for  the  occurrence  of  Filago  ger- 
manica,  and  for  the  persistence  in  its  environs  of  the  wild 
turkey. 

Returning  to  localities  nearer  Washington  some  account 
will  be  given  of  Glencarlyn  and  Falls  Church  of  the  Rock 
Creek  Region,  Takoma  Park,  and  finally  of  the  chief  spots  of 
interest  along  the  upper  Potomac. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  99 

Four-mile  Run  Valley,  for  its  whole  course,  provides  in- 
teresting and  profitable  collecting  grounds,  none  of  which, 
however,  excels  the  vicinity  of  Glencarlyn.  The  bottom  land 
along  the  creek  near  the  Carlin  Springs  has  a wonderful 
insect  fauna,  an  indication  that  the  locality  will  repay  in- 
vestigation in  other  lines.  Some  things  that  have  been  col- 
lected only  at  Glencarlyn  are  the  fiower  fly  (Syrphus  flsheri), 
the  lampyrid  beetle  Neoceletes  crateracollis  described  as  a 
new  genus  and  species,  and  the  scorpion  flies  Bittacus  pili- 
cornis,  B.  stigmateriis,  and  B.  punctifer. 

Certain  restricted  areas  near  Falls  Church  seem  to  share 
with  Glencarlyn  some  of  the  most  remarkable  species,  accord- 
ing to  notes  kindly  furnished  by  Mr.  Nathan  Banks.  The 
very  rare  Syrphid  fly,  Mixogaster  breviventris  has  been  taken 
only  at  these  two  points  in  our  area;  the  same  is  true  of 
the  Leptid  fly  Rachicerus  fulvicoUis  and  the  scorpion  fly 
Panorpa  virginica. 

Falls  Church  is  not  without  its  own  peculiar  forms  as 
only  here  have  the  following  rare  Syrphid  flies  been  taken: 
Callicera  joJiyisoni,  Xanthogramma  felix,  Criorhina  verbosa, 
Volucella  obesa  and  Ceria  abbreviate:  the  remarkable  he- 
merobiid  Dilar  americana  described  from  a single  specimen 
was  rediscovered  at  Falls  Church;  and  the  only  specimens 
from  this  region  of  the  pretty  little  Psyllid  Livia  marginalis 
were  obtained  at  Falls  Church.  Interesting  hymenoptera  of 
southern  affinities  which  have  been  collected  here  include  the 
mutillids:  Ephuta  paiixilla,  Miitilla  ornatipennis,  Pseu- 
(Jomethoca  geryon,  Spliaerophthalma  johnsoni,  8.  rubroscu- 
tellata,  and  Pliotopsis  myrmicoides : the  Psammocharidae; 
Priocnemus  facetiis,  and  Ageniella  accepta  and  the  Sphecid 
genus  Podium. 

Many  records  and  descriptions  of  new  species  of  insects 
from  Falls  Church  have  been  published  by  Mr.  Nathan  Banks 
to  whose  collecting  acumen  most  of  the  above  records  is 
due."^^  Mr.  Banks  has  left  the  scene  of  his  fruitful  endeavors, 

■^1  Another  instance  of  the  importance  of  the  collector  is  afforded  by  the 
records  (unique  in  the  region)  of  the  following  orthoptera  at  Vinson  Sta- 
tion, Va. : Hesperotettix  hrevipennxs,  AnurogryUtis  muticus  and  Oecanthus 

pini.  All  of  these  were  captured  by  H.  A.  Allard  who  has  unusual  ability 
to  detect  orthoptera  by  their  stridulations. 


100  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  B)J8. 

but  a field  station  of  the  Division  of  Forest  Insects  is  located 
at  Falls  Church,  and  a number  of  entomologists  live  there, 
so  that  we  may  hope  to  see  the  interesting  insect  fauna  of 
its  environs  further  exploited.  Only  a single  species  of  plant 
seems  to  have  its  sole  local  station  at  Falls  Church,  namely, 
Sal) ha ti a campanulata. 

The  Rock  Creek  region  was  explored  more  thoroughly  by 
the  preceding  generation  of  naturalists  than  by  those  of 
today  and  good  accounts  of  it  are  given  by  Coues  and  Ward. 
It  is  mentioned  here  chiefiy  to  call  attention  to  the  inter- 
esting flora  of  Woodley  Park.  This  area  was  diligently 
scanned  by  Ward,  Dr.  E.  S.  Burgess  and  others  and  pro- 
duced a number  of  plants  not  found  elsewhere.  It  was  long 
the  sole  locality  for  BoUdago  rigida,  which  has  since  been 
detected  at  Cabin  John.  At  Woodley  exclusively  the  fol- 
lowing have  been  found : Phlox  pilosa,  Monarda  mollis, 
Helianthemum  canadense.  Aster  concinnus,  and  Cirsium 
odoratum. 

For  the  remainder  of  the  Rock  Creek  region,  the  accounts 
of  Ward  and  Coues  should  be  consulted.  It  is  worth  while 
to  repeat  perhaps  that  Rock  Creek  has  a good  colony  of  our 
most  peculiar  pine,  Finns  pungens  and  that  only  one  station 
beside  this  region  has  been  found  for  the  orchid  Triphora 
trianthophora  and  for  Polemonium  reptans.  It  should  be 
mentioned  also  that  Rock  Creek  Park  furnishes  one  of  the 
lowermost  stations  for  the  Piedmont  Iris  cristata,  and  that 
the  following  plants,  besides  those  named  by  Ward,  have 
been  collected  solely  in  this  area:  Meibomia  pauciflora,  M. 
grandiflora,  Diervilla  diervilla  and  Aster  tradescanti. 

It  may  be  added  that  where  Kalmia  Street  crosses  Fen- 
wick Branch  there  is  a fine  colony  of  Monarda  punctata, 
which  in  flower  attracts  numerous  interesting  insects. 
Among  the  best  species  collected  here  are  the  flower-loving 
beetle  {Rhipiphorus  pectinatus),  the  bee  {Calliopsis  tricolor) 
and  the  sphecid  wasp  {Proterosphex  nudum).  The  whole 
assemblage  has  Coastal  Plain  affinities  and  is  here  on  the 
fringe  of  its  domain. 

Piney  Branch,  a tributary  of  lower  Rock  Creek,  has  been 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  101 

a most  interesting  locality  for  naturalists,  but  is  nearly 
mined  now.  Draining  into  it  was  Holmead  Swamp,  which 
was  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  the  Magnolia  Bogs,  and 
one  most  thoroughly  explored.  On  the  north  side  of  Piney 
Branch  near  its  mouth  are  remains  of  the  most  extensive 
implement  workshop  of  the  Indians  that  has  been  found  in 
this'  locality.  At  the  head  of  Soapstone  Creek,  a tributary 
higher  up  and  on  the  other  side  of  Rock  Creek,  is  an  ancient 
quarry  where  the  aborigines  made  soapstone  vessels  and 
other  articles. 

Takoma  Park  is  notable  chiefly  as  an  illustration  of  the 
strength  in  which  the  Coastal  Plain  flora  holds  positions  in 
the  very  margin  of  the  Coastal  Plain  deposits.  The  region  is 
in  a peninsulated  part  of  these  formations,  yet  it  had  a 
typical  Magnolia  bog  (now  obliterated)  and  in  this  and 
elsewhere  in  the  neighborhood  the  following  typical  Coastal 
Plain  plants  among  others  have  been  collected:  Panicum 
microcarpon,  P.  columhianum  thinium,  P.  aculeatum,  Xyris 
fiexuosa,  Eriocaulon  decangulare,  Hisyrinchknn  atlanticum, 
Blephari glottis  ciliaris,  Rhexia  virginica,  Kalmia  angusti- 
folia  and  Viburnum  nudum.  The  farthest  point  reached  in 
this  area  by  any  of  these  species  is  on  Sligo  Creek  about  2 
miles  north  of  Takoma. 


THE  UPPER  POTOMAC  REGION. 

In  this  division  may  be  included  the  river  valley  and 
adjoining  bluffs  from  Aqueduct  Bridge  to  the  limit  of  the 
Washington  area.  This  area  includes  some  subdivisions 
worthy  of  special  notice,  as  the  vicinity  of  Great  Falls,  the 
flats  in  the  neighborhood  of  and  below  Chain  Bridge,  and 
some  of  the  islands.  These  will  receive  separate  mention. 

Along  most  of  this  part  of  the  river  the  bottomland  is 
narrow,  especially  so  on  the  Virginia  side.  The  bluff-s  rise 
rapidly  to  the  elevation  of  250  feet  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
region,  and  to  from  350  to  400  feet  in  the  northwestern  part. 
Small  streams,  abruptly  descending  near  the  river,  and 
springs  are  abundant.  Most  of  the  area  is  well  wooded,  the 


102  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 

cultivated  land  usually  being  separated  from  the  river  by  a 
belt  of  forest. 

The  general  fauna  and  flora  of  the  Upper  Potomac  hills 
undoubtedly  is  shared  by  the  Piedmont  Plateau  for  an  indefi- 
nite distance  in  each  direction  away  from  the  river.  Ap- 
parently the  variety  of  animals  and  plants  really  is  less, 
back  from  the  river,  although  it  must  be  admitted  that  such 
areas  have  been  much  less  thoroughly  explored. 

Be  that  as  it  may,  it  is  highly  evident  that  the  Potomac, 
like  most  rivers,  forms  a highway  for  animals  and  plants, 
along  which  movements  are  much  more  obvious  than  else- 
where. The  Virginia  Bluff,  because  of  its  practical  con- 
tinuity with  the  mountainous  region  upstream  and  its  cool 
slopes,  harbors  a fauna  and  flora,  related  in  many  ways  to 
that  of  the  mountains.  Illustrative  of  this  fact  is  the  occur- 
rence of  such  plants  as  white  pine.  Table  Mountain  pine, 
hemlock,  sweet  birch,  and  rhododendron;  such  mammals  as 
the  wood  rat  and  Microsorex;  and  such  beetles  as  Cychrus 
andrewsii,  C.  viduus,  G.  nnicolor,  Ptomophagus  ulkei,  Plec- 
trodera  scalator  and  Boros  unicolor. 

The  Maryland  shore  of  the  Potomac,  being  in  direct  phy- 
sical connection  with  the  large  Coastal  Plain  element  of  our 
fauna  and  flora,  and  having  more  warm  exposures,  is  more 
apt  to  yield  organisms  of  southern  affinities.  Thus  the 
sweet  gum,  Spanish  oak,  willow  oak,  and  trumpet  creeper 
ascend  the  river  much  farther  on  the  Maryland  than  on  the 
Virginia  shore.  The  same  is  true  of  such  bugs  as  Echtri- 
chodia  cruciata,  Oncocephalus,  Stenopoda,  Ploariodes, 
Banasa  euchlora  and  Cosmopepla  carnifex.  Thus  it  seems 
that  for  northern  forms  the  south  side  of  the  river  is  most 
favorable,  and  for  southern  forms  the  north  side. 

The  role  of  the  river  as  a biologic  highway  is  perhaps  most 
evident  from  the  flora  of  the  islands  and  floodplains.  There 
is  a distinct  tendency  for  Piedmont  plants  to  reach  their 
farthest  downstream  points  on  islands,  for  instance,  Quercus 
muhlenhergii  and  Arisaema  dracontium,  on  Analostan  Id., 
and  Cacalia  reniformis  and  Silene  nivea,  on  Alexanders  Id. 
It  should  be  mentioned  here  that  one  of  our  plants  appar- 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  103 

ently  inhabits  only  rocky  floodplains,  that  being  Baptisia 
australis,  which  has  been  collected  at  Williamsport,  Great, 
Stubblefield  and  Little  Falls. 

The  floodplain  of  the  Potomac  at  the  latter  locality  yields 
a very  thorough  and  interesting  mixture  of  lowland  and  high- 
land forms.  Ward  (Flora,  pp.  21-22)  has  commented  upon 
the  diversity  of  conditions  and  richness  of  the  flora  of  the 
Chain  Bridge  Flats,  but  has  not  forestalled  the  usefulness 
of  a tabulation  of  the  most  interesting  plants  and  their  rela- 
tion to  the  Coastal  Plain  and  Piedmont  floras. 


CHARACTERISTIC  PLANTS  OP  THE  CHAIN  BRIDGE  FLATS, 
WITH  NOTES  ON  THE  DISTRIBUTIONAL  RELATION- 
SHIPS OP  SOME  OF  THEM. 


Echinodorus  radicans 
Coastal 

Sagittaria  rigida 
Andropogon  furcatus 
Paspalum  laeve 
Coastal 

Panicum  laxiflorum 
Coastal 

Eragrostis  hypnoides 
frankii 
Piedmont 
Scirpus  debilis 

Eleocharis  palustris  glaucescens 
Carex  comosa 
lupulina 
hystricina 
Piedmont 
Allium  cernum 
Piedmont 
Vagnera  stellata 
Piedmont 

Ibidiiim  plantagineum 
Piedmont 
Salix  interior 

Piedmont 
wardi 
cordata 
Piedmont 
Quercus  prinoides 


Polygonum  amphibium 
Paronychia  dichotoma 
Piedmont 
Brasenia  schreberi 
Radicula  sessiliflora 
Coastal 

Meibomia  marylandica 
obtusa 

Lathyrus  venosus 
Piedmont 
Ceanothus  ovatus 
Piedmont 
Vitis  rupestris 
Piedmont 
Elatine  americana 
Piedmont 
Ammania  Koehnei 
Coastal 

Lythrum  alatum 
Decodon  verticillatus 
KneiflBa  linearis 
Coastal 

Samolus  floribundus 
Steironema  quadriflorum 
Piedmont 

Hydrophyllum  canadense 
Piedmont 
Phacelia  covillei 
Piedmont 


"2  Such  notation  applies  only  to  one  (the  immediately  preceding)  species. 


104  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington, 


Isanthus  brachiatus 


Eupatorium  hyssopifolium 
Coastal 
altissimum 
Piedmont 
Solidago  racemosa 
Piedmont 

Baccharis  halimifola 
Coastal 
Eclipta  alba 
Helianthus  dowellianus 
Piedmont 


Piedmont 
Koellia  mutica 


Coastal 

Mecardonia  acuminata 


Coastal 

Utricularia  gibba 
Valerianella  chenopodifolia 


Piedmont 


woodsiana 

Piedmont 


At  the  upper  end  of  the  Chain  Hi*id«e  Hats  is  High  Island, 
formerly  one  of  the  best  studied  and  most  interesting  si)ots 
in  the  Washington  region.  It  has  since  been  spoiled  and  is 
no  longer  a Mecca  for  biologists.  Ward  gives  a fine  account 
of  the  island,  and  mentions  also  features  of  interest  of  the 
Feeder  Dam  Island  and  other  low  islands  just  above  High 
Island.'^^  Of  all  the  Upper  Potomac  Islands  Plummer’s 
Island,  the  home  of  the  Washington  Biologists’  Field  Club, 
is  best  known  from  a natural  history  standpoint.  The  Club 
named  has  occupied  the  island  since  1901,  and  one  of  its 
chief  objects,  at  all  times,  has  been  to  work  up  the  fauna 
and  flora  of  the  island  and  nearby  river  valley. 

No  fewer  than  290  articles  have  been  published  that  treat 
at  greater  or  less  length  the  fauna  of  Plummer’s  Island. 
Less  has  been  recorded  relating  to  the  plants,  but  they  have 
been  studied,  and  at  least  one  new  species  Iresine  rhizoma- 
tosa  described.  In  the  articles  upon  the  fauna  up  to  and 
including  the  year  1916  the  approximate  total  number  of 
forms  described  from  Plummers  Island  was:  species,  158; 
varieties,  10;  genera,  14;  and  families,  3.  Two  of  the  new 
families  have  belonged  to  the  Hymenoptera  and  one  to  the 
Thysanoptera. 

'=■3  The  valley  of  Cabin  John  Creek,  which  empties  into  the  river  from 
the  Maryland  side  not  far  above  High  Island,  has  proved  to  be  a good  col- 
lecting place.  Eryngium  aquaticum  has  been  found  only  here,  and  Soli- 
dago rigida  is  shared  with  but  one  other  spot.  A number  of  species  of 
flies,  mostly  midges  (Chironomidae)  have  been  described  from  this  valley, 
and  a new  genus  of  deer  flies,  related  to  Chrysops,  has  been  collected 
only  here.  The  same  is  true  of  the  flower  fly,  Chilosia  cyanescens,  and 
another  species,  Orphneplnla  testacea,  the  only  representative  of  its  fam- 
ily in  our  region. 

See  Members’  Book  of  the  Washington  Biologists’  Field  Club.  Re- 
vised Edition,  1913. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  105 


A report  on  the  fishes  of  Plummer’s  Island  and  vicinity 
has  been  published,  treating  54  species,  and  one  on  the  thrips 
or  Thysanoptera  comprising  57  species  from  the  island  and 
8 additional  from  neighboring  areas.  An  account  of  the 
flower-flies  or  Syrphidae  of  the  Washington  area,  includes  a 
statement  to  the  effect  that  70  species  of  this  family  have 
been  collected  upon  IMummer’s  Island  and  39  others  from 
the  adjacent  river  valley. 

A list  of  the  Orthoptera  or  insects  related  to  the  grass- 
hoppers and  crickets  is  in  press,  in  which  72  species  are 
recorded  from  the  island  and  32  others  from  the  surround- 
ing region.  In  other  groups  the  total  number  of  s])ecies  thus 
far  collected  upon  the  island  are  about:  Mammals,  27 ; birds, 
150;  reptiles,  18;  amphibians,  12;  bugs,  450;  flies,  500;  and 
beetles,  1,500.  The  area  of  the  island  is  only  about  12  acres. 

From  the  wealth  of  material  that  lias  been  collected,  it  is 
difficult  to  pick  out  things  deserving  special  comment.  The 
two  new  families  of  hymenoprera — the  ^Tlnhorniidae  and 
Myersiidae,  both  named  for  their  collectors — cannot  be  over- 
looked, for  new  families  are  not  discovered  every  day. 
Among  other  insects  worthy  of  mention  are  the  Lygaeid  bug, 
Tempyra  higuttula,  the  nearest  collecting  station  for  which 
is  in  Texas;  and  the  little  jumping  bug,  Ghjptocomhiis  sal- 
tator,  both  genus  and  species  being  described  from  I*lum- 
mer’s  Island,  where  only  it  has  been  collected.  Among  Neu- 
roptera  the  earwig  fly,  Mcrope  tuber,  and  the  lacewing  fly, 
Meleoma  signoretti,  both  of  northern  distribution,  are  not- 
able. The  latter  species,  at  the  time  of  its  capture  here,  had 
been  taken  no  nearer  than  in  the  White  Mountains.  Beetles 
of  particular  interest  are  Chionanthobiiis  schwarzi,  genus 
and  species  described  from  Plummer’s  Island,  a weevil  that 
breeds  in  fruits  of  the  fringe  tree,  and  another  weevil,  Hor- 
mops  abducens,  not  previously  collected  north  of  Florida. 
Flies  of  most  note  that  have  been  taken  on  the  island  are 
the  early  spring  flower  fly,  Merapioidus  villosus,  known  pre- 
viously only  from  type  material,  and  the  blood  sucking  moth 
fly,  Flebotomus  rexator,  the  occurrence  of  which  on  Plum- 
mers Island  was  the  first  record  of  the  genus  in  the  United 
States.  It  is  remarkable  that  two  mammals  have  been  col- 


100  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Wa.shijtgton.  JHJ8. 


lected  on  and  near  tlie  island,  that  it  was  necessary  to  de- 
scribe as  new  si>ecies.  They  are,  respectively,  the  bat, 
Myotis  icinneinana,  and  the  shrew,  Microsorex  u:in)iemanaJ^ 

The  river  shores  near  riiiinnier's  Island,  while  not  so 
assiduously  explored  as  the  island,  have  yielded  many  inter- 
esting species.  From  the  Virginia  side  may  be  mentioned 
the  southern  flower  fly  Meromacras  cruciger,  the  beetles 
Cychrus  andreivsH  and  Pterontichus  apyroximatas,  and  the 
cicada,  Melampsalta  parvida.  The  Maryland  shore  has 
yielded  si>ecimens  unique  in  local  collections  of  the  small 
locustid,'  Falcicula  hchardi,  and  of  the  robber  Hy,  Proctacan- 
thus  rufiventris. 

Upstream  from  Plummers  Island  are:  the  so-called  Pin- 
natifidum  bluff,  sole  locality  for  the  little  fern,  Asplenmm 
pinnatifidum,  Stubblefield  Falls,  on  the  bluff  near  which 
grows  SAveet  birch,  Betula  lento,  the  mouth  of  Scotts  Run, 
notable  for  its  fine  colonies  of  hemlocks  and  walking  fern, 
Cupid'S  Bower  Island,'^  with  a fine  stand  of  large  hollies 
(Ilex  opaca)  and  Difficult  Run,  an  interesting  locality  and 
excellent  collecting  spot,  where  a few  species  have  exclu- 
sively been  collected,  examples  being  Scutellaria  versicolor, 
Dasystoma  laevigata,  and  Cirsium  virginianum. 

A short  distance  above  Difficult  Run  begins  the  Great 
Falls  vicinity,  one  of  the  best  marked  and  most  interesting 
collecting  areas  in  the  whole  Washington  region.  No  reason 
is  apparent  why  the  environs  of  this  chief  fall  and  greatest 
rock-bound  gorge  of  the  Potomac  should  be  the  sole  haunt 
in  our  area  of  so  many  species  of  animals  and  plants,  but 
the  fact  remains  that  the  area  is  thus  very  strongly  char- 
acterized. Only  in  this  stretch  of  the  river  valley  have  been 
found  such  shrubs  as  Rhus  aromatica,  Tiburnum  puhescens 
and  Primus  piimila.  Two  rock-loving  plants,  Selaginella 
rupestris  and  Polypodium  polypodioides,  haA  e been  collected 
solely  at  Great  Falls,  and  they  are  associated  with  a cliff 
fiora,  which,  though  not  peculiar,  is  characteristic.  This 
assemblage  includes  also  the  hairy  fern,  CheilantJies  lanosa; 

This  name  is  derived  from  the  language  of  the  Indian  tribes  which 
once  inhabited  the  region  ; it  signifies  beautiful  island. 

The  roach  {Cryptocercus  punctulatus)  has  been  found  only  here. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  107 


the  live-for-ever,  Sedum  telephioides,  Phlox  subulata,  and 
prickly  pear.  The  rock  pools  harbor  distinctive  aquatics 
among  which  are  Isoetes  engelnianm  valida,  Nalas  gracilUma 
and  Callitriche  autumnalis.  A fuller  list  of  the  most  inter- 
esting plants  follows : 


CHARACTERISTIC  PLANTS  OF  THE  GREAT  FALLS  REGION 
WITH  NOTES  ON  THE  DISTRIBUTIONAL  RELATION- 
SHIPS OF  SOME  OF  THEM. 


Asplenium  montanum 
Piedmont 

Cheilanthes  lanosa 
Piedmont 

Polypodium  polypodioides 
Coastal 

Selaginella  rupestris 
Piedmont 

Isoetes  engelmanni  valida 
Piedmont 

Typha  angustifolia 
Coastal 

Potamogeton  diversifolius 

Naias  gracillima 
Piedmont 

Muhlenbergia  capillaris  filipes 
Coastal 

Stipa  avenacea 

Danthonia  compressa 
Piedmont 

Gymnopogon  ambiguus 
Coastal 

Fimbristylis  baldwiniana 
Coastal 

Rhynchospora  corniculata 
Coastal 

Carex  decomposita 
davisi 

Ibidium  plantagineum 
Piedmont 

Salix  wardi 
Coastal 

Quercus  michauxii 
Coastal 

Paronychia  dichotoma 
Piedmont 


Brasenia  schreberi 
Trautvetteria  carolinensis 
Piedmont 

Neobeckia  aquatica 
Sedum  telephioides 
Piedmont 
Rubus  odoratus 
Piedmont 
Prunus  pumila 
Piedmont 
Lathyrus  venosus 
Piedmont 
Polygala  ambigua 
Piedmont 
polygama 

Callitriche  antumnalis 
Rhus  aromatica 
Piedmont 
Ilex  decidua 
Coastal 

Vitis  rupestris 
Piedmont 
Napaea  dioica 
Piedmont 
Viola  pallens 

Piedmont 
Opuntia  opuntia 
Coastal 

Steironema  hybridum 
Gratiola  virginiana 
Viburnum  pubescens 
Piedmont 

Eupatorium  semiserratum 
Coastal 

Solidago  racemosa 
Piedmont 


108  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


Great  Falls  is  distinguished  zoologically  as  well  as  botani- 
cally,  for  as  previously  lueiitioued,  the  Falls  is  the  upstream 
limit  of  3 species  of  aiiadromous  fishes,  and  the  only  credible 
record,  and  that  an  ancient  one,  for  the  rattlesnake,  is  for 
Great  Falls.  So  far  as  insects  are  concerned,  this  vicinity 
is  an  excellent  collecting  place.  It  is  an  especially  good 
locality  for  the  following  scarce  robber  hies:  Lasiopogon 
tetragrammica , Xicocles  pictus,  Nusa  fulvicauda,  Lampria 
hicolor,  and  Asilas  inuneei.  The  deer  fly,  Chrysops  dim- 
mocki,  has  been  collected  only  at  Great  Falls  in  our  region; 
and  the  same  is  true  of  the  leptids,  Kachiceriis  ohscuripennis 
and  R.  nitida,  and  the  syrphids,  Microdon  aurulentus  and 
Pelecocera  pergandci.  Among  Hemiptera  the  small  cicada, 
Tettigia  hieroglyph ica,  and  the  scutellerid,  Acantholoma 
denticidata,  have  been  collected  solely  near  Great  Falls,  and 
among  beetles  the  clerid,  Pyticera  quadripunctata.  The  ear- 
wig, Doru  aculeatuni,  has  been  taken  exclusively  in  a small 
swamp  on  the  Virginia  shore  here,  and  the  large  velvet  ant, 
Dasymutilla  occidentalis,  has  been  observed  more  plenti- 
fully along  the  towpath  on  the  Maryland  shore  than  else- 
where. 

In  conclusion  let  it  be  understood  that  the  collecting 
localities  treated  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs,  even  if  added 
to  those  described  by  Ward  and  Cones,  do  not  exhaust  the 
list  of  favorable  collecting  places  in  the  Washington  region. 
Most  interesting  spots  undoubtedly  yet  await  exploration. 
Other  things  being  reasonably  equal,  the  amount  of  good 
collecting  done  determines  the  rank  and  relative  interest  of 
the  various  localities.  The  many  good  things  discovered  on 
Plummer’s  Island,  for  instance,  were  brought  to  light  by  the 
most  intensive  collecting  that  has  been  done  on  any  area 
of  equal  extent  in  our  region.  The  rewards  for  collecting  in 
any  even  partly  unspoiled  neighborhood  seem  to  be  in  pro- 
portion to  the  efforts  put  forth.  May  our  entire  area  be 
made  to  yield  the  maximum  of  species,  facts  and  interesting 
experiences,  but  may  none  of  it  be  ravished  of  its  natural 
charms. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — 2IcAtee  109 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. 

The  writer  appreciates  very  much  the  help  of  the  follow- 
ing persons  in  checking  up  the  contents  of  the  preceding 
three  chapters : Messrs.  W.  R.  Maxon,  E.  A.  Preble  and  E.  S. 
Steele,  each  of  whom  read  all  three;  Mrs.  Agnes  Chase,  and 
Drs.  Witmer  Stone  and  E,  T.  Wherry,  who  read  the  first  two. 
Mr.  N.  H.  Darton  kindly  corrected  statements  regarding 
geology  and  Mr.  G.  P.  VanEseltine  checked  remarks  on  the 
genus,  Carex. 


110  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


INDEX  TO  THE  U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 
1917  MAP  OF  WASHINGTON  AND  VICINITY. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  desirability  of  preparing  an  indexed  map  of  the  region 
nsually  considered  as  appertaining  to  the  Washington  fauna 
and  flora  has  long  been  appreciated  by  the  writer.  Lack  of 
a suitable  base,  however,  has  prevented  action  upon  the  plan 
until  the  excellent  new  inap^^  of  Washington  and  vicinity 
was  published.  Although  this  map  does  not  include  the  full 
area,  taken  in  by  the  varying  radii  of  from  10  to  25  miles 
used  by  the  different  workers,  the  opportunity  seemed  the 
best  likely  to  come  within  a reasonable  period,  a fact  recog- 
nized by  the  Council  of  the  Biological  Society  which  cheer- 
fully gave  the  necessary  cooperation  of  financial  guarantees. 

The  plan  has  been  to  index  not  only  all  localities  named 
on  the  base  map,  but  to  show  by  means  of  the  index  symbols 
the  location  of  as  many  other  places  as  possible,  especially 
those  of  interest  in  connection  with  all  branches  of  the 
natural  history  of  the  region.  All  of  the  old  collecting  spots 
that  could  be  traced  and  located,  all  of  the  archaeological 
and  anthropological  sites  and  minor  topographical  details 
as  springs,  etc.,  have,  so  far  as  practicable,  been  indexed. 

For  the  purpose  of  indexing,  the  original  map  (41%  by 
46%  inches  in  size)  was  quartered.'^®  The  center  of  the  map 
is  at  a point  not  far  west  of  the  Massachusetts  Avenue  bridge 
over  Rock  Creek.  From  that  point  the  territory  covered  by 
the  map  extends  approximately  ll^/o  miles  to  the  north  and 
to  the  south  and  10  miles  to  the  east  and  west.  Upon  each 
quarter  of  the  map,  squares  23  by  20  in  number,  have  been 
outlined  in  red.  Each  of  these  units  therefore  takes  in  an 
area  approximately  % mile  square. 

The  quarters  of  the  large  map  are  designated  by  the  ini- 

77  Washington  and  Vicinity.  Maryland,  District  of  Columbia,  Virginia. 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  1917. 

78  Maps  are  contained  in  a pocket  attached  to  back  cover. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  111 


tials  NW,  NE,  SW  and  SE  printed  upon  a surface  exposed 
after  folding.  The  vertical  rows  of  squares  into  which  each 
quarter  is  divided  are  designated  by  letters  from  A to  T 
and  the  horizontal  rows  by  numbers  from  1 to  23.  Indexing 
to  squares  is  by  the  familiar  method,  and  capitals  exclusively 
are  used.  For  closer  indexing,  where  desirable,  each  unit 
square  has  the  four  quarters  formed  by  imaginary  lines 
bisecting  the  sides,  designated  (always  in  lower  case),  as 


a,  b,  c,  d,  thus : 


a b 
c d 


For  instance,  Glen  Echo  is  at  NW, 


L 17b;  NW  indicating  the  map  quarter,  L and  17  the  ab- 
scissae to  be  followed  to  their  intersection,  and  b the  quad- 
rant of  the  square  so  reached.  It  should  be  explained  that 
the  lower  case  letter  for  close  indexing  is  not  used  for  places 
actually  named  on  the  map. 

In  the  processes  of  quartering  and  ruling  the  maps  slight 
variations  were  unavoidable.  Indexing  was  done  on  a nearly 
perfect  set,  however,  and  in  using  the  index  allowance  may 
be  made  for  any  notable  shifting  of  the  ruling  that  may  be 
observed  on  the  maps  in  hand. 

It  has  been  found  desirable  to  group  certain  items  in  the 
index  and  the  following  general  headings : Building,  Fort, 
Hill,  Park,  Road,  School,  and  Water,  have  been  adopted  to 
cover  all  items  naturally  includible  under  them.  Building 
includes  everything  that  might  be  expected,  except  School, 
which  itself  is  a complex  heading.  Exceptions  are  made  in 
the  case  of  Park,  Fort  and  Hill,  when  they  are  compounded 
into  an  actual  proper  name  of  a place.  To  illustrate  the 
diversity  of  inclusions  under  a single  heading,  those  under 
Water  may  be  cited : Basin,  Bay,  Bog,  Branch,  Brook,  Canal, 
Channel,  Creek  Ditch,  Falls,  Flow,  Gut,  Inlet,  Lake,  Marsh, 
Pond,  Pool,  Race,  Reservoir,  River,  Run,  Spring,®^  Swamp, 
and  Water. 


^9  In  local  usage  the  tidal  portion  of  tributaries  of  the  Potomac  below 
Washington  is  typically  called  the  creek,  while  the  upper  portion  is  called 
the  run  : Thus,  Hunting  Creek,  Cameron  Run,  Occoquan  Creek,  Bull  Run. 

Variations  in  this  practice  occur,  especially  near  Washington. 

The  number  of  springs  in  the  area  covered  by  the  map  is  amazing. 
Over  100  are  indexed,  and  probably  this  is  not  more  than  a tenth  of  the 
whole  number. 


112  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  J9J8. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

The  following  references  have  been  used  in  the  preparation  of 
the  index.  In  addition,  as  many  place  names  as  possible  have  been 
gleaned  from  publications  mentioned  in  the  bibliographies  included 
in  the  Sketch  of  the  Natural  History: 


Bacon-Foster,  Corra. 

Early  Chapters  in  the  Development  of  the  Potomac  Route  to  the 
West. 

Records  Columbia  Hist.  Soc.  15,  1912,  pp.  96-322,  Pis.  7-20. 


Baker,  Marcus. 

The  Boundary  Monuments  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Records  of  the  Columbia  Historical  Society  1,  pp.  215-224,  May  11, 
1897. 

Set  in  1791-2  by  Major  Andrew  Ellicott. 


Bryan,  W.  B. 

Bibliography  of  the  District  of  Columbia  being  a list  of  books, 
maps,  and  newspapers,  including  articles  in  magazines  and  other 
publications  to  1898.  211  pp.  Washington,  Govt.  Printing  Office, 

1900. 


A history  of  the  National  Capital  from  its  foundation  through  the 
period  of  the  adoption  of  the  Organic  Act  I,  1790-1814.  1914,  669 

pp.,  4 maps,  2 pis. 

Has  much  on  early  ownership  of  land  now  the  District  of 
Columbia. 


Busey,  S.  C. 

Picture  of  the  City  of  Washington  in  the  Past.  1898,  384  pp. 
Contains  among  other  things  notes  on  old  homes  and  seats  in  the 
vicinity  which  explains  many  place  names  now  in  use. 


Casselman,  A.  B. 

The  Virginia  Portion  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 
Rec.  Columbia  Hist.  Soc.  12,  1909,  pp.  115-141,  1 map. 
The  retrocession  from  various  points  of  view. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Colwnbia — McAtee  113 

Coues,  Elliott,  and  Prentiss,  D,  Webster. 

Avifauna  Columbiana,  * * * Second  Edition. 

Bui.  26,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1883,  133  pp. 

Chapter  II,  Location  and  Topography  of  the  District  of  Columbia, 
pp.  11-27,  is  of  especial  interest  in  the  present  connection. 


Guide  to  Washington,  and  its  scientific  institutions. 

International  Congr.  of  Geologists.  Fifth  Session,  Washington, 
1891. 

Prepared  by  the  Local  Committee.  64  pp.,  2 maps,  one  the  geo- 
logical sheet  of  Washington  folio. 

Chapter  on  Geology  of  Washington  and  vicinity,  pp.  38-64. 

Mooney,  James;  Babcock,  Wm.  H. ; Holmes,  W.  H.;  Phillips,  W. 
W.  Hallett,  and  Ward,  Lester  F. 

Geographic  nomenclature  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 

American  Anthropologist  6,  No.  1,  Jan.,  1893,  pp.  29-52. 
Recommendations  as  to  names  of  streets,  alleys,  circles,  bridges, 
roads,  streams,  etc.  A number  of  Ward’s  names  for  places  in  Rock 
Creek  Park  are  explained.  Suitable  names  from  the  District  flora 
and  fauna  and  from  the  Powhatan  language  are  listed. 

Parker,  H.  N.,  Willis,  Bailey,  Bolster,  R.  H.,  Ashe,  W.  W.,  and 
Marsh,  M.  C. 

The  Potomac  River  Basin.  Geographic  History — Rainfall  and 
stream  flow — Pollution,  typhoid  fever  and  character  of  water — Rela- 
tion of  soils  and  forest  cover  to  quality  and  quantity  of  surface 
water — Effect  of  industrial  wastes  on  fishes. 

Water-Supply  and  Irrigation  Paper  No.  192,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey, 
1907,  364  pp.  6 maps  and  profiles. 

Phillips,  P.  Lee. 

List  of  maps  and  views  of  Washington  and  District  of  Columbia 
in  the  Library  of  Congress. 

56th  Congress,  Senate  Document  No.  154,  77  pp.,  1900. 

The  beginnings  of  Washington  as  described  in  books,  maps  and 
views.  1917,  78  pp.,  24  pis. 

View  of  Washington  showing  original  land  holdings  and  their 
names. 

Proudfit,  S.  V. 

A collection  of  stone  implements  from  the  District  of  Columbia. 
Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  13,  1890,  pp.  187-194,  Pis.  10-14. 

Contains  “Map  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  showing  ancient  vil- 
lage sites,  etc.” 


114  Bulletin  1,  Biohxjical  Society  of  Washington,  1018. 


Rand,  McNally  & Co. 

Pictorial  Guide  to  Washington,  including  complete  descriptions  of 
the  Capitol,  Library  of  Congress,  White  House,  the  Departments, 
Mount  Vernon,  Arlington,  and  all  other  points  of  interest.  1909. 
195  pp.,  1 map. 

Rives,  J.  T. 

Old  families  and  houses — Greenleaf’s  Point. 

Records  Columbia  Hist.  Soc.  5,  1902,  pp.  54-63. 

Rogers,  Wm.  E. 

The  Historic  Potomac  River. 

Records  Columbia  Hist.  Soc.  16,  1913,  pp.  25-63. 

Saul,  John  A. 

Tree  Culture,  or  a sketch  of  nurseries  in  the  District  of  Columbia. 
Rec.  Columbia  Hist.  Soc.  10,  1907,  pp.  30-62,  6 pis. 

Shoemaker,  Louis  P. 

Historic  Rock  Creek. 

Records  Columbia  Hist.  Soc.  12,  1909,  pp.  38-52. 

Patterson  Paper  Mill  just  above  P Street  bridge,  then  known  as 
Paper  Mill  Bridge.  A mill  on  Rock  Creek  just  above  Blagden’s 
was  known  as  White’s  & Peter’s  Mill,  and  the  surroundings  as 
Crystal  Springs  Tract.  Pierce  Mill  was  known  also  as  Shoemaker 
Mill. 

Snowden,  W.  H. 

Some  old  Historic  Landmarks  of  Virginia  and  Maryland.  Fourth 
Edition,  1902.  124  pp. 


Standard  Guide  (cover  title).  Washington,  the  Nation’s  Capital, 
1904,  167  text  pp.,  200  illus.  1 map. 

Stewart,  John. 

Early  maps  and  surveyors  of  the  city  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

Records  of  the  Columbia  Historical  Society  2,  1895,  pp.  48-71. 

Taggart,  Hugh  T. 

Old  Georgetown. 

Rec.  Columbia  Hist.  Soc.  11,  1908,  pp.  120-224. 

Espiritu  Santo,  name  of  early  Spanish  voyagers  for  the  Potomac. 

A map  by  Noel,  London,  shows  the  upper  Potomac  as  a tributary 
of  Anacostia  River  and  called  Turkey  Buzzard  Run.  The  Point  at 
Arsenal  was  called  Turkey  Buzzard  Point  and  since  has  been  called 
Youngs,  Greenleafs  and  Arsenal  Point.  Anacostian  Ids.  included 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  315 

Analostan  or  Masons  Id,,  and  Alexanders  or  Holmes  Id.  Analostan 
also  called  My  Lords  Id.,  and  Barbadoes.  St.  Elizabeth  was  the  name 
of  a land-grant  in  1663;  names  of  others  of  these  old  grants  persist, 
as  Giesborough,  Rock  of  Dumbarton,  Argyle,  Mount  Pleasant  and 
Pleasant  Plains.  A grant  in  1664  is  for  a tract  of  land  called  Rome 
situated  on  the  Tiber.  Georgetown  founded  in  1751.  Rolling  roads 
were  those  on  which  tobacco  was  transported  in  hogsheads  mounted 
on  axles.  Saw  Pit  Landing  was  at  Georgetown  side  of  mouth  of 
Rock  Creek.  Early  names  of  Easby’s  Point  are  Cedar,  Windmill 
and  Peter’s  Point.  A wharf  at  Braddock’s  Rock  was  called  The  Key 
of  all  Keys,  a corruption  of  the  Quay  of  all  Quays. 

Tindall,  William. 

The  origin  of  the  parking  system  of  this  city. 

Records  of  the  Columbia  Historical  Society  4,  1901,  pp.  75-99. 

Ward,  Lester  F. 

Guide  to  the  flora  of  Washington  and  vicinity. 

Bui.  22,  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1881,  264  pp.,  1 map. 

“Localities  of  special  interest  to  the  botanist,”  pp.  17-26  is  valu- 
able. So  far  as  they  pertain  to  the  area  of  the  present  map  all 
localities  shown  on  Ward’s  map,  or  listed  in  his  text  or  in  that  of 
the  six  supplements  that  have  been  published  have  been  indexed. 

Woodward,  Fred  E. 

A ramble  along  the  Boundary  Stones  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
with  a Camera. 

Rec.  Columbia  Hist.  Soc.  10,  1907,  pp.  63-87,  14  pis. 

Illustrates  26  stones. 

With  a camera  over  the  old  District  Boundary  Lines. 

Rec.  Columbia  Hist.  Soc.  11,  1908,  pp.  1-15,  9 pis. 

Illustrates  14  stones  or  their  sites;  sketch  map  of  boundary  line 
in  Virginia. 

The  recovery  of  the  Southern  Corner  Stone  of  the  District. 

Records  Columbia  Hist.  Soc.  18,  1915,  pp.  16-24,  PI.  1. 

LIST  OF  MAPS  USED. 

Data  from  the  following  maps,  so  far  as  it  differed  from  that  on 
the  base  map,  has  been  incorporated  into  the  index.  Reprints  of 
early  maps  are  cited  under  the  entries  for  1852  and  1877: 

1845. 

Plan  of  the  town  of  Alexandria,  D.  C.,  with  the  Environs,  exhibit- 
ing the  outlet  of  the  Alexandria  Canal,  the  Shipping  Channel, 
wharves.  Hunting  Cr.,  etc.  From  actual  survey  by  Maskell  C.  Ewing, 
Civ.  Engr.,  1845. 


110  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


1852. 

Maps  of  the  District  of  Columbia  and  City  of  Washington  and 
Plats  of  the  Squares  and  Lots  of  the  City  of  Washington.  Printed 
in  pursuance  of  a resolution  of  the  Senate  of  the  United  States, 
1852.  Contains  3 large  maps  as  follows:  Map  of  the  City  of  Wash- 
ington in  the  District  of  Columbia,  Established  as  the  Permanent 
Seat  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America,  1839; 
Reprint  of  map  of  the  Territory  of  Columbia  by  Andrew  Ellicott 
(1793)  ?;  Plan  of  the  City  of  Washington  in  the  Territory  of 
Columbia  ceded  by  the  States  of  Virginia  and  Maryland  to  the 
United  States  of  America  and  by  them  established  as  the  seat  of 
their  Government  after  the  year  1800. 

1861. 

Topographical  Map  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  surveyed  in  the 
years  1856,  ’57,  ’58  and  ’59  by  A.  Boschke. 

1864.  ? 

Environs  of  Washington.  Prepared  from  original  Surveys  in  the 
[U.  S.]  Engineers’  Department. 

1865. 

Defenses  of  Washington.  Extract  of  military  map  of  n.e.  Virginia 
showing  forts  and  roads,  1865. 

1870. 

Plan  of  the  City  of  Washington  in  the  District  of  Columbia  estab- 
lished as  the  Permanent  Seat  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States,  extended  to  embrace  the  Suburban  towns,  Villages,  etc.,  and 
the  City  of  Georgetown  and  showing  original  and  other  valuable 
data  not  to  be  found  on  any  maps  heretofore  published.  Also  a 
diagram  of  the  Avenues  showing  their  true  courses  and  distances 
and  a plan  of  Alexandria.  By  William  Forsyth,  1870. 

1877. 

City  Atlas  of  Alexandria,  Va.,  from  official  records,  private  plans 
and  actual  surveys,  based  upon  plans  deposited  in  the  Department 
of  Surveys.  G.  M.  Hopkins,  1877. 

Includes  copy  of  Plan  of  Alexandria  Town,  1749. 

1879. 

Atlas  of  fifteen  miles  around  Washington  including  the  Counties 
of  Fairfax  and  Alexandria,  Virginia,  compiled,  drawn  and  published 
from  Actual  Surveys  by  G.  M.  Hopkins,  C.  E.  Philadelphia,  1879. 

1882. 

Map  of  Washington  and  vicinity.  Prepared  at  the  office  of  the 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey.  1882. 

In  Ward,  Lester  F.  Guide  to  the  Flora  of  Washington  and 
vicinity.  Bui.  26,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1881. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  117 

1887. 

Map  of  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  Environs,  with  marginal  num- 
bers * * * by  Axel  Silversparre,  C.  E, 

1889. 

Topographical  map  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  a portion  of 
Virginia,  revised  and  corrected  under  the  direction  Major  Chas.  W. 
Raymond,  Corps  of  Engineers,  Engineer  Commissioner  D.  C.,  by 
Captain  T.  W.  Symons,  Corps  of  Engineers,  1889.  Authorities: 
Original  map  compiled  under  the  direction  of  Maj.  G.  J.  Lydecker 
by  Capt.  F.  V.  Greene,  1884.  Topographical  maps  of  the  District  of 
Columbia  made  for  the  Commissioners,  D.  C.,  by  the  U.  S.  Coast 
and  Geodetic  Survey,  1879-1884,  J.  W.  Donn,  Assistant  C.  and  G. 
Survey.  Military  maps  made  by  the  Engineer  Department,  U.  S. 
Army,  1861-65.  Boschke’s  map  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  1861. 
Carpenter’s  Assessment  maps,  1882. 

1891. 

Map  of  the  District  of  Columbia  and  adjacent  portions  of  Mary- 
land and  Virginia.  Thos.  J.  Fisher  and  Co.,  1891.  Prepared  by  W. 
Kesley  Schoepf. 

1892. 

United  States  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey.  Topographic  Map  of 
the  District  of  Columbia.  Scale,  1:4800.  Incomplete. 

1892. 

Map  of  the  District  of  Columbia  and  vicinity,  showing  the  prin- 
cipal points  of  interest,  including  the  present  condition  of  the 
Defenses  of  Washington.  Compiled  from  the  latest  maps  and  from 
original  surveys  and  reconnoissances  by  the  Engineering  Platoon 
of  the  Engineer  Corps,  D.  C.  N.  G.  F.  L.  Averill,  C.E.,  First  Lieut. 
Comdg.  Platoon,  1892. 

1894. 

District  of  Columbia.  Surveyed  between  1880  and  1892.  Coast 
and  Geodetic  Survey.  Scale,  1:9600  Incomplete. 

1894. 

Laurel  Sheet,  Maryland,  Reconnoissance  Map.  [Topographic  Atlas 
of  the  United  States]  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  1894.  Reprinted  1906. 

1894. 

Map  of  the  City  of  Washington  showing  the  Public  Reservations 
under  control  of  Office  of  Public  Buildings  and  Grounds,  prepared 
under  the  direction  of  Colonel  John  M.  Wilson,  Lieut.  Col.  Corps  of 
Engineers,  U.  S.  A.,  in  charge  of  Public  Buildings  and  Grounds,  1894. 
John  Stewart,  C.  E.  Surveyor  and  Draughtsman. 

1894. 

Frederick  Sheet.  Maryland-Virginia.  Reconnoissance  Map. 
[Topographic  Atlas  of  the  United  States.]  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  1894. 
Reprinted  1906. 


118  bulletin  1,  Biological  Bocietg  of  WaHhington,  1U1H. 


1896. 

Roberts’  Road  Map  of  the  District  of  Columbia  and  adjoining  por- 
tions of  Maryland  and  Virginia,  1896,  W.  F.  Roberts. 

This  is  Ward’s  1882  Map  with  a few  additions,  and  the  roads 
marked  to  indicate  their  quality. 

1897. 

Mt.  Vernon  Sheet.  Virginia-Maryland,  Reconnoissance  Map. 
(Topographic  Atlas  of  the  United  States.)  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  1897. 
Reprinted  1898. 

1901. 

Washington  Folio.  District  of  Columbia,  Maryland-Virginia'. 
Geologic  Atlas  of  the  United  States.  Folio  70,  Library  Edition. 
U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  1901.  4 pp.,  5 maps. 

Contains  1 Topogiaphic,  1 Physiographic  and  3 Geologic  maps. 

1903. 

Map  of  Prince  Georges  County  and  District  of  Columbia  showing 
the  Topography  and  Election  Districts.  Maryland  Geological  Survey, 
1903. 

1906. 

Map  of  Rock  Creek  Park  showing  Roads  and  Bridle  Paths.  Nov., 
1906.  Compiled  under  the  direction  of  the  Rock  Creek  Park  Board 
of  Control,  John  Biddle,  Major,  Corps  of  Eng’rs.,  U.  S.  A.,  Secretary. 

1907. 

Patuxent  Folio.  Maryland-District  of  Columbia.  Geologic  Atlas 
of  the  United  States.  Folio  152,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  1907.  12  pp., 

3 maps. 

1909. 

New  Index  Map  of  Washington,  D.  C.  Compiled  from  Official 
Surveys,  Private  Plans  and  best  authorities.  1909  (?).  Brentano’s. 

Contains  a good  street  index. 

1910. 

Map  of  Fairfax  County,  Virginia,  compiled  by  Columbus  D.  Choate, 
1910. 

1910. 

Map  of  Montgomery  County  and  District  of  Columbia  showing 
the  topography  and  Election  Districts.  Maryland  Geological  Survey, 
1910. 

1915. 

Rural  Delivery  Routes.  Fairfax  County,  Va.  Postoffice  Depart- 
ment, 1915. 

1915. 

Potomac  River,  Great  Falls  to  Little  Falls,  and  adjoining  parts  of 
Maryland  and  Virginia.  W.  L.  McAtee  in  McAtee,  W.  L.,  and  Weed, 
A.  C.  First  List  of  the  fishes  of  the  vicinity  of  Plummer’s  Island, 


'Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  119 


Maryland.  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  28,  pp.  1-14,  Pis.  1-2,  Feb.  12,  1915. 
The  map  also  separately  printed 

1916. 

Soil  Map.  Maryland,  Montgomery  County  Sheet. 

In  Soil  Survey  of  Montgomery  County,  Maryland,  by  W.  T.  Carter, 
Jr.,  and  J.  P.  D.  Hull,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Soils,  March  25,  1916.  39  pp., 
5 pis.,  1 fig.,  1 map. 

1917. 

Soil  Map.  Virginia,  Fairfax-Alexandria  Counties  Sheet.  In  Soil 
Survey  of  Fairfax  and  Alexandria  Counties,  Virginia,  by  W.  T. 
Carter,  Jr.,  and  C.  K.  Yingling,  Jr.,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Soils,  1917,  43 
pp.,  4 pis.,  1 fig.,  1 map. 

PERSONAL  OBLIGATIONS. 

The  writer  is  greatly  obliged  to  the  following  persons  who 
have  cooperated  in  making  the  index  as  complete  as  prac- 
ticable: E.  S.  Burgess,  A.  K.  Fisher,  Gnstavns  A.  Gambs, 
H.  W.  Henshaw,  W.  R.  Maxon,  William  Palmer,  E.  A. 
Preble,  E.  S.  Steele,  Geo.  B.  Sndworth,  and  Ewing  Summers. 


INDEX.« 


A. 

Abingdon,  birthplace  of  Nellie 
Custis,  SE,  B 9b. 

Academy,  see  under  School. 

Addison,  or  Addison  Heights,  SE, 
A 9. 

Agassiz  Park,  SE,  L 7. 

Alexandria  (County  Seat  Fair- 
fax County,  1754-1800),  SE, 
ABC  15,  16,  17. 

Alexandria  Light  or  Lighthouse, 
SE,  C 18a. 

Alta  Vista,  NW,  O 11. 

Alton  Farm,  NE,  D lid. 

American  University  Park,  NW, 
Q 19. 

Ammendale,  NE,  R 5. 

Anacostia,  SE,  HI  7,  8. 

Annandale,  SW,  F 12.  (Last 
fight  on  Virginia  soil,  in 
Civil  War,  here  April  10, 
1865.) 

Ardwick,  NE,  T 20. 

Arlington  Estate — A r 1 i n g t o n 
Cemetery. 


Arlington  Heights — Vicinity  Ar- 
lington P.  O. 

Arlington  Junction,  SE,  A 8. 
Arlington  Mills — Barcroft. 
Arlington  P.  O.,  SW,  R 8. 
Arlington  Sta.,  SW,  T 5. 
Arlington  Sta.,  old  name  for 
Barcroft. 

Arlington  Wireless  Sta.,  SW, 
S 7. 

Armory,  see  under  Building. 
Arsenal,  see  under  Building. 
Ashdale,  SW,  K 5. 

Ash  Grove,  NW,  A 21. 

Asylum,  see  under  Building. 
Aubreys  Ferry — Masons  Ferry. 
Aurora  Heights,  SW,  R 4.  • 
Aurora  Hills,  SE,  A 10. 

Autrey  Park,  NW,  M 2. 

Avalon,  or  Avalon  Heights,  NE, 
K 22c. 

Avenel,  NE,  I 11. 

Avenue,  see  under  Road. 


Users  of  the  index  are  invited  to  communicate  to  W.  L.  McAtee, 
Biological  Survey,  locality  names  which  should  be  added  to  the  index.  If 
sufficient  accumulate  a supplement  will  be  issued. 


120  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1U1H. 


B. 

Bailys  Corners — Baileys  Cross- 
roads. 

Baileys  Crossroads,  SW,  M 10. 
Balls  Crossroads — Ballston. 

Balls  Hill,  NW,  F 20. 

Ballston,  SW,  O 5. 

Barcroft,  SW,  O 9b. 

Barkers  Crossroads,  SW,  D 22. 
Barracks,  see  under  Building. 
Basin,  see  under  Water. 

Bathing  Beach  (on  Tidal  Basin), 
SE,  C 5a. 

Battery,  see  under  Fort. 

Bay,  see  under  Water. 

Beane,  NW,  N 9. 

Bellaire,  SW,  P 5d. 

Belle  Haven,  an  old  name  for 
Alexandria  (1669). 

Belleview,  NW,  A 17. 

Bellevue,  NW,  C 12. 

Bellmont — Warwick. 

Bell’s  Mill,  NW,  J 9. 

Beltsville,  NE,  Q 7. 

Bench  marks  (altitudes  in  black 


type). 


15  SE,  B 4 

133 

SW,  P 11 

16SE,G22 

134 

NW,  A 13 

21  SE,OP  1 

135 

NW,  A 13 

30  SW,  S 11 

142. 

NW,  A 12 

31  SE,  A12 

145 

SW,T7 

36  SE,  A 12 

150 

NW,  A 12 

46SW,T11 

150 

SE,  R 5 

46  NW,0  22 

152 

SW,  R 3 

47  SE,  C16 

158 

SE,  S5 

52  NE,  N 17 

159 

NW,  A 12 

53  NE,  N 16 

165 

NW,  L 18 

53  NE,  0 14 

171 

NW,  A 12 

55  SW,  P 16 

182 

NE,  Q 5 

61  NW,  L 16 

190 

SW,  Q 3 

62  NW,  L 17 

191 

SE,  T5 

62  SW,  S 3 

193 

SW,  R 13 

66  NE,P  12 

205 

NE,  G 18 

69  NW,  J 16 

222 

SW,  R 3 

77  NW,  I 16 

222 

SW,R4 

85  NW,  I 16 

230 

NW,  M 20 

93  NW,  I 16 

239 

SE,  P 22 

101  NE,Q  8 

241 

SE,L22 

102  NW,  H 16 

244 

SE,R  21 

109  NW,  H 16 

246 

SE,  0 23 

117  NW,  H 16 

249 

SE,  R 18 

118  NW,  G 16 

252 

SE,  T 13 

119  NW,  B 14 

266 

SE,  Q 16 

119  NW,  G 16 

267 

SW,  P 3 

119  NW,E  15 

267 

NW,  K 20 

120  NW,  F 16 

268 

SE,T  14 

121  NW,  B 14 

275 

NW,  J19 

126  NW,  A 13 

279 

NE,  N 3 

Bench  marks — Continued. 

285  NW,  H 21  374  SW,  All 
289  SW,  B 17  399  SW,  F3 

300  NW,  Q 18  403  SW,  N 3 

318  SW,  B 10  414  NE,  L 1 

323  SW,  A 17  421  SW,  C 4 

333  NW,  F 22  429  SW,  E 2 

335  SW,  B 9 450  SW,  D 1 

362  SW,C  6 459  NE,  B6 

364  SW,  O 3 476  SW,  C 2 

366  NW,  F 22  483  NW,  B 23 

Benning,  SE,  MN  3 
Benning  Race  Course,  SE,  LM  2. 
Berry’s  Woods,  NE,  G 22a. 
Berwyn,  NE,  O 12,  13. 

Berwvn  Heights,  NE,  PQ  13. 
Bethesda,  NW,  Q 14. 
Bladensburg,  NE,  N 20. 
Blithewood  P.  O.,  NE,  R 21. 
Bluemont  Junction,  SW,  M 7. 
Bolivar,  SW,  P 5c. 

Bon  Air,  SW,  M 7. 

Bosford  Camp,  SW,  L 11a. 
Boulevard  Heights,  SE,  N 7. 
Boundary — Florida  Avenue. 
Boundary  Line,  Alexandria  and 
Fairfax  Counties,  Virginia. 
NW,  N 21  to  L 23. 

SW,  L 1 to  I 4 to  T 14. 
Boundary  Line,  District  of  Co- 
lumbia and  Maryland. 

NW,  T 15  to  L 23. 

NE,  C 13  to  A 15  and  N 23. 

SE,  N 1 to  Q 4 and  C 18. 
Boundary  Line,  District  of  Co- 
lumbia and  Virginia. 

NW,  N 21  to  P 23. 

SW,  P 1 to  T 5. 

SE,  A 5 to  C 18. 

Boundary  Line,  Maryland  and 
Virginia. 

NW,  A 8 to  N 21. 

SE,  C 18  to  B 23. 

Boundary  Line,  Montgomery  and 
Prince  Georges  Counties,  Md. 
NE,  O 1 to  F 16. 

Bradbury  Heights. 

SE,  N 7. 

Braddock. 

SE,  A 14. 

SW,  T 14. 

Braddock  Heights — Braddock. 
Braddock  Rock,  SE,  B 4. 

Bradley  Hills  Park,  NW,  A 12. 
Boundary  Stones. 

Northwest  Side  of  District. 

1 SW,  J 2. 

2 SW,  L 1. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  121 


3 NW,  M 22. 

4 NW,  O 21. 

5 NW,  P 20 

6 NW,  Q 18. 

7 NW,  S 17. 

8 NW,  T 15. 

9 NE,  A 14. 

North  corner,  NE,  C 13. 
Northeast  Side  of  District. 

1 NE,  D 14. 

2 NE,  F 15. 

3 NE,  G 17. 

4 NE,  H 18. 

5 NE,  J 20. 

6 NE,  K 21. 

7 NE,  M 22. 

8 SE,  N 1. 

9 SE  O 2. 

East  Corner,  SE,  Q 4. 
Southeast  Side  of  District. 

1 SE,  05. 

2 SE,  N 7. 

3 SE,  M 8. 

4 SE,  K 10. 

5 SE,  J 11. 

6 SE,  H 12. 

7 SE,  G 14. 

8 SE,  F 15. 

9 SE,  D 16. 

South  Corner,  SE,  C 18. 
Southwest  Side  of  District. 

3 SW,  S 14. 

6 SW,  N 9. 

7 SW,  M 8. 

9 SW,  J 5. 

West  Corner,  SW,  I 4. 
Branch,  see  under  Water. 
Branchville,  NE,  P 12. 
Brentwood,  NE,  M 20. 

Brick  Haven,  SE,  A 8a. 

Bridge,  Anacostia,  SE,  H 7. 
Bridge,  Aqueduct,  SW,  T 2,  3. 
Bridge,  Arch  or  Union  Arch — 
Cabin  John  Bridge. 

Bridge,  Benning,  SE,  K 3. 
Bridge,  Boulder,  NE,  B 19d. 
Bridge,  Cabin  John,  NW,  K 16. 
Bridge,  Chain,  NW,  O 22. 
Bridge,  Connecticut  Avenue,  NE, 
B 23. 

Bridge,  Free — Aqueduct  Bridge. 
Bridge,  High  — Calvert  Street 
Bridge,  NE,  B 23a. 

Brige,  Highway,  SE,  BC  6,  7. 
Bridge,  Long,  SE,  C 6,  7. 

Bridge,  Low  — Woodley  Park 
Bridge. 

Bridge,  Massachusetts  Avenue, 
NW,  A 23. 


Bridge,  Navy  Yard — Anacostia 
Bridge. 

Bridge,  Owl,  NE,  K 18c. 

Bridge,  Paper  Mill,  old  name  for 
P St.  Bridge,  SE,  B 1,  2. 

Bridge,  Pennsylvania  Avenue, 
SE,  IJ  6. 

Bridge,  Pierces  Mill,  NE,  B 20c. 

Bridge,  Thompson’s,  NE,  A 23d. 

Bridge,  Woodley  Park,  NE,  B 
23a. 

Bridgepoint — south  end  of  Long 
Bridge. 

Bridgeport — south  end  of  Long 
Bridge. 

Brightwood,  NE,  D 17. 

Brightwood  Park,  NE,  DE  18. 

Brightwood  Sta.  w'as  at  NE,  E 
15d. 

Brills — River  View. 

Broad  Creek,  SE,  H 22. 

Brook,  see  under  Water. 

Brookland,  NE,  HI  21,  22. 

Brookmont,  NW,  O 20. 

Brookside,  NW,  M 12d. 

Brooks  Sta. — Brookland. 

BUILDING. 

Armory,  Columbia,  was  at  6th 
and  B Sts.  S.W.,  SE,  E 5-6. 

Arsenal,  was  on  site  of  Wash- 
ington Barracks. 

Asvlum,  German  Orphan,  SE, 
J 8. 

Asylum,  St.  Vincent’s  Orphan, 
NE,  G 23. 

Barracks,  Marine,  SE,  H 6a. 

Barracks,  Washington,  SE,  E 
7,  8. 

Building,  House  of  Represen- 
tatives Office,  SE,  F 5b. 

Building,  Municipal,  SE,  D 4a. 

Building,  Pan  American,  SE, 
C 4a. 

Building,  Red  Cross,  SE,  C 4a. 

Building,  Senate  Office,  SE,  F 
4b. 

Building,  State,  War  and 
Navy,  SE,  C 3c. 

Bureau  of  Engraving  and 
Printing,  SE,  D 5a. 

Bureau  of  Fisheries,  SE,  E 5a. 

Bureau  of  Standards,  NW,  T 

20. 

Cabin,  Joaquin  Miller,  NE,  B 
17. 

Capitol,  SE,  F 4d. 

Chapel,  Emory,  NE,  D 17b. 

Chapel,  Mt.  Olivet,  SW,  H 19d. 

Chapel,  St.  Cecilias,  NE,  J 16. 


122  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washiufjton,  W18. 


Buiklinj; — Continued. 

Chapel,  Stewart,  NE,  1 5. 

Chapel,  Walkers,  NW,  M 23. 

Church,  Annanclale,  SW,  G 12. 

Church,  Bethesda,  NW,  Q 11. 

Church,  Broad  Creek,  SE,  G 
23. 

Church,  Evergreen,  NW,  J 6. 

Church,  Gibson  Grove,  NW,  J 
14. 

Church,  Grace,  NE,  C 11a. 

Church,  Herman,  NW,  I 14. 

Church,  Howardsville,  SW,  P 
13b. 

Church,  Mt.  Olivet,  SW,  K 19c. 

Church,  Mt.  Olivet,  SW,  N 4. 

Church,  Mt.  Pisgah,  NE,  J 10. 

Church,  Oxon  Hill,  SE,  H 16d. 

Church,  Pleasant  Grove,  NW, 
A 20. 

Church,  Pohick,  SW,  B 23a. 

Church,  St.  Barnabas,  SE,  K 
14d. 

Church,  St.  Gabriels,  NW,  C 

11. 

Church,  St.  Ignatius,  SE,  K 16. 

Church,  St.  Johns,  NW,  J 22. 

Church,  St.  Johns  (1694)  — 
Broad  Creek  Church. 

Church,  St.  Marks,  NE,  K 3. 

Church,  Shiloh,  NW,  B 21. 

Church,  Sitka,  NE,  J 9. 

Church,  Wakefield,  SW,  B 13a. 

Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey, 
SE,  F 5b. 

Department  of  Agriculture, 
SE,  D 4,  5. 

Department,  Interior,  SE,  E 
3c. 

Department,  Post  Office,  SE, 
D 4b. 

Department,  Treasury,  SE,  C 
3d. 

Factory,  Soap,  SE,  E 11c. 

Filtration  Plant,  NE,  F 22. 

Foundry,  Foxall,  SW,  R 2a. 

Gallery,  Corcoran  Art,  SE,  C 
3c. 

Glass  House,  Old,  s.e.,  cor. 
Water  and  22d  Sts.  SE,  B 4d. 

Government  Printing  Office, 
SE,  F 3. 

Guard  House,  Central,  was  at 
La.  Ave.  betw.  9th  and  10th 
Sts.  S.W.,  SE,  D 4b. 

Hall,  City,  SE,  E 3,  4. 

Hall,  Continental,  SE,  C 4a. 

Home  for  the  Aged  and  Infirm, 
SE,  B 14,  15. 


Build  i ng — Co  ntin  ued. 

Home,  Lutheran,  NE,  I 23. 

Home,  Masonic  and  Eastern 
Star,  NE,  G 17. 

Home,  U.  S.  Soldiers,  NE,  F 
21. 

Hospital,  Freedmens,  NE,  E 
23. 

Hospital,  Garfield,  NE,  D 23b. 

Hospital  for  the  Insane,  Gov- 
ernment, SE,  GH  9,  10. 

Hospital,  Marine,  formerly  on 
site  of  Workhouse,  SE,  J 5. 

Hospital,  Naval,  SE,  H 5c. 

Hospital,  St.  Elizabeths  — 
Government  Hospital  for  the 
Insane. 

Hospital,  Tuberculosis,  NE,  D 
20. 

Hospital,  Walter  Reed,  NE, 
D 15. 

Hotel,  Ferry  (Old),  SE,  D 16d. 

House,  Alms,  SE,  J 5a. 

House,  White,  SE,  C 3. 

Houses,  Work,  SE,  J 5c. 

Institute  for  Deaf  Mutes,  Co- 
lumbia, SE,  H 2. 

Institution,  Smithsonian,  SE, 
D 4d. 

Jail,  SE,  J 5a. 

Laboratory,  Carnegie  Geophy- 
sical, NE,  A 20. 

Laboratory,  Carnegie  Terres- 
trial Magnetism,  NW,  T 18. 

Library  of  Congress,  SE,  G 4c. 

Library,  Public,  SE,  E 2,  3. 

Lincoln  Memorial,  SE,  B 4c. 

Magazines,  Army  and  Navy 
Powder,  were  at  SE,  J 5c. 

Magazine,  Belleview,  SE,  D 13. 

Magazine,  U.  S.  Powder,  SE, 
D 13. 

Manor,  Holmead,  was  at  14th 
St.  and  Spring  Road,  NE, 
D 21a. 

Mansion,  Executive,  SE,  C 3d. 

Mill,  Adams,  NE,  B 22c. 

Mills,  Arlington,  SW,  O 9b. 

Mill,  Balls,  NW,  B 15c. 

Mill,  Barcrofts,  SW,  L 11a. 

Mill,  Barton  Grist,  NW,  P 19d. 

Mill,  Bells,  NW,  J 9. 

Mill,  Blagdens,  NE,  B 19d. 

Mill,  Bone,  SW,  E 20d. 

Mills,  Burnt,  NE,  G 8. 

Mills,  Clouds— Eads  Mill. 

Mill,  Clouds — Triadelphia  Mill. 

Mill,  Columbian,  another  name 
for  Foxall  Foundry. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  123 


Building — Continued. 

Mill,  Custis — Arlington  Mills. 

Mill,  Dodges,  SW,  T 2c. 

Mill,  Dominion  Grist,  SW,  Q 
16b. 

Mill,  Eads  or  Edes,  NW,  P 23d. 

Mill,  Hunt  and  Roberts  Flour, 
SW,  T 16c. 

Mill,  Larges  Saw,  SW,  G 13b. 

Mill,  Loughborough,  NW,  P 
17d. 

Mill,  Lyons,  SE,  A lb. 

Mill,  Nelsons,  NW,  K 21d. 

Mill,  Old,  SW,  L 21a;  NW,  B 
15c. 

Mills,  Old  Northwest,  NE,  D 3. 

Mill,  Old  Sligo,  NE,  H 15. 

Miil,  Orndorffs,  old  name  for 
Bells  Mill. 

Mill,  Patterson  Paper,  SE,  B 

Ic. 

Mill,  Peters  or  Whites  and  Old 
Mill,  at  NE,  B 19d. 

Mill,  Pierce;  another  name. 
Shoemakers  Mill,  NE,  B 20. 

Mill,  Riggs,  NE,  J 13. 

Mill,  Roachs,  SW,  T 11b. 

Mill,  Swinks,  NW,  E 18. 

Mill,  Triadelphia,  SW,  N 15. 

Mill,  Viers,  NW,  Q 4. 

Monument,  Washington,  SE, 
C 4d. 

Museum,  U.  S.  Army  Medical, 
SE,  E 5a. 

Museum,  U.  S.  National. 

New,  SE,  D 4d. 

Old,  SE,  DE  4,  5. 

Museum  of  Hygiene,  U.  S.  Na- 
val, SE,  B 4a. 

Navy  Yard,  SE,  GH  6,  7. 

Observatory,  National,  was 
formerly  at  SE,  AB  3,  4. 

Observatory,  Naval  (U.  S.), 

NW,  T 23. 

Observatory,  Old  (Steele),  SE, 
AB  3,  4. 

Office,  Land,  SE,  E 3c. 

Office,  Pension,  SE,  E 3d. 

Public  Health  & Marine  Hos- 
pital Service,  SE,  B 3a. 

Public  Market,  SE,  DE  4. 

Sanatarium,  Takoma  Park, 
NE,  G 14. 

Sewage  Pumping  Station,  SE, 
G 6,  7. 

Slave  market  was  at  13th  and 
F Sts.  N.W. 

Slave  pen  was  at  8th  and  B 
Sts.  S.W. 


Building — Continued. 

Steel  Plant,  SE,  E 10,  11. 
Tavern,  Dowells,  SW,  M 14c. 
Tavern,  Drove,  SW,  T 16a. 
Tavern,  Drovers  Rest,  SW,  Q 
lb. 

Tavern,  Old  Stone,  NW,  Q 14d. 
Tavern,  Orquarts,  SW,  M 14c. 
Tavern,  Padgetts  or  Pagets, 
SW,  H I,  13. 

Tavern,  Taylors,  SW,  J 7b. 
Water  Tower,  Takoma  Park, 
NE,  G 15c. 

War  College,  SE,  E 8. 

Bunker  Hill,  NE,  H 21. 

Bureau,  see  under  Building. 
Burgundy  Farm,  SW,  Q 17c. 
Burnt  Mills,  NE,  G 8. 

Burnt  Mills,  a name  on  old  maps 
for  Old  Sligo  Mill. 

Burrville — Burtville  on  map. 
Burtville,  SE,  O 3. 

Bush  Hill,  SW,  N 17. 

C. 

Cabin  John  Bridge,  NW,  K 16. 
Cabin  John  P.  O.,  NW,  J 15. 
Calvert  Station,  NE,  N 17. 
Cameron  Ford,  SW,  S 17a. 

Camp  Springs,  SE,  Q 16. 

Canal,  see  under  Water. 

Capitol  Heights,  SE,  PQ  4 to  6. 
Capitol  View,  NW,  T 9. 

Carberry  Meadows  (Ward),  NW, 
N 18  to  P 23;  SW,  PQ  1,  2. 
Carlin  Spring  Pavilion — Glen- 
carlyn. 

Carlins  or  Carlin  Springs — Glen- 
carlyn. 

Carrol  Estate  (Ward) — North- 
ern corner  of  District  of 
Columbia. 

Carrollsburg,  an  old  settlement 
on  Greenleafs  Point. 

Carroll  Springs,  NE,  B 10. 
Causeway  to  Analostan  Id.,  SW, 
T 3. 

Cavalry  Depot,  Old,  was  on  Gies- 
boro  Point. 

Cedar  Heights,  SE,  Q 3. 

Cedar  Lane,  NW,  O 12. 

Cemetery,  SW,  S 14. 

Cemetery,  SE,  N 5. 

Cemetery,  NW,  T 23. 

Cemetery,  Arlington  National, 
SW,  ST  5,  6. 

Cemetery,  Battle,  NW,  D 17b. 
Cemetery,  Congressional,  SE,  J 5. 
Cemetery,  Glenwood,  NE,  FG  23. 
Cemetery,  Graceland,  SE,  IJ  2,  3. 


124  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  B)1H. 


Cemetery,  Harmony,  NE,  H 23. 
Cemetery,  Holmead,  was  bound- 
ed by  19,  20,  S and  U Sts., 
NE,  C 23;  SE,  C 1. 
Cemetery,  Jewish,  SE,  I 10. 
Cemetery,  Mt.  Olivet,  SE,  I 12. 
Cemetery,  National,  SE,  A 16. 
Cemetery,  U.  S.  National  Mili- 
tary, NE,  F 20. 

Cemetery,  Oak  Hill,  SE,  A 1. 
Cemetery,  Oakwood,  SW,  K 6. 
Cemetery,  Prospect  Hill,  NE,  F 
• 23d. 

Cemetery,  Rock  Creek,  NE,  F 19. 
Cemetery,  St.  Elizabeths,  SE,  HI 
10. 

Cemetery,  St.  Marks,  NW,  M 1. 
Cemetery,  St.  Marys,  NE,  G 23. 
Cemetery,  U.  S.  Military — Ar- 
lington Cemetery. 

Channel,  see  under  Water. 
Chapel,  see  under  Building. 
Charlton  Hei  ghts  — Berwyn 
Heights. 

Chautauqua — Glen  Echo. 
Checkerberrv  Bluff  (Ward),  NE, 
B 22a. 

Cherrydale,  SW,  OP  3,  4. 
Chesapeake  Junction,  SE,  Q 4. 
Chesterbrook,  NW,  K 23. 
Chestnut  Ridge,  NE,  D 7. 

Chevy  Chase,  NW,  S 16. 

Chevy  Chase,  North,  NW,  S 12. 
Chillum,  NE,  H 17. 

Church,  see  under  Building. 
Circle,  see  under  Park. 

Claggett  Estate,  NE,  CD  14. 
Claremont,  NW,  G 11. 

Clarendon,  SW,  PQ  5. 

Clarenford,  SW,  O 5. 

Clark,  SW,  T 7. 

Cleveland  Heights — Clev  eland 
Park. 

Cleveland  Park,  NW,  T 21;  NE, 
A 21. 

Cliffbourne,  NE,  B 23. 

Clinton,  SE,  R 21,  22. 

CLUBS. 

Club,  Anglers,  NW,  C 14c. 
Club,  Bannockburn  Golf,  NW, 
L 16. 

Club,  Chevy  Chase,  NW,  S 15. 
Club,  Columbia  Country,  NW, 
S 13. 

Club,  Lock  Tavern,  NW,  A 12. 
Club,  Montgomery  Country, 
NW,  K 10. 

Club,  Washington  Country, 
SW,  M 2. 


Clubs — Continued. 

Club,  Washington  Suburban, 
NE,  E 19. 

Cohasset,  NW,  K 13d. 

Colesville,  NE,  G 1. 

College,  see  under  School. 

College  Hill — Meridian  Hill. 
College  Lawn  P.  O. — College 
P3<rk 

College  Park,  NE,  NO  15. 
Colonial,  SW,  S 3b. 

Colonial  Heights,  SW,  R 3. 
Columbia  Heights,  NE,  CD  22. 
Columbia  Springs,  SE,  A 6d. 
Columbia  Park,  NE,  S 23. 
Columbia  Sta.,  SW,  R 8. 

Concord,  NW,  L 14. 

Congress  Heights,  SE,  GH  10,  11. 
Conopholis  Ridge,  NE,  A 23c. 
Convalescent  Camp,  SW,  R 10b, 
S 10a. 

Cooke  Park,  SE,  A Ic. 

Corbett,  SW,  R 8c. 

Corcorans  Woods,  NE,  EF  22. 
Cottage  City,  NE,  M 21. 

Cottage  Hill,  SE,  IJ  2. 

County  Courthouse  (Alexandria 
Co.,  Va.),  SW,  R 4. 
Courthouse  Sta.,  SW,  R 5. 
Courtlands — Courthouse  Sta. 
Cowden,  SW,  R 10,  11. 

Cowdons  Station — Cowden. 

Creek,  see  under  Water. 

Cropley,  NW,  C 14. 

Curtin,  NW,  O 20. 

D. 

Daingerfield,  SW,  H 18bd. 

Dam,  Feeder,  or  No.  1 of  C.  & 
O.  Canal,  NW,  MN  19. 

Dam,  Great  Falls,  NW,  A 11,  12. 
Dam,  Lyons,  SE,  A lb. 
Dangerfields  Fishery,  SE,  D 23b. 
Daniels  Park,  NE,  O 11. 

Davis  Quarry,  probably  at  the 
site  of  the  Bear  Pit,  Zoologi- 
cal Park,  NE,  B 22b. 

Deaf  and  Dumb  Institute — Co- 
lumbia Institute  for  Deaf 
Mutes. 

Deanewood,  SE,  N 2. 

Decatur  Heights,  NE,  O 20. 

Del  Ray  or  Rey,  SW,  T 13. 
Department,  see  under  Building. 
Devils  Den,  NE,  IJ  5. 

Ditch,  see  under  Water. 

Ditchley,  SW,  E 18a. 

Dixie  Landing,  NW,  O 22a. 

Dodge  Park,  NE,  T 22. 

Dominion  Heights,  SW,  P 3,  4. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  125 


Douglas,  SW,  P 4. 

Drive,  see  under  Road. 
Drummond,  NW,  Q 16. 

Dumping  Grounds  (Steele),  was 
between  Washington  Monu- 
ment and  Tidal  Basin. 
Dunn-Loring  (Station  on  Blue- 
mont  Line),  SW,  CD  4; 
(Station  on  Fairfax  Line), 
SW,  C 3. 

Dupont  Heights,  SE,  O 8. 

Dyke,  SE,  B 22. 

E. 

Eagle  Rock,  NW,  H 16c. 

Easbys  Wharf,  SE,  A 4. 

East  Arlington,  SW,  T 7. 

East  Falls  Church,  SW,  J 4. 

East  Lane,  NE,  P 18. 

East  Washington  Heights,  SE, 
K 8. 

Eckington,  NE,  FG  23;  SE,  FG  1. 
Edgemoor,  NW,  P 14. 

Edgewood,  NE,  G 23;  NE,  P 10. 
Edsall,  SW,  J 17. 

Elkins,  NW,  A 14. 

El  Nido,  NW,  J 22. 

Enola,  SW,  C 3. 

Emery  Corners,  NW,  J 13. 
English  Village,  NW,  O 14. 

F. 

Fairfax  Seminary  P.  O.  (Ward), 
SW,  R 14. 

Fairhill,  NE,  1 22. 

Fairland,  NE,  L 1. 

Fairmont  Heights,  SE,  P 3. 
Fairview,  NW,  A 15. 

Fairview  Heights,  NW,  S 21d. 
Falls,  see  under  Water. 

Falls  Church,  SW,  I 5,  6. 

Farlee,  SW,  P 5c,  d. 

Farm,  U.  S.  Experimental  (Ar- 
lington), SW,  T 5,  6;  SE, 
A 6. 

Farm,  U.  S.  Experimental  (Belts- 
ville),  NE,  R 8. 

Faulkner  Forge,  NW,  K 20a. 
Fenwick,  NE,  C 12. 

Ferndale,  NW,  I 11. 

Fernwood,  NE,  A 20c. 

Ferry  Landings,  SW,  T 2c  and 
T 3a. 

Fishing  Landing,  SW,  S 3b. 
Fishtown  — northern  part  of 
Alexandria. 

Flow,  see  under  Water. 

Forest  Glen,  NE,  A 10. 
Forestville,  SE,  T 10. 

FORT. 

Battery,  SE,  M 4. 


Fort — Contin  ued. 

Battery  Alexander,  NW,  N 19b. 
Battery  Bailey,  NW,  Q 18d. 
Battery  Benson,  NW,  P 17,  18. 
Battery  Cameron,  SW,  R la. 
Battery  Gaines,  NW,  R 21a. 
Battery  Jameson,  NE,  L 22. 
Battery  Kingsbury,  NE,  B 17c. 
Battery  Mansfield,  NW,  P 18d. 
Battery  Martin  Scott,  NW, 
P 21c. 

Battery  Meade,  NE,  A 17d. 
Battery  Parrott,  NW,  Q 23. 
Battery  Reno,  NW,  S 18c. 
Battery  Ricketts,  also  called 
Fort,  SE,  I 9. 

Battery  Rodgers  (site  in  S.  E. 

Alexandria),  SE,  C 17c. 
Battery  Russel,  NW,  T 18c. 
Battery  Sill,  NE,  C 17c. 
Battery  Terrill,  NE,  A 18a. 
Battery  Vermont,  NW,  P 21. 
Fort  Albany,  SW,  T 8. 

Fort  Baker,  SE,  K 8. 

Fort  Barnard,  SW,  Q 10. 

Fort  Bayard,  NW,  R 18. 

Fort  Bennett,  SW,  S 3. 

Fort  Berry,  SW,  R 9. 

Fort  Buffalo,  SW,  J 7. 

Fort  Bunker  Hill,  NE,  H 21. 
Fort  Carroll,  SE,  F 11. 

Fort  Cass,  SW,  R 5d. 

Fort  Chaplin,  SE,  M 4. 

Fort  Columbia,  was  on  Jones 
Point,  SE,  C 18. 

Fort  Corcoran,  SW,  S 3d. 

Fort  Craig,  SW,  S 7a. 

Fort  Davis,  SE,  L 7. 

Fort  DeRussey,  NE,  B 17. 

Fort  Dupont,  SE,  M 7. 

Fort  Ellsworth,  SW,  T 15,  16. 
Fort  Ethan  Allen,  NW,  N 22. 
Fort  Farnsworth,  SW,  S 18. 
Fort  Foote,  SE,  D 21. 

Fort  Gaines,  NW,  R 20. 

Fort  Garesche,  SW,  Q 12a. 

Fort  Greble,  SE,  EF  13. 

Fort  Haggerty,  SW,  T 3c. 

Fort  Jackson  was  at  south  end 
of  Long  Bridge,  SE,  C 7a. 
Fort  Kearney,  NE,  A 18c. 

Fort  Kemhle,  NW,  Q 22. 

Fort  Lincoln,  NE,  K 22. 

Fort  Lyons,  SW,  S 17,  18. 

Fort  McPherson,  SW,  T 7. 

Fort  McPherson — Fort  Ells- 
worth, SW,  T 15,  16. 

Fort  Mahan,  SE,  M 3,  4. 

Fort  Mansfield,  NW,  P 18d. 


Il5()  lUiJlctin  /,  Hiohxjicdl  Society  of  Washinyton, 


Fort — Continued. 

Fort  Marcy,  NVV,  N 21. 

Fort  Massachusetts,  an  early 
name  for  F’t.  Stevens. 

Fort  Meigs,  SE,  O 6. 

Fort  Morton,  SVV,  R 4a. 

Fort  Myer  (the  original), 
SW,  S 5a. 

Fort  Myer,  SW,  RS  5,  6. 

Fort  O’Rourke,  SW,  S 18,  19. 
Fort  Ramsay,  SW,  KL  7. 

Fort  Reno,  NW,  S 18c. 

Fort  Reynolds,  SW,  Q 11. 

Fort  Richardson,  SW,  S 9. 

Fort  Runyon,  SE,  A 8. 

F’ort  Runyon  Sta. — Alexandria 
Jet. 

Fort  Saratoga,  NE,  I 22b. 

Fort  Scott,  SE,  A 10. 

Fort  Sedgwick,  SE,  N 5. 

Fort  Shaplin  or  Shiplin — Ft. 
Chaplin. 

Fort  Simmons,  NW,  Q 19a. 

Fort  Slemmer,  NE,  G 20. 

Fort  Slocum,  NE,  F 17. 

Fort  C.  F.  Smith,  SW,  Q 3. 
Fort  Snyder,  SE,  I 10. 

Fort  Stanton,  SE,  I 9. 

Fort  Stevens  NE,  D 17. 

Fort  Strong,  SW,  R 3. 

Fort  Sumner,  NW,  MN  18. 

Fort  Thayer,  NE,  J 22. 

Fort  Tillinghast,  SW,  R 6b. 
Fort  Totten,  NE,  G 19. 

Fort  Wagner,  SE,  J 8. 

Fort  Ward,  SW,  P 12. 

Fort  Weed,  SW,  S 18. 

Fort  Whipple,  SW,  S 5b. 

Fort  Willard,  SW,  T 19. 

Fort  Williams,  SW,  QR  15. 

Fort  Woodbury,  SW,  T 4d. 

Fort  Worth,  SW,  Q 14. 
Fortifications,  in  1800,  existed 
on  Greenleaf’s  Point,  and  at 
site  of  present  U.  S.  Naval 
Museum  of  Hygiene,  SE,  AB 
3,  4. 

Redoubt  Cross,  NW,  N 18a. 
Redoubt  Kirby,  NW,  N 18a. 
Tete  Du  Pont — fortifications 
about  east  end  of  Benning 
Bridge. 

Fort  Berry  Sta.,  SW,  R 9c. 

Fort  Myer  Heights,  SE,  ST  4,  5. 
Fort  Myer  Junction,  SW,  T 4a. 
Fort  (Myer)  Steps,  SW,  S 5. 
Fostoria,  SW,  L 5. 

Four  Corners,  NE,  F 9. 

Four-mile  Run  (Sta.),  SE,  A 11. 


Fox,  SW,  R 9. 

Fox  Ferry,  SE,  D 16. 

Franconia,  SW,  J 19. 

Franklin.  SW,  B 3. 

Franklin  Park,  SW,  K 1. 
Freedmans  Village,  SW,  T 7a. 
Friendly,  SE,  I 23. 

Friendship  Heights,  NW,  R 17. 

G. 

Gales  Woods,  SE,  HI  2. 

Gallery,  see  under  Building. 
Galliher,  NW,  N 13. 

Gambrill,  SW,  B 23a. 

Garden,  see  under  Park. 

Garfield,  SE,  J 9. 

Garfield,  SW,  H 20b. 

Garrett  Park,  NW,  Q 7. 

Garrison,  SW,  N 6. 

Georgetown,  SW,  T 1,  2;  SE,  A 

1,  2. 

Gilman  Corner,  SE,  H 16. 
Glencarlyn,  SW,  MN  8. 

Glendale,  NW,  A 16. 

Glendale — Glenville  on  map. 
Glenellan  Park.  NW,  S 21. 

Glen  Echo,  NW,  L 17. 

Glen  Echo  Heights,  NW,  M 17. 
Glen  Echo  Junction,  NW,  M 18b. 
Glen  Echo  P.  O.,  NW,  L 16. 
Glenmont,  NE,  B 4. 

Glen  Sligo,  NE,  G 15. 

Glenville,  SE,  N 4. 

Good  Hope,  SE,  JK  8. 
Grasslands,  NW,  S 20a. 

Great  Falls,  Md.,  NW,  A 12. 
Great  Falls,  Va.,  NW,  A 13. 

Green  Spring  Scheutzen  Park, 
SW,  S 2b. 

Green  Valley,  SW,  R 10. 
Greenwood,  SW,  O 3. 

Grimes — Phelps  Corners. 
Grimesville,  SE,  I 17. 

Ground  Pine  Woods,  NE,  B 14. 
Gulf  Landing,  NW,  O 22d. 

Gut,  see  under  Water. 

H. 

Hall,  see  under  Building. 

Halls  Hill,  SW,  N 3,  4. 

Halpine,  NW,  N 3. 

Hamburgh,  an  old  settlement  at 
SE,  AB  3,  4. 

Harewood,  NE,  F 22a. 

Harlem,  SW,  R 1,  2. 

Harrison,  SW,  O 3. 

Hatfield,  SW,  S 6. 

Havemeyer  Park,  SE,  K 9. 

Plawes  Woods,  site  of  Garfield 
Hospital  east  to  7th  Street, 
NE,  D 23-24. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  127 


Hayes,  SW,  P 4. 

Hells  Bottom,  SE,  B 7. 

Hemlock  Bluff,  NW,  E 16cd. 
Herberts  Crossroads,  SW,  A 17. 
Heronry  (Black-crowned  Night) 
NW,  OP  20. 

Highland  Park — Upton. 
Highlands,  NE,  KL  21. 

Highlands  (Va.) — Fostoria. 
Highway,  see  under  Road. 

HILL. 

Hill,  Bald  Eagle,  SE,  F 14. 

Hill,  Balls,  NW,  F 20. 

Hill,  Barretts,  SW,  F 3c. 

Hill,  Blagdens,  NE,  BC  20,  21 
Hill,  Braddock,  SE,  B 4a. 

Hill,  Bunker,  NE,  H 21. 

Hill,  Camp,  old  name,  SE,  B 
4 a. 

Hill,  Cottage,  another  name 
for  Mt.  Hamilton. 

Hill,  Freedom,  NW,  A 23. 

Hill,  Gantt,  NW,  B 22. 

Hill,  Gerardia,  NE,  B 22cd. 
Hills,  Greyet,  SW,  F 12. 

Hill,  Halls,  SW,  N 3,  4. 

Hill,  Hickey,  SE,  K 1. 

Hill,  High,  SW,  D 1,  2. 

Hill,  Johnsons,  SW,  ST  8. 

Hill,  Linnaean,  NE,  B 21a. 

Hill,  Mackall,  NW,  H 21. 

Hill,  Mackeys,  SW,  S 3. 

Hill,  Masons,  SW,  K lid. 

Hill,  Miner,  should  be  Minors, 
SW,  J 2. 

Hill,  Monkshood,  NE,  B 22c. 
Hill,  Mulligan  or  Mungers 
Hill — Mt.  Hamilton. 

Hill,  Munson,  SW,  L 8. 

Hill,  Oak,  SE,  A 1. 

Hill,  Oxon,  SE,  I,  16  to  K 14. 
Hill,  Peach  Grove — Gantt  Hill, 
NW,  B 22. 

Hill,  Perkins,  SW,  K 8a. 

Hill,  Prospect,  NW,  B 16. 

Hill,  Prospect,  NW,  F 17,  18. 
Hill,  Rock,  former  name  for 
Kalorama,  SE,  A 1,  2. 

Hill,  Rose,  SW,  J 12. 

Hill,  Rose — Soapstone  Hill. 
Hill,  Round,  SW,  L 23. 

Hill,  Soapstone,  NW,  T 19d. 
Hill,  Shoemaker,  NE,  A 20. 
Hill,  Shuters,  SW,  T 15,  16. 
Hill,  Swallow,  SE,  A lOd. 

Hill,  Upton,  SW,  L 7. 

Mount  Eagle,  SW,  S 17,  18. 

Mt.  Erin,  SW,  PQ  19. 

Mt.  Hamilton,  SE,  J 1,  2. 

Mt.  Miller,  SE,  A 1. 


Hilldale,  NW,  N 13. 

Hillsdale — part  of  Anacostia. 

Hitaffer,  NW,  E 19. 

Hollywood,  NE,  O 11. 

Hollywood,  NW,  M 12b. 

Holtzman’s  Landing,  SW,  R 2d. 

Home,  see  under  Building. 

Hospital,  see  under  Building. 

Howard  Park — grounds  of  How- 
ard University. 

Howardtown — vicinity  of  How- 
ard University. 

Hume,  SW,  T 12,  13. 

Hunter,  SW,  R 7b. 

Huntington  Terrace,  NW,  O 12. 

Huntsville,  SE,  S 2. 

Hyattsville,  NE,  MN  19,  20. 

Hyson,  SW,  K 5. 

I. 

Idylwood,  SW,  DE  3,  4. 

Ilda,  SW,  A 11. 

Independent  Ice  House,  SW,  S 
2c. 

Indian  soapstone  quarries,  NW, 
T 19d:  SW,  L 6b. 

Indian  villages,  NE,  M 21c;  NE, 
N 20a. 

NW,  N 22c,  O 21,  22,  P 22,  Q 23. 

SW,  J 4c,  5a,  T 3d,  T 4,  BC  7, 
B 10,  E 16c,  D 13  to  E 10, 
G 6a,  G 7,  H 7 to  N 1. 

Indian  workshops,  NE,  B 20abc; 
SE,  A la. 

Ingleside,  NW,  H 21. 

Inlet,  see  under  Water. 

Institute,  Institution,  see  under 
Building. 

Island,  Alexander,  SE,  A 6 to 
C 8. 

Island,  Anacostian,  name  on  old 
maps  to  include  Analostan 
and  Alexander  Ids. 

Island,  Analostan,  SW,  T 3,  4; 
SE,  A 3 to  5. 

Barbadoes — an  old  name  for 
Analostan  Id. 

Island,  Bear,  NW,  AB  14. 

Island,  Box  Elder — Sycamore 
Id.,  NW,  M 18. 

Island,  Conn,  NW,  A 11. 

Island,  Cupids  Bower,  NW,  B 
14,  15. 

Island,  Feeder  Dam,  NE,  M 19. 

Island,  Herzog,  NW,  A 8.  See 
also  Turkey  Id. 

Island,  High,  NW,  N 20. 

Island,  Holmes — A 1 e x a n d e r 
Island. 

Island,  Jacksons.  See  Scott  Id. 


128  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  BUS. 


Island,  Larkspur,  NW,  LM  17, 
18. 

Island,  Lock,  NW,  A 8. 

Island,  Low,  NW,  N 19c. 

Island,  Masons — Analostan  Id. 
Island,  Midriver,  NW,  A 8,  9. 
Island,  Minnies,  NW,  JK  16. 
Island,  My  Lord’s — Analostan  Id. 
Island,  Perrys,  NW,  D 16a. 
Island,  Plummers,  NW,  H 16. 
Island,  Powhatan,  NW,  A 9. 
Island,  Ripps.  An  island  in  the 
mouth  of  Tiber  Creek,  at 
about  SE,  C 4c. 

Island,  Scott,  also  called  Jack- 
sons,  NW,  E 16. 

Island,  Sycamore,  NW,  M 18. 
Island,  Sugar  Maple,  NW,  L 17. 
Islands,  The  Three  Sisters,  SW, 
RS  2. 

Island,  Trammel,  NW,  AB  9. 
Island,  Turkey  or  Hergozs,  NW, 
D 15,  16. 

Island,  Woodchuck,  probably  the 
same  as  High  Island. 

Ivy  City,  SE,  I 1. 

Ivy  City  Sta.  (Ward),  SE,  I 2. 

J. 

Jackson,  NW,  D 19. 

Jackson  City  Sta.,  SE,  B 7b. 
Jefferson  Pier,  was  at  SE,  C 4c. 
Jewel,  or  Jewells,  SW,  M 2. 

Jones  Corners,  NW,  D 20. 

K. 

Kalorama,  SE,  A lb-2a. 

Kalorama  Heights,  NE,  AB  2,  3. 
Kearney,  SW,  L 6. 

Kendall  Green,  SE,  GH  2. 
Kengla’s  Woods,  NW,  R 23,  along 
Foundry  Branch. 

Kenilworth,  SE,  N 1,  2. 
Kensington,  NW,  S 8,  9. 

Key  of  Keys  or  Quay  of  Quays 
old  wharf  at  SE,  B 4. 
Kidwell  Meadows,  old  name  for 
northern  part  of  Potomac 
Park. 

Kirk  Gold  Mine,  NW,  B 9. 
Klingle  Ford,  NE,  B 21c. 

Knowdes  Sta.  and  P.  O. — Ken- 
sington, NW,  S 8,  9. 

L. 

Laboratory,  see  under  Building. 
Lacey,  SW,  O 5c. 

Lake,  see  under  Water. 

Lakeland,  NE,  O 14. 

Lamond,  NE,  F 16. 

Landover,  NE,  R 21,  22. 

Lane,  see  under  Road. 


Langdon,  NE,  J 22,  23. 

Langley,  NW,  J 19. 

Lanier  Heights,  NE,  B 22,  23. 

Le  Droit  Park,  NE,  EF  23. 
Leeland,  NW,  J 10. 

Leesboro,  NE,  B 4a. 

Lewinsville,  NW,  F 22. 

Lewiston,  NE,  K 8. 

Libby  Park,  NE,  F 20a. 

Library,  see  under  Building. 
Licking  Banks,  SE,  L 1. 

Lincoln  Banks  (properly  called 
Licking  Banks). 

Lincoln,  SW,  O 4a. 

Lincolnia,  SW,  LM  14. 

Lincolnia  Sta.,  SW,  M 16. 
Lincolnsville,  NW,  M 22a. 
Linden,  NE,  B 11. 

Linwood,  SE,  O 4. 

Little  Italy,  SW,  P Id. 

Livingston  Heights,  SW,  N 3. 
Lloyd,  SW,  T 13. 

Lock,  5,  6,  NW,  N 20;  7,  NW, 
L 17;  8 NW,  J 16;  9,  10,  11, 
NW,  I 16;  12,  13,  14,  NW, 
H 16;  15,  16,  NW.  A 13;  17, 
18,  19,  20,  NW,  A 12. 

Lock,  First  (Ward) — Lock  No.  5. 
Lock,  Oak  Spring,  NW,  A 8. 
Lock,  Outlet  (Ward),  SW,  S 2. 
Lock,  Second  (Ward  et  al.)  — 
Lock  6. 

Lock,  Stop,  NW,  A 13a. 

Long  Branch  Sta.,  SW,  I 21a. 
Long  Meadows,  SE,  K 2. 

Luna  Park,  SE,  A 10. 

Lunt,  SW,  M 17. 

Lyonhurst,  SW,  N 2. 

Lyttonsville,  NE,  A 12. 

M. 

Mackey,  SW,  S 3a. 

McClellan  Gate  (Arlington  Na- 
tional Cemetery),  SW,  T 6. 
McLean,  NW,  H 21. 

Madeley,  NW,  B 17c. 

Magazine,  see  under  Building. 
Magruder — Tuxedo. 

Mahoneyville,  SW,  R 16a. 

Marsh,  see  under  Water. 
Marshall,  SE,  O 5. 

Maryland  Park,  SE,  Q 4,  5. 
Masons  Ferry,  was  at  SE,  A 4. 
Massachusetts  Avenue  Terrace, 
NW,  R 21. 

Matildaville,  old  name  for  Great 
Falls  village  (Va.). 

Mayhew’s  Meadows,  SE,  J 4. 
Maywood,  SW,  P 8d. 

Meridian  Hill,  NE,  CD  22,  23. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  129 


Merrifield,  SW,  C 6. 

Metropolis  View,  NE,  GH  22. 

Milburn,  NW,  F 11. 

Milkhouse  Ford,  NE,  B 17. 

Mill,  see  under  Building. 

Millbrook — Lower  pari  of  Alex- 
andria Reservoir. 

Mills  Crossroads — Merrifield. 

Mintwood  Bank,  NE,  B 23a. 

Mintwood  Place,  NE,  B 23b. 

Mistletoe  Valley  (Ward),  along 
Quarry  Road  NE,  CB  22. 

Mitchells  Crossroads — Wheaton. 

Monastery,  NE,  I 21. 

Monteith,  NE,  T 6. 

Montello,  NE,  I 23. 

Montrose,  NW,  O 5a. 

Monument,  see  under  Building. 

Morningside,  NW,  H 11c. 

Moor  P.  O.,  SW,  H 20b. 

Morven  Heights,  SW.  R 11b. 

Mount  (elevation),  see  under 
Hill. 

Mt.  Ida,  SW,  T 13;  SE,  A 13. 

Mt.  Pleasant,  SW,  J 12. 

Mt.  Pleasant  (Ward),  NE,  EF 

22. 

ML  Pleasant  proper  was  between 
the  Old  Piney  Branch  Road, 
the  Fourteenth  St.  Road  and 
Park  Road,  NE,  CD  21. 

Mt.  Pleasant  Village  (Hop- 
kins)— Piney  Branch  Park. 

Mt.  Pleasant  Village  (Ward), 
NE,  CD  21. 

Mt.  Ranier,  NE,  KL  20. 

Mt.  Vernon  Junction,  SE,  A 7. 

Muirkirk,  NE,  S 3 to  4. 

Mulhall,  SW,  N 6a. 

Museum,  see  under  Building. 

N. 

Nacochtanke,  the  Indian  village, 
occupied  eastern  shore  of 
Eastern  Branch  from  Bla- 
densburg  to  mouth. 

Namaraughquena,  Indian  village 
was  at  south  end  of  Long 
Bridge,  SW,  B 7. 

National  Fair  (Grounds,  NE,  GH 
23;  SE,  HI  1. 

Nauck,  or  Nauck  Springs,  SW, 
R 10. 

National  Guard  Rifle  Range,  SE, 
I 11. 

New  Alexandria,  SE,  A 19. 

New  Glatz,  SE,  FG  20. 

Niles  Crossroads,  SW,  JK  7. 

Nork — misspelling  of  Nauck. 

Normans  Stone,  NE,  A 22c,  23a. 


North  Braddock,  SW,  T 14b. 
North  Rosemont,  SE,  A 15a. 
North  Takoma,  NE,  E 14,  15. 
Notley  Hall,  SE,  E 20. 

No.  10,  NW,  J 15. 

O. 

Oakland,  SE,  Q 8. 

Oak  Lane,  NW,  L lid. 

Oaks,  SE,  B 22. 

Oak  View — West  Cleveland  Park. 
Observatory,  see  under  Building. 
Office,  see  under  Building. 

Offutts  Crossroads — P o t o m a c, 
NW,  E 9. 

Orchard  View,  NE,  P 8. 
Overbrook,  NW,  E 11a. 

Oxon,  SE,  I 17a. 

Oxen  Hill  P.  O.  (Ward),  SE,  I 17. 

P. 

Pagetts  Corners,  SE,  O 18. 
Palisades  of  the  Potomac — the 
rocky  Virginia  bluff  above 
Georgetown. 

Palisades  of  the  Potomac  (real 
estate  subdivision),  NW,  Q 
23. 

PARK. 

Circle,  Dahlgren,  NE,  H 23b. 
Circle,  Dupont,  SE,  B 1,  2. 
Circle,  Grant,  NE,  E 20. 

Circle,  Iowa,  SE,  D 1,  2. 

Circle,  Scott,  SE,  C 2b. 

Circle,  Thomas,  SE,  D 2c. 
Circle,  Washington,  SE,  B 2,  3. 
Garden,  Botanic,  SE,  F 4c. 

Lot,  White,  Circle,  Ellipse  or 
Oval,  SE,  C 4b. 

Mall,  The,  SE,  F to  A 4. 
Monument  Grounds,  SE,  C 4. 
Park,  Bethesda,  NW,  Q 15b. 
Park,  Brightwood  Driving,  NE, 
CD  18. 

Park,  Folger,  SE,  G 5a. 

Park,  Garfield,  SE,  FG  5. 

Park,  George  Washington,  SW, 
T 16a. 

Park,  Judiciary,  SE,  E 3d. 

Park,  Lincoln,  SE,  H 4d. 

Park,  McMillan,  NE,  EF  22,  23. 
Park,  Marion,  SE,  G 5d 
Park,  Montrose,  SE,  A 1 
Park,  National — Rock  Creek 
Park 

Park,  Potomac,  SE,  A 4 to  E 9. 
Park,  Mount  Vernon,  SE,  E 
2,  3. 

Park,  National  Zoological,  NE, 
B 22. 


LSO  Bulletin  J,  Biological  Society  of  Washington , Bf/8. 


Park — Continued. 

Park,  President’s — G rounds 
surrounding  Executive  Man- 
sion plus  the  White  House 
Circle. 

Park,  Rawlins,  SE,  BC  3. 

Park,  Rock  Creek,  NE,  BC  13 
to  22. 

Park,  Seaton,  SE,  E 4d. 

Park,  Smithsonian,  SE,  DE  4. 

Park,  Stanton,  SE,  G 4b. 

Park,  Washington — g rounds 
surrounding  Wash  i n g t o n 
Monument. 

Park,  Washington  Driving,  SE, 
LM  2,  3. 

Park,  Zoological,  NE,  AB  21, 

22. 

Place,  Seward,  SE,  G 5b. 

Square,  Farragut,  SE,  C 3a. 

Square,  Franklin,  SE,  C 3a. 

Square,  Lafayette,  SE,  C 3b. 

Square,  McPherson,  SE,  C 3b. 

Park  Lane,  SW,  R 3. 

Park  Woods,  NE,  E 23. 

Pattersons  Woods,  SE,  H Ic,  d. 

Peacock,  NW,  A 16. 

Pennsylvania  Avenue  Heights, 
SE,  KL  7,  8. 

Penrose,  SW,  R 7. 

Petersburg,  SE,  C 14,  15. 

Petworth,  NE,  E 20. 

Peyton,  SW,  R 9c. 

Phelps  Corner,  SE,  J 16. 

Pierce,  SW,  R 3c. 

Pinehurst,  NW,  T 16d. 

Piney  Branch  Park,  NE,  D 19. 

Pinnatifida  Bluff — Eagle  Rock, 
NW,  H 16c. 

Place,  see  under  Park. 

Pleasant  Grove  (Ward) — Glen- 
ville. 

Pleasant  Plains  (Hopkins),  NE, 
D 22. 

Point,  Arsenal — G reenleaf’s 
Point. 

Point,  Berry,  SE,  D 18b. 

Point,  Buzzard,  or  Turkey  Buz- 
zard, SE,  F 8. 

Point,  Easbys,  SE,  A 4.  In  ear- 
lier times  called  Cedar, 
Windmill  and  Peters  Point. 

Point,  Giesboro,  SE,  E 10. 

Point,  Gravelly,  SE,  C 7. 

Point,  Greenleafs,  SE,  E 8. 

Point,  Hunters,  SE,  C 10. 

Point,  Indian  Queen,  SE,  DE  23. 

Point,  Jones,  SE,  C 18. 


Point,  Lumley,  SE,  B 17a. 

Point,  Marbury,  SE,  D 14,  15. 

Point,  Poplar,  SE,  G 8. 

Point,  Shepherd,  SE,  D 15. 

Point,  Sycamore,  SE,  A 6. 

Point,  Youngs — Greenleafs  Point. 

Point,  West,  SE,  B 15c. 

Pond,  see  under  Water. 

Pool,  see  under  Water. 

Poplar  Bottom  (Ward),  NE,  B 

20,  21. 

Potomac,  NW,  F 9. 

Potomac  Boat  Club  Landing,  SW, 
R 2d. 

Potomac  City,  SE,  G 8. 

Potomac  Flats,  SE,  AB  4 to  E 9, 
also  used  for  territory 
known  as  Alexanders  Island 
on  Virginia  side  of  Potomac. 

Potomac  Yard,  SE,  B 11  to  13. 

Promontory  (Holm),  probably 
equals  Wintergreen  Ridge, 
NE,  B 19d. 

Prospect  Hill,  NE,  G 23b. 

Prospect  Hill,  Electric  Railway 
Station,  NW,  B 18. 

Prospect  Rock,  NW,  D 16a. 

Pulpit  Rock  (Cones),  probably 
at  NE,  B 20b,  possibly  NE, 
B 19d. 

Q. 

Queens  Chapel,  NE,  T 4. 

Queenstown  (Ward),  SE,  G 20. 

Queenstown  Sta.  was  at  NE,  H 
21a. 

R. 

Race,  see  under  Water. 

Radio,  SW,  S 7. 

Radnor  Heights,  SW,  S 4. 

Railroad,  Alexandria  and  Fred- 
ericksburg— Richmond,  Fred- 
ericksburg and  Potomac 
Railroad. 

Railroad,  Baltimore  and  Ohio, 
Freight,  NW,  T 12  to  Q 23; 
SW,  Q 1 to  T 2. 

Railroad,  Baltimore  and  Ohio — 
Alexandria  or  Shepherd’s 
Landing  Branch — NE,  N 18 
to  O 23;  SE.  O 1 to  D 15. 

Railroad,  Baltimore  and  Ohio — 
Metropolitan  Branch — NW, 
L 1 to  T 9;  NE,  A 9 to  G 23; 
SE,  G 1 to  F 3. 

Railroad,  Baltimore  and  Ohio — 
New  York  Branch — NE,  T 2 
to  I 23;  SE,  I 1 to  F 3. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  131 


Railroad,  Baltimore  and  Poto- 
mac— Baltimore  and  Ohio 
R.  R.,  Shepherds  Landing 
Branch  in  part,  and  Penn- 
sylvania Railroad  in  part. 

Railroad,  Chesapeake  Beach,  SE, 
M 3 to  T 5. 

Railroad,  Chesapeake  and  Ohio, 
SE,  D 5 to  A 16;  SW,  T 16 
to  A 17. 

Railroad,  Loudoun  and  Hamp- 
shire— Washington  and  Old 
Dominion  Electric  Railway, 
Bluemont  Division. 

Railroad,  Orange  and  Alexan- 
dria— Washington  Southern. 

Railroad,  Pennsylvania,  NE,  I 23 
to  T 19;  SE,  N to  P 1,  I 1 
to  F 3. 

Railroad,  Pennsylvania  (Rosslyn 
Branch),  SW,  T 3 to  5;  SE, 
A 5 to  B 7. 

Railroad,  Pennsylvania  (through 
Freight  Line)  NE,  T 19  to 
P 23;  SE,  P 1 to  D 5. 

Railroad  Station,  Baltimore  and 
Ohio  was  at  SE,  F 3,  4,  Cor. 
N.  J.  Ave.  and  C St. 

Railroad  Station,  Pennsylvania, 
was  at  SE,  E 4c. 

Railroad,  Virginia  Midland — 
Washington  Southern. 

Railroad,  Washington  and 
Ohio — Alexandria  and  Blue- 
mont Electric  Railway. 

Railroad,  Washington  and  Round 
Hill,  Branch  of  Southern — 
Washington  and  Old  Domin- 
ion Electric  Railway,  Alex- 
andria and  Bluemont  Branch. 

Railroad,  Washington  City,  Vir- 
ginia Midland  and  Great 
Western  — Washington 
Southern  R.  R. 

Railroad,  Washington  Southern, 
SW,  A 17  to  T 16;  SE,  A 16 
to  D 5. 

Station,  Union  (Alexandria), 
SW,  T 16. 

Station,  Union  (Washington), 
SE,  FG  3. 

Washington  and  Ohio  Junction — 
southern  part  of  Potomac 
Yard. 

Railway,  Arlington  Electric,  SW, 
T 3 to  R 10. 

Railway,  Bladensburg  Electric, 
SE,  I 3 to  J 1;  NE,  J 23  to 
P 13. 


Railway,  Cabin  John  Electric, 
NW,  K 16  to  Q 23. 

Railway,  Chevy  Chase  Electric, 
was  from  NW,  Q 18c  to  M 
18b. 

Railway,  City  and  Suburban 
Electric  (Laurel  Line),  NE, 
T 2 to  G 23. 

Railway,  Georgetown  and  Rock- 
ville, NW,  L 1 to  S 23. 

Railway,  Glen  Echo  Electric,  for- 
merly ran  from  Chevy  Chase 
Circle  to  Glen  Echo  Heights. 

Railway,  Kensington  Electric, 
NW,  S 7 to  13. 

Railway,  Washington,  Alexan- 
dria and  Mt.  Vernon  Elec- 
tric — Washington  - Virginia 
(Mt.  Vernon  Branch). 

Railway,  Washington  and  Great 
Fails  Electric,  NW,  A 12  to 
T 23. 

Railway,  Washington  and  Old 
Dominion  Electric — Alexan- 
dria Branch  Branch,  SW,  M 
7 to  T 12;  SE,  A 12  to  C 15; 
Bluemont  Line,  SW,  A 3 to 
T 2. 

Railway,  Washington  and  Old 
Dominion  (Great  Falls 
Route),  NW,  A 13  to  K 23; 
SW,  K 1 to  T 2. 

Railway,  Washington,  Arlington 
and  Fairfax  Courthouse 
Electric — Arlington  Electric 
Railway. 

Railway,  Washington,  Arlington 
and  Falls  Church  Electric — ■ 
Washington,  Virginia,  Falls 
Church  Line. 

Railway,  Washington,  Baltimore 
and  Annapolis  Electric,  NE, 
T 22,  23;  SE,  T 1 to  D 3. 

Railway,  Washington  - Virginia 
Electric — Arlington  Junction 
to  Clarendon — SE,  A 8 to 
7;  SW,  T 7 to  Q 5. 

Railway,  Washington  - Virginia 
Electric — Arlington  Branch 
— SW,  T 3 to  7;  SE,  A 7,  8. 

Railway,  Washington  - Virginia 
Electric — Falls  Church  Line 
— SW,  A 3 to  T 7. 

Railway,  Washington  - Virginia 
Electric — Hatfield-Green  Val- 
ley Branch — SW,  T 3 to  R 
10. 


132  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


Railway,  Washington  - Virginia 

— Mt.  Vernon  Branch — SE,  D 
5 to  A 13,  A 14  to  B 23;  SW, 
T 13,  14. 

Randle  Highlands,  SE,  J 7. 

Randolph,  NW,  O 5. 

Ravensworth,  SW,  B 17. 

Redoubt,  see  under  Fort. 

Relee,  SE,  A 7c. 

Reno,  NW,  S 18,  19. 

Reservoir,  see  under  Water. 

Rester  Bluff,  SE,  D 21. 

Richmond  Park,  NW,  T 21. 

Riley,  NW,  M 17. 

River,  see  under  Water. 

Riverdale,  NE,  NO  17. 

River  Road  (Settlement),  NW, 
GH  11,  12. 

River  View,  NW,  N 19. 

Rives,  NE,  L 21c. 

Rixey,  SW,  M 2. 

ROAD. 

Avenue,  Alabama,  new  name 
for  Bowen  Road. 

Avenue,  Blagden,  NE,  B 20  to 
C 19. 

Avenue,  Central,  SE,  N to  T 4. 

Avenue,  Connecticut,  NW,  S 16 
to  T 19;  NE,  A 20  to  B 23; 
SE,  A 1 to  I 5. 

Avenue,  Florida,  NE,  DE  23; 
SW,  E 1 to  I 3. 

Avenue,  Georgia,  NE,  D 14  to 
E 23. 

Avenue,  Kenesaw,  NE,  C 22. 

Avenue,  Lincoln  — Lincoln 
Road. 

Avenue,  Magnolia — Shepherd 
Road. 

Avenue,  Massachusetts,  NW, 
R 21  to  T 23;  NE,  A 23. 

Avenue,  Michigan,  NT3,  E 22  to 
H 21. 

Avenue,  Minnesota,  new  name 
for  Anacostia  Road. 

Avenue,  Nebraska,  NW,  R 21 
to  S 19. 

Avenue,  New  York,  SE,  B 4 
to  G 1. 

Avenue,  Nichols,  SE,  H 7 to 
G 12. 

Avenue,  Oregon,  new  name  for 
northern  Military  Road,  NE, 
A to  D 17. 

Avenue,  Pennsylvania,  SE,  A 
2 to  L 8. 

Avenue,  Sheridan,  SE,  H 8,  9. 

Avenue,  Sligo  (wrongly  named 
Blair  Road),  D 13  to  H 12. 


Road — Co7i  tinned. 

Avenue,  Stanton,  SE,  H 8 to 
I 10. 

Avenue,  Virginia,  SE,  A 3 to 
H 6. 

Avenue,  Washington,  SW,  Q to 
S 7. 

Drive,  Beach,  NE,  B 14  to  20. 

Drive,  Ross,  NE,  B 17  to  19. 

Highway,  Kings,  SW,  S 16  to 
R 23. 

Lane,  Carters,  NE,  O to  Q 18. 

Lane,  Cedar,  NW,  Q 12  to  T 10. 

Lane,  Bradley.  NW,  O 11  to 
S 15. 

Lane,  Fern  Spring,  SW,  P 1. 

Lane,  Leonards,  SW,  F 3 to 
G 1. 

Lane,  Lovers,  SE,  A 1. 

Lane,  Magnolia,  NE,  B 22. 

Lane,  Magnolia — S h e p h e r d 
Road. 

Lane,  Woodley  equals  Woodley 
Road. 

Road,  Accotink,  SW,  T 19,  20; 
SE,  A 23  to  18. 

Road,  Adams  Mill,  NE,  B 22. 

Road,  Anacostia,  SE,  17  to  N 
1;  NE,  N 23  to  O 21. 

Road,  Annapolis,  NE,  N 20  to 
T 18. 

Road,  Annapolis  (Ward),  NE, 
G 2 to  T 6. 

Road,  Old  Annapolis,  NE,  B 4 
to  L 1. 

Road,  Aqueduct  — Conduit 
Road. 

Road,  Back  Lick,  SW,  F 12  to 
G 23. 

Road,  Ballston,  SW,  T 3 to 
K 7. 

Road,  Bates  (Ward),  F 19  to 
H 20. 

Road,  Belt,  NW,  S 17  to  19. 

Road,  Benning,  SE,  I 3 to  O 7. 

Road,  Bladensburg,  NE,  M 20 
to  J 23;  SE,  J 1 to  I 3. 

Road,  Bladensburg,  NE,  F 9 to 
I 14. 

Road,  Blagden  Mill,  NE,  EC 
19. 

Road,  Blair,  NE,  D 13  to  F 18. 

Road,  Bowen,  SE,  L 8 to  O 7. 

Road,  Braddock,  SW,  A 15  to 
F 12. 

Road,  Brandywine,  SE,  M 12 
to  R 23. 

Road,  Brentwood  (Ward), 
mostly  obliterated,  NE,  K 21 
to  H 23;  SE,  H 1. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columhia — McAtee  133 


Road — Continued. 

Road,  Brightwood  (Ward),  a 
bridle  path,  NE,  D to  A 17. 

Road,  Broad  Branch,  NW,  T 
16,  17;  NE,  A 18  to  B 20. 

Road,  Brookville,  NW,  S 1 to 
T 2;  NE,  A 2 to  D 17. 

Road,  Brookville  (Ward),  NW, 
S 16  to  T 7;  NE,  A 11  and 
A 7 to  B 6. 

Road,  Bunker  Hill,  NE,  F 22 
to  L 20. 

Road,  Canal,  NW,  O 22  to  Q 
23;  SW,  Q 1 to  T 2. 

Road,  Carmody,  SE,  S 3 to  P 4. 

Road,  Carroll,  NE,  EF  15. 

Road,  Chain  Bridge,  NW,  Q 21 
to  23. 

Road,  Chappell,  NW,  T 18. 

Road,  Colesville,  NE,  G 2 to 
N 17. 

Road,  Columbia,  NE,  B 23  to 
E 22. 

Road,  Columbia,  NE,  L 1 to 
H 6. 

Road,  Columbia,  an  old  name 
for  Bladensburg  Road. 

Road,  Columnia,  SW,  I 13  to 
T 7;  SE,  A 7,  8. 

Road,  Conduit,  NW,  A 12  to 
Q 23;  SW,  Q 1 to  S 2. 

Road,  Contee,  NE,  P to  R 1. 

Road,  Cool  Spring,  SE,  J 3,  4. 

Road,  Daniel,  NE,  B 15  to  A 17. 

Road,  Dickeys,  NW,  A 13. 

Road,  Eastern  Branch — Ana- 
costia  Road. 

Road,  Edsall,  SW,  G 16  to  N 
15. 

Road,  Fairfax,  SW,  A 20  to 
S 16. 

Road,  Fairfax,  SW,  A 7 to  I 6. 

Road,  Falls,  NW,  J 1 to  A 12. 

Road,  Falls  Church,  SW,  T 3 
to  I 5. 

Road,  Falls  Church  and  Fair- 
fax, SW,  A 7 to  I 5. 

Road,  Ferry.  Old  name  for 
road  from  site  of  Anacostia 
Bridge  through  Bowen  Road 
to  Marlboro  Road. 

Road,  Foxall  or  Foxhall,  SW, 
R,1  to  S 2. 

Road,  Foxhall  (Ward) — Fox- 
hall  Road  plus  Ridge  Road. 

Road,  Furnace,  NE,  S 1 to  3. 

Road,  Gallows,  SW,  D 1 to  G 

12. 


Road — Continued. 

Road,  Georgetown — Columbia 
Road  (in  city). 

Road,  Georgetown  and  Rock- 
ville, NW,  K 1 to  T 23;  SW, 
T 1,  2. 

Road,  Georgetown  and  Rock- 
ville (old),  NW,  N 5 to  Q 14. 

Road,  Giesboro,  SE,  G 22  to 
F 12. 

Road,  Good  Hope,  SE,  H 7 to 
T 14. 

Road,  Good  Luck,  NE,  P 16  to 
T 15. 

Road,  Grant,  NW,  R 19. 

Road,  Gravel,  SW,  N 21  to 
T 18. 

Road,  Great  Falls,  SW,  I 5 to 
G 1;  NW,  G 23  to  C 17. 

Road,  Guinea,  SW,  B 12  to  15. 

Road,  Hamilton,  SE,  I 8 to  E 
15. 

Road,  Harewood,  NE,  F 20  to 
G 21. 

Road,  Hickey,  NE,  K 23. 

Road,  Highland,  NW,  Q to  T 
12;  NE,  A 12  to  C 10. 

Road,  Hunter,  SW,  D 1 to  A 6. 

Road,  Kirby,  NW,  J 23  to  M 
20;  SW,  H 2 to  J 1. 

Road,  Klingle,  NE,  A 22  to  B 

21. 

Road,  Leesburg,  NW,  A 14  to 
O 22. 

Road,  Leesburg — L e e s b u r g 
Turnpike. 

Road,  Lincoln,  NE,  G 22,  23. 

Road,  Linnaean  Hill,  formerly 
connected  Park  Road  with 
Pierce  Mill  Road,  NE,  B 20, 
21. 

Road,  Little  Falls,  NW,  O to  R 

21. 

Road,  Little  River,  SW,  A 11 
to  T 16. 

Road,  Livingston,  SE,  F 12  to 
H 16. 

Road,  Lock,  NW,  A 7. 

Road,  Loughboro  (Ward),  NW, 
S 20  to  P 22,  in  part  Ne- 
braska Avenue,  in  part  Lit- 
tle Falls  Road. 

Road,  Magazine,  SE,  EF  13. 

Road,  Marlboro,  SE,  O 7 to  T 

10. 

Road,  Marlboro  (Ward)  — 
Walker  Road. 

Road,  Merrifield,  SW,  C 4 to  6. 


I.‘i4  IluUetin  1,  Biohxjical  ^Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


Road — Continued. 

Road,  Metzrott,  NE,  J 11  to  13. 

Road,  Military,  NW,  T 19,  NE, 
A 18,  19. 

Road,  Military,  NE,  A to  D 17. 

Road,  Moreland — Rock  Creek 
Ford  Road. 

Road,  Morris,  SE,  H 8 to  I 9. 

Road,  Murdock  Mill,  NW,  QR 
19. 

Road,  Naylor,  SE,  J 7,  8. 

Road,  New  Cut,  NW,  D 1 to 
B 8. 

Road,  New  Cut,  NW,  L 11  to 
K 13 

Road,  New  Cut,  NW,  Q 23; 
SW,  Q 1 to  T 1. 

Road,  New  Cut,  NE,  K 18  to 
L 17. 

Road,  Nourse,  NW,  ST  21;  NE, 
A 21. 

Road,  Orndorff  Mill  (Ward), 
NW,  J to  N 9. 

Road,  Park,  NE,  B to  D 21. 

Road,  Pierce  Mill,  NW,  RST 
20;  NE,  A 20  to  B 21. 

■ Road,  Piney  Branch,  NE,  E 15 
to  C 20. 

Road,  Piney  Meeting  House, 
NW,  AB  1. 

Road,  Piscataway,  SE,  I 23  to 
Q 16. 

Road,  Piscataway,  SE,  O 23  to 
T 21. 

Road,  Potomac,  NW,  E 10  to 
I 16. 

Road,  Powder  Mill,  NE,  N 5 
to  J 9. 

Road,  Quarry,  NE,  CB  22. 

Road,  Queens  Chapel,  NE,  I 16 
to  J 23. 

Road,  Rappley,  NE,  D 16  to 
H 12 

Road,  Reno,  NW,  S 17,  18,  for- 
merly extended  through  T 
19,  21,  and  NE,  A 21. 

Road,  Ridge,  an  old  name  for 
> Bowen  Road. 

Road,  Ridge,  NE,  A 17  to  B 19. 

Road,  Ridge,  NW,  Q 21  to  R 
23;  SW,  R 1. 

Road,  Ridge,  SE,  L 4 to  N 7. 

Road,  Riggs,  NE,  F 18  to  J 13. 

Road,  River,  NW,  A 6 to  S 19. 

Road,  River,  SW,  T 3 to  11; 
SE,  A 11  to  15. 

Road,  Rock  Creek  Church,  NE, 
E 21  to  F 19. 


Road — Continued. 

Road,  Rock  Creek  Ford,  NW, 
T 16;  NE,  A 16  to  18. 

Road,  Rock  Creek  Ford  (G.  M. 
Hopkins),  NE,  B to  D 18. 

Road,  Rockville — Georgetown 
and  Rockville  Road. 

Road,  Rockville  (Ward),  NW, 
L 1 to  T 6;  NE,  A 6 to  B 7. 

Road,  Rolling,  SW,  A 17  to  D 
23. 

Road,  Sandy  Spring  (Ward), 
NE,  F 16  to  J 11. 

Road,  Sargent,  NE,  I 16  to  H 

20. 

Road,  Seven  Locks,  NW,  J 2 
to  15. 

Road,  Seventh  Street  (Ward) 
— (Georgia  Avenue. 

Road,  Seventh  Street  (old 
name  in  Georgetown),  SW, 
R to  T 1. 

Road,  Shepherd,  NE,  D 17  to 
F 18 

Road,  Sheriff,  SE,  M 2 to  T 1. 

Road,  Sligo  Mill,  NE,  H 15  to 
F 17. 

Road,  Spring,  NE,  CD  21. 

Road,  Suitland  (Ward),  SE, 
K 8 to  O 10. 

Road,  Swart — Rock  Creek  Ford 
Road. 

Road,  Telegraph,  SW,  L 23  to 
S 16. 

Road,  Temple,  SE,  M 13  to  P 
23. 

Road,  Tunlaw,  NW,  R 21  to  S 
23;  SW,  S 1. 

Road,  Upper  Marlboro,  SE,  Q 
16  to  T 14. 

Road,  Walker,  SE,  J 8 to  M 13. 

Road,  Wheeler,  SE,  G 10  to 
K 14. 

Road,  Windy  Gap,  SW,  S 3ab. 

Road,  Woodley,  NW,  S 21  to 
T 22;  NE,  A 22  to  B 23. 

Street,  Boundary,  or  Bound- 
ary— Florida  Avenue,  NE, 
DE  23;  SW,  E 1 to  I 3. 

Street,  First  s.e..  Foot  of,  SE, 
F 7b. 

Street,  M Extended,  SE,  I to 
K 2. 

Street,  Sixteenth,  NE,  C 18  to 
23. 

Street,  Spring,  NE,  CD  21. 

Turnpike,  Alexandria  & Wash- 
ington, SE,  B 15  to  7. 


Xatural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  135 


Road — Continued. 

Turnpike,  Ashton  and  Coles- 
ville,  NE,  G 1 to  N 14. 

Turnpike,  Baltimore  or  Boule- 
vard, NE,  T 2 to  K 21. 

Turnpike,  Colesville,  NE,  D 13 
to  G 1. 

Turnpike,  Georgetown — Lees- 

burg Road. 

Turnpike,  Leesburg,  NW,  A 21 
to  C 23;  SW,  C 1 to  T 16; 
SE,  A to  C 16. 

Turnpike,  Leesburg  and  Alex- 
andria— Leesburg  Turnpike. 

Turnpike,  Washington  and 

Baltimore — Baltimore  Boule- 
vard. 

Turnpike,  Washington  and 

Brookville — Brookville  Road. 

Turnpike,  Washington  and 

Marlborough  — Marlboro 
Road. 

Robey,  SW,  F 4c. 

Rock  Creek  P.  O.,  was  at  NE,  F 
18d. 

Rock  Springs,  NW,  M 18. 

Rockville,  NW,  JKL  1. 

Rockwell,  NW,  K 23. 

Rosedale,  SE,  I 4d. 

Rosemont,  SW,  T 15;  SE,  A 15. 

Rosiers  Bluff — Indian  Queen 
Point. 

Rosslyn,  SW,  S 3. 

Run,  see  under  Water. 

Rupperts  Copse,  SE,  L la. 

S. 

St.  Asaph — territory  to  east  of 
present  Mt.  Ida  station. 

St.  Elmo,  SE,  A 12. 

Salona,  old  name  for  Langley. 

Sandy  Lauding  (on  map),  NW, 
B 9;  (Wards)  NW,  A 14; 
(local  name)  NW,  H 16. 

Saul’s  Nursery,  NE,  D 19. 

Sawpit  Landing,  SW,  A 3a. 

Scheutzen  Park,  NE,  E 21,  22. 

Scheutzen  Park,  SE,  G 2a. 

Scheutzen  Park,  Green  Spring, 
SW,  S 2b. 

SCHOOL. 

Academy,  Holy  Cross,  NE,  A 

20. 

Academy,  LaSalle,  NE,  Q 5. 

College,  Christian  Brothers, 
NE,  Q 5. 


School — Continued. 

College,  Columbia,  old  site  of 
predecessor  of  George  Wash- 
ington University,  Chapin 
St.  to  Columbia  Road,  14th 
St.  to  University  Place,  NE, 
CD  22. 

College,  Gallaudet,  SE,  H 2. 

College  of  Agriculture,  Mary- 
land State,  NE,  M 14. 

College,  Trinity,  NE,  G 22. 

College,  War,  SE,  E 8. 

School,  A,  SW,  P 13. 

School,  Blair,  NE,  G 11. 

School,  Bliss  Electric,  NE,  E 
14c. 

School,  Camp  Springs,  SE,  P 
16. 

School,  Casper  (misspelled 

Carper),  NW,  C 17. 

School,  Dw^yer,  NW,  S 1. 

School,  Edgewood,  NE,  P 3. 

School,  Episcopal  High,  SW, 
Q 13. 

School,  Forestville,  SE,  S 10. 

School,  Girls’  Reform,  NW,  P 

21. 

School,  Glen  Echo,  NW,  L 15. 

School,  Groveton,  SW,  Q 21. 

School,  Hume,  SW,  T 8. 

School,  Jefferson,  SW,  T 8. 

School,  Kemper,  SW,  S 10. 

School,  Laurel  Grove,  SW,  K 

21. 

School,  Locust  Grove,  SE,  N 
18. 

School,  Montrose,  NW,  O 5. 

School,  National  Training,  for 
Bovs,  NE,  KL  22. 

School  No.  2,  SE,  F 22. 

School  No.  8,  SW,  P 13. 

School,  Oak  Grove,  SE,  S 1. 

School,  Odrick,  NW,  B 21. 

School,  Oxon  Hill,  SE,  I 17. 

School,  Paint  Branch,  NE,  N 9. 

School,  Pine  Grove,  SE,  S 7. 

School,  Piney  Grove,  NE,  Q 14. 

School,  Pohick,  SW,  B 23. 

School,  Racetrack,  SW,  G 11b. 

School,  Reform — N a t i o n a 1 
Training  School  for  Boys. 

School,  Riggs,  NE,  I 15. 

School,  Scotland,  NW,  J 6. 

School,  Saegmuller,  NW,  N 22. 

School,  St.  Barnabas,  SE,  K 
14. 

School,  Suitland,  SE,  O 10. 

School,  Valley,  SW,  R 18. 


1»‘U)  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Wanhington,  PJIH. 


School — Continued. 

School,  Wakefield,  SW,  B 13. 

School,  Wayside,  NW,  G 5. 

Seminary,  Chevy  Chase,  NW, 
S 15. 

Seminary,  Episcopal  Theologi- 
cal, SW,  Q 14b. 

Seminary,  Fairfax — Theologi- 
cal Seminary. 

Seminary,  National  Park,  NE, 
A 10. 

Seminary,  Theological,  SW,  Q 
14. 

University,  American,  NW,  R 

21. 

University,  Catholic,  NE,  G 21. 

University,  Georgetown,  SW, 
S 2. 

University,  Howard,  NE,  E 22. 

Scotland,  NW,  J 6d. 

Seat  Pleasant,  SE,  T 4. 

Seat  Pleasant  P.  O.,  SE,  Q 3. 

Selva,  NW,  I 22. 

Seminary,  see  under  School. 

Seminary  Sta.,  SW,  R 16. 

Seven  Locks,  NW,  H to  J 16. 

Sewage  Farm  (Takoma  Park), 
a septic  tank  only,  no  farm, 
NE,  H 15. 

Shadyside,  NW,  K 11. 

Shepherds  Ferry,  SE,  D 14d. 

Shepherd  Landing,  SE,  D 15. 

Shepherd  Sta.  (Ward),  SE,  E 11. 

Sheridan  Gate  (Arlington  Na- 
tional Cemetery),  SW,  T 5. 

Silver  Hill,  SE,  M 11. 

Silver  Spring,  NE,  DE  13. 

Slashes  (Coues),  north  of  N St. 
between  14th  and  21st,  SE, 
BC  1,  2. 

Sligo,  NE,  D 12. 

Smithfield,  NE,  H 2. 

Soapstone  Quarry  (Ward)  is 
that  at  head  of  Soapstone 
Creek,  NW,  T 19d. 

Soapstone  Quarry  and  ruins  of 
soapstone  sawmill,  NW,  K 
17b. 

Somerset,  formerly  S.  Heights, 
NW,  Q 16. 

Sonoma,  NW,  O 12. 

South  Arlington,  used  loosely 
for  settlements  south  of  Ar- 
lington P.  O.,  to  and  includ- 
ing Cowden. 

South  End,  SE,  B 7b. 

South  Washington,  SE,  A 8. 


South  Washington  (Steele)  — 

vicinity  of  James  Creek 
Canal. 

Spring,  see  under  Water. 
Springfield,  SW,  G 17. 

Spring  Hill,  NW,  C 18. 

Spring  Park — Union  Station  Sta., 
Alex.,  SE,  A 16a;  SW,  T 
15,  16. 

Springvale,  not  on  map,  about 
one  mile  west  of  Elkins. 
Square,  see  under  Park. 

Station,  see  under  Railroad. 

Stott,  NE,  G 18. 

Street,  see  under  Road. 

Suitland,  SE,  O 10. 

Summit,  SW,  N 2c. 

Sunnyside,  NE,  Q 9 (R.  R.  Sta.) ; 

NE,  P 8c  (Electric  Ry.  Sta.). 
Surrattsville — Ulinton,  SE,  R 21. 
Swamp,  see  under  Water. 
Swimming  Landing,  NW,  P 23a. 
Syfax,  SW,  S 7d. 

T. 

Table  Mountain  Pine  Woods 
(Ward),  NE,  A 19. 

Takoma  Park,  NE,  E to  G 15. 
Tavern,  see  under  Building. 
Tenallytown  P.  O. — Tenleytown. 
Tenley  or  Tenley  Town,  NW,  S 
19. 

Tenleytow'n  Junction,  NW,  Q 18c. 
Terra  Cotta,  NE,  G 19. 

Terrett  Crossroads,  SW,  R 13. 
The  Triangle,  NE,  C 11. 

Thrifton,  SW,  Q 3. 

Tollgate,  SW,  G 4. 

Torrej^son  (Torrison),  SW,  M 6. 
Trinidad,  SE,  H 12. 

Truxtun,  NW,  B 12. 

Tunlaw  Heights,  NW,  S 21d. 
Turnpike,  see  under  Road. 
Tuxedo,  NE,  P 23. 

Twining,  SE,  J 6,  7. 

Tysons  Crossroads  (county  seat 
Fairfax  County,  1742-54), 
NW,  BC  23. 

U. 

Ulles  Crossing,  NE,  P 7. 
Uniontown  (Ward) — northeast- 

ern part  of  Anacostia. 
University,  see  under  School. 
Upton,  SW,  L 5. 

University  Heights,  NW,  Q 20. 
University  Station  (Catholic), 
NE,  H 21. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  137 


V. 

Valerian  Bluff.  Ward’s  name  for 
a ridge  on  the  north  side  of 
Rock  Creek  near  the  upper 
end  of  the  Zoological  Park. 
Polemonium  reptans  once 
abundant. 

Vanderwerken,  SW,  M 1. 

Vansville,  NE,  R 6. 

Veitch,  SW,  MN  6. 

Vinson,  SW,  R 5. 

Violet  Ridge,  NE,  C 22c. 

Violet  Rock,  SW,  R 2d. 

Viresco,  NW,  1 22. 

Virginia  Highlands,  SE,  A 9 

Virginia  Manor,  NE,  S 3. 

Vis-a-vis  Landing,  SE,  S 2c. 

W. 

Waggaman  Estate,  NE,  A 22,  23. 

Walbridge  Estate  or  Place,  NE, 
BC  20,  21. 

Walnut,  SW,  Q 4d,  R 4a. 

Warwick,  SE,  B 23. 

Wasena  Park,  NE,  O 19. 

Washington  Heights,  SE,  B 1, 
NE,  B 23. 

WATER. 

Basin,  Inner,  SE,  C 4c. 

Basin,  Lydecker — M c M i 1 1 a n 
Park  Reservoir. 

Basin,  Tidal,  SE,  BC  5. 

Bay,  Broad,  SE,  E 23. 

Bog.  This  name  should  really 
be  used  for  most  of  those 
here  called  “Swamps.” 

Bog,  Suitland,  SE,  QR  11. 

Branch,  Barnaby,  one  of  the 
small  streams  in  the  Sol- 
diers’ Home  grounds. 

Branch,  Bear — Long  Branch. 
SW,  C 3 to  A 9. 

Branch,  Beaverdam,  NE,  T 20 
to  P 23  and  MN  23;  SE,  N 
to  Q 1. 

Branch,  Boglevs,  NW,  I 3 to 
K 5. 

Branch,  Bowies  (Ward),  on 
map  as  Booze  (probably  a 
corruption)  Creek,  NW,  O 
13  to  J 14. 

Branch,  Broad,  NW,  S 16  to 
T 18;  NE,  A 18  to  B 20. 

Branch,  Bryan,  NW,  J 23  to  21. 

Branch,  Cabin,  SE,  QR  8 to 
P 1. 

Branch,  Carey,  SE,  I 17  to  H 

20. 

Branch,  Carroll,  NW,  C 12  to 
A 12. 


Water — Continued. 

Branch,  Cattail,  NE,  T 23  to 
R 22. 

Branch,  Cool  Spring,  NW,  C 
11  to  A 10. 

Branch,  Deep  Cut,  SW,  G 19  to 
E 20. 

Branch,  Eastern  of  the  Poto- 
mac, NE,  M 20  to  23;  SE, 
M 1 to  E 9.  On  older  maps 
it  includes  Anacostia  River 
plus  Indian  Creek. 

Branch,  Fenwick,  NE,  B 12  to 
C 14. 

Branch,  Field  Lark,  SW,  G 21 
to  23. 

Branch,  Foundry,  NW,  S 20 
to  R 23;  SW,  R 1 to  S 2. 

Branch,  Greenbrier,  NW,  B 2 
to  A 4. 

Branch,  Gulf,  NW,  M 23  to  O 

22. 

Branch,  Hunters  Mill,  SE,  L 
21  to  G 22. 

Branch,  Kilgour,  NW,  E 8 to 
D 6. 

Branch,  Laudanum,  SW,  F 17 
to  E 18. 

Branch,  Limekiln,  NW,  B to 
A 11. 

Branch,  Little  Falls,  NW,  S 16 
to  O 19. 

Branch,  Lockes,  probably  the 
same  as  Blagdens  Run. 

Branch,  Long  (Tributary  to 
Accotink  Creek,  SW,  B 4 to 
A 9. 

Branch,  Long  (Tributary  to 
Accotink  Creek),  SW,  A 14 
to  B 15. 

Branch,  Long  (Tributary  to 
Accotink  Creek),  SW,  H 19 
to  23. 

Branch,  Long  (Tributary  to 
Fourmile  Run),  SW,  Q 6 to 
T 10. 

Branch,  Long  (Tributary  to 
Sligo  Branch),  NE,  F 10  to 
H 15. 

Branch,  Maddox,  NW,  Q 21  to 
P 23. 

Branch,  Naylors  (Ward), 
equals  Minnehaha  Creek, 
NW,  O 14  to  L 17. 

Branch,  North  of  Little  Hunt- 
ing Creek — Paul  Spring 
Branch. 

Branch,  Northwest,  NE,  E 1 
to  M 20. 


188  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Bocietg  of  WaHhiugiou,  BUS. 


Water — Continued. 

Branch,  Northwestern  of  the 
Potomac,  see  Northwest 
Branch. 

Branch,  Paint.  Some  old  maps 
apply  this  name  to  Indian 
Creek,  leaving  Little  Paint 
Branch  for  what  is  now 
called  Big  Paint  Branch. 

Branch,  Paint  (Big),  NE,  G 
and  K 2 to  M 20. 

Branch,  Little  Paint,  NE,  O 1 
to  N 11. 

Branch,  Paul  Spring,  or  Pauls, 
tributary  of  Little  Hunting 
Creek,  SW,  R 21  to  T 22; 
SE,  A 22,  23. 

Branch,  Payne,  SE,  S 15  to 
Q 18. 

Branch,  Pike,  SW,  O 20  to  S 
17. 

Branch,  Piney  (Tributary  to 
Rock  Creek),  NE,  E 10  to 
B 21. 

Branch,  Piney  (Tributary  to 

Watts  Branch),  NW,  E 1 to 
C 6. 

Branch,  Reedy — Tiber  Creek 

Branch,  Sandy  (Tributary  of 
the  Potomac  River),  NW,  B 
1 to  A 2. 

Branch,  Sandy  (Tributary  of 
Watts  Branch),  NW,  B 5 to 
A 6. 

Branch,  Silver  Spring,  NE,  D 
13  to  C 14. 

Branch,  Sligo,  NE,  B 6 to  J 18. 

Branch,  Snakeden,  NW,  I 4 to 
J 7. 

Branch,  Soapstone — Soapstone 
Creek. 

Branch,  Southwest,  SE,  S 9 to 
T 7. 

Branch,  Spring,  formerly  ran 
from  SE,  I 3c  to  J 4c. 

Branch,  Stickfoot,  SE,  J 9 to 
G 8. 

Branch,  Thomas,  NW,  M 9 to 
J 13. 

Branch,  Ubers,  SW,  I 7. 

Branch,  Watts,  NW,  H 1 to  A 6. 

Branch,  Watts  (Ward),  SE,  Q 
7 to  L 2. 

Branch,  West,  a name  for 
Northwest  Branch. 

Branch,  Willett,  NW,  Q 14  to 
P 17. 

Brook,  Lanier  Heights,  NE,  B 
22d. 


Water — Continued. 

Brook,  Little  Falls — L i 1 1 1 e 
Falls  Branch. 

Brook,  Mintwood,  NE,  B 23a. 

Brook,  Mt.  Pleasant,  NE,  C 21. 

Brook,  Pierces  Mill,  NE,  AB 

20. 

Brook,  Waterloo,  SE,  A 9 to 
B 10. 

Canal,  Chesapeake  and  Ohio, 
NW,  A 7 to  Q 23;  SW,  A 1 
to  T 2. 

Canal,  C.  & O.  (Old  course 
through  city)  was  from  SE, 
A 3 (mouth  of  Rock  Creek 
which  fed  canal)  along 
river  and  B st.  s.w.,  which 
it  paralleled  to  E 4 (6VL>  and 
B Sts.  s.w.),  turned  south 
to  position  of  West  Capitol 
St.,  followed  that  to  3d  St., 
turned  south  to  E 4d  (3d 
St.  and  Maryland  Ave.), 
southeast  along  Canal  St.  to 
F 5d  (E  and  South  Capitol), 
thence  by  a southwesterly 
course  still  traceable  by 
form  of  city  blocks  through 
James  Creek  to  its  mouth, 
SE,  EF  8.  A branch  ran 

from  F 5d  along  Virginia 

Ave.  to  2d  St.  s.e.,  and 

down  that  to  the  river,  SE, 
G 7a. 

Canal,  C.  & O.  In  1793  ended 
at  Outlet  Lock,  mouth  of 
Maddox  Branch,  NW,  P 23. 

Canal,  James  Creek,  SE,  F 6 
to  E 8. 

Canal,  Potomac.  The  old 

course  on  Virginia  side  was 
from  Aqueduct  Bridge,  SW, 
S 2,  through  what  is  now 
Arlington  Experimental 
Farm,  west  of  Arlington 
Junction  (SE,  A 8)  east  of 
Addison,  across  Four-mile 
Run  near  mouth  to  about 
middle  of  present  Alexan- 
dria river  front. 

Cascade,  The  (Ward) — fall  at 
mouth  of  Gulf  Branch. 

Channel,  Georgetown,  SE,  A 4 
to  D 9. 

Channel,  Washington,  SE,  D 5 
to  E 9. 

Creek,  Accotink,  SW,  A 9 to 
F 23. 


Xatural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  139 


Water — Continued. 

Creek,  Beaver  Dam,  NE,  T 9 
to  R 10. 

Creek,  Big  or  Great  Hunting — 
Hunting  Creek. 

Creek,  Booze  (Bowies),  NW, 
O 13  to  J 14. 

Creek,  Broad,  SE,  FG  22,  23. 

Creek,  Cabin  John,  NW,  K 1 
to  L 16. 

Creek,  Dalecarlia — Little  Falls 
or  Falls  Branch. 

Creek,  Dogue,  SW,  M 19  to  N 
23. 

Creek,  Goose — Tiber  Creek. 

Creek,  Henson,  SE,  T 14  to  G 
23. 

Creek,  Hunting,  SE,  AB  17,  18, 
19. 

Creek,  Indian,  NE,  S 2 to  P 15. 

Creek,  James,  originally  St. 
James.  Began  where  Li 
brary  of  Congress  now  is 
and  ran  to  juncture  of  S. 
Capitol  and  Canal  Sts.  (SE, 
FS  6),  thence  to  what  is 
named  on  our  map  James 
Creek  Canal. 

Creek,  Little  Hunting,  see  Paul 
Spring  Branch. 

Creek,  Minnehaha,  NW,  O 14 
to  L 17. 

Creek,  Piney  (Ward),  SE,  P 2 
to  M 1. 

Creek,  Piscataway.  Tributar- 
ies at  SE,  Q 22,  23,  S 22  to 
Q 23  and  T 22,  23. 

Creek,  Pohick,  SW,  A 20  to 
C 23. 

Creek,  Rock,  NW,  P 1 to  T 
10;  NE,  A 11,  12,  A 14  to  23; 
SE,  A 1 to  3. 

Creek,  Soapstone,  tributary  to 
Broad  Branch,  NE,  A 19  to 
B 20. 

Creek,  Tiber  or  Tyber.  Cross- 
ed Florida  Ave.  at  7th  St. 
N.E.,  E 23  (this  part  called 
Reedy  Branch)  to  SE,  F 2 
(N.  Y.  Ave.  and  N.  Capitol 
St.)  to  F 4 (Botanic  Garden) 
where  it  entered  the  canal. 
The  mouth  was  at  C 4 (Tidal 
Basin).  It  received  branches 
which  crossed  Florida  Ave. 
at  about  R St.,  SE,  F 1, 
New  York  Ave.  (S.  E.  G 2), 
and  at  New  Jersey  Ave.  and 


Water — Continued. 

D St.  n.w.  (F  3),  a tribu- 
tary arising  at  about  H 3d. 
The  Tiber,  large  near  the 
mouth,  as  are  all  of  the 
Coastal  Plain  Streams,  once 
occupied  a large  part  of 
what  is  now  The  Mall,  from 
Botanic  Garden  to  northern 
edge  of  Tidal  Basin. 

Creek,  Tinkers,  SE,  S 17  to 
L 23. 

Ditch,  Brier,  NE,  T to  P 16. 

Ditch,  Funkstown,  was  in  the 
old  settlement  Hamburgh. 

Falls,  Bullneck,  NW,  C 17ac. 

Falls,  Great,  NW,  A 12. 

Falls,  Little,  NW,  N 21. 

Falls,  Lower — Little  Falls. 

Falls,  Matilda  or  Upper — Great 
Falls. 

Falls,  Scotts  Run,  NW,  F 16c. 

Falls,  Stubblefield,  NW,  F 16. 

Falls,  Triple,  at  mouth  of 
Foundry  Run. 

Flow,  Buttermilk — Dead  Run. 

Gut,  Galway — Roaches  Run. 

Gut,  Piney  Run  (Coues)  — 
course  of  Piney  Run. 

Gut,  Succabels,  SE,  L 2,  3. 

Gut,  Turtle  ((^oues),  SE,  J 4. 

Inlet,  Roaches,  mouth  of 
Roaches  Run. 

Hole,  Cat,  NW,  G 16c. 

Lake,  Chevy  Chase,  NW,  S 13. 

Marshes,  Eastern  Branch,  NE, 
MN  20  to  23;  SE,  LM  1,  2. 

Marsh,  McCormicks  (Coues), 
NE,  N 23. 

Pond,  Black,  NW,  A 8,  9.  The 
Pond  at  NW,  BC  15,  is  bet- 
ter known  by  this  name. 

Pond,  Brasenia,  Carberry 
Meadows  below  Eads’  Mill. 

Ponds,  F'sh,  in  part  filled,  in 
part  now  used  as  bathing 
pools,  SW,  C 4c. 

Ponds,  Shaws  Lily,  SE,  M 1. 

Pool,  Nvmphaea,  NW,  B 15b. 

Race,  SW,  Q to  T 16;  for  Hunt 
and  Roberts  Flour  Mill,  T 
16c. 

Reservoir,  SW,  T 16. 

Reservoir,  Alexandria,  SW,  K 
9,  J to  L 10,  LM  11. 

Reservoir,  Dalecarlia,  NW,  OP 

20. 


140  Bulletin  1,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1U18. 


Water — Continued. 

Reservoir,  Distributing,  SW, 
QR  1. 

Reservoir,  High  St.,  SW,  T lb. 

Reservoir,  Howard  Hill — Mc- 
Millan Park  Reservoir. 

Reservoir,  McMillan  Park,  NE, 
EF  22,  23. 

Reservoir,  New — McMillan 
Park  Reservoir. 

Reservoir,  Receiving  (Ward)  — 
Dalecarlia  Reservoir. 

Reservoir,  Reno,  NW,  S 18c. 

Reservoir,  Sixteenth  St.,  NE, 
C 18. 

River,  Anacostia  (Eastern 
Branch  of  the  Potomac),  NE, 
M 20  to  23;  SE,  M 1 to  E 9. 

River,  Little,  SW,  T 3 to  5; 
SE,  A 4,  5. 

River,  Potomac,  NW,  A 7 to 
P 23;  SW,  P 1 to  T 4;  SE, 
A 3 to  B to  E 23.  Old  names 
were:  Indian,  Cohonguro- 

ton;  Spanish,  Espiritu  Santo; 
English,  Pembrook,  Patowo- 
mek,  Patowmek. 

Run,  SW,  O to  Q 16.  Seems 
to  be  race  of  Dominion  Grist 
Mill  at  Q 16b. 

Run,  Aralia,  NE,  A 22,  23. 

Run,  Asarum,  NE,  A 20cd,  B 
20c. 

Run,  Asplenium,  is  one  of  the 
small  runs  on  the  Virginia 
shore  above  Chain  Bridge, 
so  named  for  Asplenium  an- 
gustifolium. 

Run,  Back  Lick,  SW,  F 13  to 
O 16. 

Run,  Berry,  NE,  G 22. 

Run,  Blagden,  NE,  C 18  to  B 

20. 

Run,  Bullneck,  NW,  C 19  to 
D 16. 

Run,  Bulls,  NW,  N 9 to  M 12. 

Run,  Cameron,  SW,  O 16  to 
T 17. 

Run,  Cascade  (Ward),  NE,  AB 

21. 

Run,  Cow — Lubber  Run. 

Run,  Cystopteris,  one  of  the 
small  runs  on  Virginia  shore 
below  Chain  Bridge. 

Run,  Dead,  NW,  G 21  to  I 16. 

Run,  Dead  Mans — Gulf  Branch. 

Run,  Deep — Turkey  Run. 

Run,  Deep — Foundry  Run. 


Water — Continued. 

Run,  Delaney,  probably  SW, 
G 6 to  I 7. 

Run,  Difficult,  NW,  A 15  to  B 
15. 

Run,  Doctors,  SW,  P 6 to  10. 

Run,  Donaldson,  SW,  N 2 to 
O 1;  NW,  OP  23. 

Run,  Donaldsons,  also  applied 
to  stream  from  SW,  O 2 tO 
P 1. 

Run,  Flag,  SW,  E 15  to  D 17. 

Run,  Foun  dry  — Foundry 
Branch. 

Run,  Glen  Echo — Minnehaha 
Creek. 

Run,  Gold — Bullneck  Run. 

Run,  Goldianum  (Ward),  SW, 
PQ  2. 

Run,  Goldie,  NW,  J 17. 

Run,  Gravelly,  upper  channel 
Roaches  Run,  SE,  A 6. 

Run,  Green  Spring,  SW,  S 1,  2. 

Run,  Hickey,  NE,  I 22  to  J 23; 
SE,  J 1 to  K 2. 

Run,  Holmes,  SW,  D 3 to  O 16. 

Run,  Hooff’s,  SW,  A 14-17. 

Run,  Hydrophyllum  (Knowd- 
ton),  SW,  O 2 to  Q 1. 

Run,  Indian,  SW,  G 13  to  K 
17. 

Run,  Little  Pimmit,  NW,  L 23 
to  21;  SW,  M 3 to  L 1. 

Run,  Lobelia,  NE,  A 22,  23. 

Run,  Lovers,  a mistake  for 
Lubber  Run. 

Run,  Lubber,  SW,  N 4 to  8, 
so  called  on  1793  map. 

Run,  Lucky,  SW,  P 13  to  Q 10. 

Run,  Magnolia,  NE,  C 22a. 

Run,  Middle,  SW,  A 23. 

Run,  Mill — Foundry  Run. 

Run,  Mitella  (Ward),  NE,  A 
22,  23. 

Run,  Observatory,  NW,  T 22, 
23;  NE,  A 23. 

Run,  Old  C.  H.  (Ward) — part 
of  Wolftrap  Run,  NW,  B 23 
to  A 22. 

Run,  Oxon,  SE,  Q 8 to  E 15. 

Run,  Pawpaw,  NW,  C 16,  17. 

Run,  Pimmit,  NW,  H 23  to  O 
22;  SW,  D 2 to  H 1. 

Run,  Piney,  SE,  Q 6 to  L 3. 

Run,  Piney  (Tributary  to 
Dogue  Creek),  SW,  M 21  to 
N 23. 

Run,  Prospect — Bullneck  Run. 


Natural  History  of  District  of  Columbia — McAtee  141 


Water — Continued, 

Run,  Rhododendron — Gulf  Br. 

Run,  Roaches  (Ward),  a tide 
channel  formerly  cutting  off 
Alexander  Id.,  SE,  A 6 to 
B 8 

Run,  Rock,  NW,  E 8 to  I 16. 

Run,  Rock,  name  on  old  maps 
for  Donaldsons  Run. 

Run,  Rocket  (Ward),  NW,  T 
23;  NE,  A 1. 

Run,  Rocky,  NW,  B 22  to  A 15. 

Run,  Scotts,  NW,  C 23  to  F 16. 

Run,  Spout,  SW,  P 5 to  R 3. 

Run,  Talapaumin,  NE,  A 22, 
23 

Run,'  Taylor,  SW,  R 13  to  S 17. 

Run,  Tipularia,  SW,  B 3a. 

Run,  Tripps,  SW,  F 4 to  K 10. 

Run,  Tunlaw  — Foundry 
Branch. 

Run,  Turkey,  NW,  J 20  to  17. 

Run,  Turkey  Buzzard.  Name 
on  old  map  for  upper  Poto- 
mac, supposed  to  be  a tribu- 
tary of  Anacostia  River. 

Run,  Turkeycock,  SW,  I 12  to 
L 16. 

Run,  Waterloo,  SE,  T 20  to 
M 22. 

Run,  Windy,  SW,  O 3 to  Q 2. 

Run,  Wolftrap,  SW,  C 2 to  A 
2;  NW,  B 23  to  A 22. 

Spring,  Arlington,  SE,  A 6c. 

Spring,  Bladensburg,  NE,  N 
20d. 

Springs,  Carlin,  SW,  N 8b. 

Spring,  Cold,  NE,  M 8a. 

Spring,  Crystal,  NE,  C 18c. 

Spring,  Custis,  SE,  A 6a. 

Spring,  Fern,  SW,  P 1. 

Spring,  Gibsons  (old  name), 
SE,  I 3c. 

Spring,  Hume,  SE,  A 11. 

Spring,  Indian,  NE,  F 9b. 

Spring,  Indian,  NW,  D 23c. 

Spring,  Miller  Cabin,  NE,  B 
17b. 

Spring,  Silver,  NE,  D 13d. 

Spring,  Table  Mountain  Pine, 
probably — Crystal  Spring. 

Spring,  Takoma  Park,  NE,  G 
16a. 

Spring,  Wilson,  SW,  S 11b. 

Spring,  Woodley  Bridge,  NE, 
B 22c. 


Water — Continued. 

Spring  (continued),  NW,  A 
11a;  A 12a;  A 13  (between 
2 houses  shown  outside 
boundary  line);  A 13d;  A 
14c;  A 15c;  B 15c;  B 16a; 
C 15c;  D 16c;  D 17b;  D 23b, 
c;  E 16c,  d;  E 18b;  F 16a,  b; 
G 17a,  b;  H 16a,  b,  c,  d;  I 
16b;  I 17a;  I 21d;  J 13d; 
J 16a;  .J  21c;  K 11b; 
K 16b;  L 18d;  N 17a;  N 20c; 
N 21c;  N 22b,  d;  N 23d;  O 
21b;  O 22a,  b;  O 23a;  P 14c; 
P 19d;  P 22b;  Q 21c;  R 23d; 
T 19b;  T 20d.  NE,  A 19b; 
A 20d;  A 21b,  c;  A 23b;  B 
19a;  B 20a;  B 23c;  C 14c; 
C 21a;  G 14c,  d;  L 7c;  M 7c; 
M 23c;  N 16c;  O 11b;  O 19a; 
P 12d;  P 18a.  SW,  G 6a; 
H 7c;  H 8a;  J 13d;  L 6a; 
L 11a;  M Id;  M 17a;  N 6c; 
P 2c;  Q 2c,  d;  S 3a,  c.  SE, 
A la;  A 10b,  c;  A 17a,  d; 
A 22b;  B 17c;  B 22a,  c;  B 
23c;  F lid;  L la;  N 7d. 
Swamp,  Bladensburg.  This 
and  the  Hyattsville  swamp 
are  continuous. 

Swamp,  Brightwood  Park,  NE, 
E 18c;  another  at  D 8c. 
Swamp,  Deanwood,  SE,  O 2. 
Swamp,  Fort  Totten,  NE,  H 19. 
Swamp,  Gerardia,  NE,  M 20. 
Swamp,  Holmead,  NE,  C 21a. 
^wamp,  Hyattsville,  NE,  O 18, 
19. 

Swamp,  Lygodium,  or  River- 
dale,  NE,  R 18c. 

Swamp,  Magnolia,  or  Magnolia 
Run,  NE,  C 22a. 

Swamps,  Paint  Branch,  or 
Powder  Mill,  NE,  M 7c  (No. 
1);  M 8a  (No.  2 or  Cold 
Spring);  L 7d  (No.  3),  L 
7c  (No.  4). 

Swamp,  Phlox,  NE,  G 18d. 
Swamp,  Sarracenia,  SE,  M 1. 
Swamp,  Walbridge — Magnolia 
Run  Swamp. 

Swamp,  Woodwardia — Hyatts- 
ville Swamp. 

Water,  Broad — Widewater. 
Water,  Wide,  NW,  B 14. 
Waterloo  Sta.,  SE,  B 9c. 


142  Bulletin  J,  Biological  Society  of  Washington,  1918. 


Waycroft,  SW,  N 5. 

Wedderburn,  SW,  B 3. 

Wesley  Heights — v i c i n i t y of 
American  University. 

West  Chevy  Chase,  NW,  R 16c. 
West  Falls  Church,  SW,  GH  4. 
West  Highlands,  NW,  S 21b. 
West  View,  NW,  L 11. 

West  Washington — Georgetown. 
Wheaton,  NE,  B 6. 

Whitehouse,  NE,  P 9. 

Whiteoak,  NE,  H 6. 

Whites,  NE,  T 23. 

Wildwood,  NE,  H 15a. 

Wildwood,  NW,  HI  11. 

Wilen  Heights,  NE,  K 21b. 
Wilson  Sta. — Handover. 


Windermere,  NW,  D 11. 
Windham,  NW,  P 5. 

Windy  Gap,  SW,  S 3b. 
Wintergreen  Ridge,  NE,  B 19d. 
Winthrop  Heights,  NE,  J 23. 
Wiscasset,  NW,  M 17. 

Woodford,  SW,  A 3. 

Woodley  (Ward),  NE,  A 22,  23 
SE,  A 1. 

Woodley  Park,  NE,  A 22. 
Woodmont,  SW,  P 3d. 
Woodmont,  NW,  Q 13. 
Woodridge,  NE,  IJ  22. 
Woodside,  NE,  CD  12. 

'Woodside  Station,  NE,  C 12. 

Y. 

Yarrow,  NW,  P 9. 


♦ 


\' 


No. 

55 


^ PAT.  JUl'' *02. 

3LUMBBAN  CLASP 

:E5TFR.MAS5.  HOLYOKE.MASS.  ROCXVILlECONH 
HA.'TTfORO.CQNN.  WAUKECAS.ILL 
:iKClKNi^l.OHIO.  SAN  FRANCISCC3.CAL. 


No. 

55 


of  the  District  of  Columbia.  Solid  heavy  line  indicates  eastern- 
most outcrops  of  the  metamorphic  rocks.  Broken  heavy  lines 
show  the  positions  of  important  isolated  bodies  of  Coastal 
Plain  Deposits.  Stream  courses  are  dotted. 


■/.nr  ..  ■ 

• 


i',  in' 


h'  : 


y - , 


y **w — •■■■1 

: m-nr  i/'- 


\ ' ' 

\ " 

• -A.»^  i^b 

,■ 

V-^  ' 

fl.Tq 

If'  !J  • ' 

r..;=ca3; 
■ ' V-’ 

h;r 

Kv  . 

hr"  / rn 

rk" 

—•  ■" — “] 

Li  ‘ ^ 

P 

1--^ 
f ‘'T'dil 

HHB 

-1  ■ 

1 ' 

/^  i 

R r 

>■  ■'■ ! 


i:k./  >_ 

i \ ' 

.^V  •.  n ■ ■.  . 

>.-  -'-Tr^  /r' 


•i  -■■■':?;  ' 
. / 1 


v'a  II  ■ 


\ * I 7 ■ J i*"jCL>  r-  ' !'■  »-  - » ■ . ' 


N.  W. 


*4 

•»a 


•ft... 


$1 


t: 


i%r-»- 


IS- 


^ s4r- 


t- — 1-7-’  — :^rr~^  n, 

k-  'I'  - ;,  j .-  ; , / ■; 

I _ > ■ 4.-'  -. 

' ' r Vi  ft)  ” j| 


V/ 


4 


■X  t..:  1 

i . i4'  . M ; -i  - 

I-  Jy". '''■  ' ■ ^ ' 

. i.  ’ ' 


' N.\ 


V 


^4r-l  v,,.i._... 

4T  ^ J}  f ■ ' : ■ 

Xris 


,4V-*- 


\-y 


“W  i v'.i  ni  ti^i'i  ixioj^ry^s 

KiVi»ibn j •<»f 

’ ''"'s  :^'  ' '.  ' , -jj* ?ij^y ' artiX’'-'4*’V'Xya4»^»it8' ; V-^S 


'4^ 


I-  -/A.' 


4 


WASHINGTON 


DEPARTl^NT  OT  THE  UTIERIOR 
FRANKLIN  K.LANE,  SECRETARY- 
US. GEOLOGICAL  SUHVEV 
GEORGE  OTIS  SMITH.  DIRBCTOR 


lunv< 


s.  w. 


N.  E. 


.ND 


S.  E. 


■> 


I 


I 


• :f  > r 


' . 


